CONTROLS
Page #
A
Actuators
Damper...........................................................61-66
Direct Coupled................................................65-66
Valve....................................................................66
Adapters
Burner Modernization...........................116, 118-119
Junction Block......................................................25
Thermocouple......................................................25
Air Pressure Switch...................................10, 111, 131
Aluminum Pilot Tubing.............................................69
Amplifiers, Flame Safeguard................75-76, 115, 117
Aquastat Controls.....................................................54
ASCO Valves..................................................123-124
AUBURN......................................................127-128
B
BALABAN Ignitors.................................................93
Burner Nozzles......................................................129
Burners, Pilot.....................................................68, 111
C
CALIFORNIA ECONOMIZER...........................95-102
CAM-STAT......................................................112-113
Carbon Dioxide Controller........................................50
Contactors, Furnas.........................................130-131
Controls
Aquastat...............................................................54
Burner.....................................................78, 116-118
Condenser Fan Speed....................................16-17
Electronic Modulating...........................................43
Enthalpy...............................................................53
Fan and Limit.............................55-56, 109, 112-113
Freeze Protection.................................................30
Heat Pump Defrost Control...................................32
Humidity..........................................................51-53
Ignition.......................................................24-25, 81
Liquid Level.............................................................7
Packaged Terminal...............................................33
Pressure
Encapsulated.................................................8-9
JOHNSON CONTROLS...............8, 10, 12-15, 20
RANCO......................................................27-28
Temperature.........1-7, 26, 28-31, 33, 41-47, 106-107
D
Damper Motors...................................................61-66
Damper Linkage.................................................66-67
Defrost Clocks................................................131-137
Defrost Thermostats...............................................132
Defrost Timers, Domestic......................................131
Detectors, Flame...............................................71, 111
Draft Controls.........................................................113
E
Economizer Logic Modules.................................48-49
Electric Heat Sequencers......................................109
Enthalpy Controls.....................................................53
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
SUBJECT INDEX
Page #
F
Fan and Limit Controls...................55-56, 109, 112-113
Fan Relays..........................................................58-59
Fan Timers, Electronic..............................................82
Fan Speed Control..............................................16-17
FIELD CONTROLS INC........................................113
Filter, Fuel Oil.........................................................125
FIREYE...........................................................114-121
Flame Detectors
Cadmium Cell................................................71, 111
Ultra-Violet...........................................................71
Flame Rods............................................................127
Flame Safeguard..................................71-80, 114-121
Amplifiers...........................................75-76, 115, 117
Controls..................................72-74, 76-79, 114-118
Display Module...............................................80, 117
Programmers.....................................77, 79, 114-117
Testers..........................................................73, 121
Float Valve, HONEYWELL.......................................90
Fluid Power Gas Valve Actuators........................85-86
FURNAS........................................................130-131
G
Gas Pressure Regulators......................................122
Gas Valves...................................85-92, 110, 123-124
Guards, Thermostat..................................................34
H
Heat Pump Defrost Control......................................32
HONEYWELL
Actuators/Damper Motors...............................61-66
Aquastat Controls.................................................54
Damper Linkages............................................66-67
Enthalpy Control...................................................53
Fan & Limit Controls.......................................55-56
Fan Centers.....................................................58-59
Flame Safeguard Controls.............................71-80
FocusPRO......................................................37-38
Gas Valves......................................................85-90
Humidity Controls............................................51-53
Line Voltage Thermostats................................36,40
Motorized Valves.............................................83-84
Pilot Ignition Modules..........................................81
Potentiometers................................................67-68
Pressuretrol® Controllers......................................60
Relays.............................................................58-59
Temperature Controls......................................41-47
Thermostats....................................................35-40
Thermostat Guards..............................................34
Ventilation Controls.........................................48-50
VisionPRO............................................................38
Zone...........................................................67, 83-84
Hoses - Pressure Controls.......................................15
HSI Ignitors..............................................................93
I
Ignitor Adjusting Tool..............................................128
Ignitors.........................................................70, 93, 127
Ignition
Controls..................................24-25, 81, 94, 107-108
Terminals............................................................128
Transformers.................................................70, 113
Wire............................................................128-129
Immersion Wells.......................................................42
Infinity Control Switch...............................................91
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
SUBJECT INDEX
Page #
J
JARD MAGNETICS Transformers...........................57
JOHNSON CONTROLS.......................................1-26
Defrost and Fan Delay Controls.............................4
Electronic Temperature Controls.....................4, 6-7
Fan Speed Controls.........................................16-17
Flow Switches........................................................7
Hoses - Pressure Control....................................15
Oil Pressure Controls.........................................9-11
Pilot Ignition Control........................................24-25
Pressure Controls............................8, 10, 12-15, 20
System 350.....................................................17-20
Temperature Controls..........................................1-7
Variable Frequency Drives..............................16-17
Water Regulating Valves.................................21-23
Water Valve Flange Kits........................................23
M
MAXITROL............................................................122
MONARCH MANUFACTURING WORKS INC......129
N
NORTON Ignitors...................................................93
Nozzles, Oil Burner................................................129
O
Oil Pressure Controls............................................9-11
P
PARAGON ELECTRIC...................................132-136
Pilot Burners......................................................68, 111
Pilot Relight Kit.........................................................94
Pilot Tubing, Aluminum............................................69
Potentiometers..................................................67-68
PRECISION Time Clocks......................................137
Pressure Controls
Encapsulated......................................................8-9
JOHNSON CONTROLS..................8, 10, 12-15, 20
RANCO...........................................................27-28
R
RANCO..............................................................26-33
Defrost Control.....................................................32
Pressure Controls...........................................27-28
Reversing Valves..................................................32
Temperature Controls..........................26, 28-31, 33
Relays
Electric Heat.........................................................74
Fan.................................................................58-59
HONEYWELL.................................................58-59
ROBERTSHAW
Gas Valves......................................................91-92
Ignition Modules...................................................94
Thermostats.........................................................91
RW BECKETT................................................125-127
S
Sequencers, Electric Heat.....................................109
Snap Disc Controls................................................109
Switches
Air Pressure.....................................10, 60, 111, 131
Flow........................................................................7
Pressure.............................................................131
Synchronous Time Controls...................................131
System 350.........................................................17-20
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Page #
T
Temperature Controls...1-7, 26, 28-31, 33, 41-47, 106-107
Testers
Flame Safeguard..........................................73, 121
Flame Simulator...................................................72
Thermocouples........................................................69
Thermopile Generators.....................................68, 111
Thermostat Guards..................................................34
Thermostats
HONEYWELL.................................................35-40
JOHNSON CONTROLS.....................................1-7
ROBERTSHAW....................................................91
WHITE-RODGERS.....................................103-106
Time Clocks
PARAGON..................................................132-136
PRECISION.......................................................137
Time Controls..................................................131-132
Time Switches, Electronic...............................131-132
Timers
Defrost........................................................131-137
Delay..................................................................113
Fan.......................................................................82
Transformers......................................................56-57
Tubing, Aluminum....................................................69
U
Ultra Violet Flame Detectors....................................71
Universal Ignition Module.........................................81
V
Valves
3-Way Mixing and Diverting.................................84
Butterfly................................................................87
Gas............................................85-92, 110, 123-124
Industrial Gas.......................................................87
Oil Burner Control.........................................83, 129
Reversing.............................................................32
Temperature Actuated Water................................22
Thermostatic Radiator..........................................82
Water Regulating............................................21-23
Zone....................................................67, 83-84, 109
W
Water Regulating Valves.....................................21-23
WESTWOOD.........................................................127
WHITE-RODGERS
Air Switch............................................................111
Fan Centers..........................................................59
Flame Sensors...................................................108
Gas Valves..........................................................110
Ignition Controls..........................................107-108
Temperature Controls..................................106-107
Thermostats................................................103-106
Winter Watchman....................................................35
Wires, Ignition.................................................128-129
Z
Zoning Systems................................................95-102
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A11 SERIES LOW TEMPERATURE CUTOUT
TEMPERATURE MAKE UP AIR HEATER COIL
Order Number Switch Action Range (°F)
Differential
Bulb and Capillary
A11A-1C
spst open low
35 - 45
Manual reset
A11B-1C
spst open low
35 - 45
8°F fixed
20’ of 1/8” OD
tubing 4’ cap
20’ of 1/8” OD
tubing 4’ cap
Note: Bulb not supplied.
Max. Bulb
120 Vac (amps)
Temp. (°F)
250
16.0
250
16.0
A19 SERIES REMOTE BULB CONTROLS
WIDE RANGE ADJUSTABLE DIFFERENTIAL
Order Number
A19ABA-40C
A19ABC-24C
A19ABC-36
A19ABC-37C
Switch
Bulb Well Number Max. Bulb
Range (°F) Differential (°F) Bulb and Capillary
Action
(not supplied) Temp. (°F)
spst
-30 - 100
3 - 12
3/8” x 4”
WEL14A-602R
140
spdt
-30 - 100
3 - 12
3/8” x 4”
WEL14A-602R
140
spdt
-30 - 100
3 - 12
3/8” x 4”
WEL14A-602R
140
spdt
-30 - 100
3 - 12
3/8” x 4”
WEL14A-602R
140
120 Vac
(amps)
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
FIXED DIFFERENTIAL
Switch
Action
spdt
Order Number
A19AAF-12C
Range (°F) Differential (°F)
25 - 225
Bulb Well Number
(not supplied)
WEL14A-602R
Bulb and Capillary
3 1/2
3/8” x 3”
Max. Bulb
Temp. (°F)
275
120 Vac (amps)
6.0
CASE COMPENSATED FIXED DIFFERENTIAL
Order Number
Switch Action
Range (°F)
Differential (°F)
Bulb and Capillary
A19AAD-12C
spst open low
-30 - 50
3 1/2
3/8” x 4”
Bulb Well Number
(not supplied)
WEL14A-602R
Max. Bulb
120 Vac (amps)
Temp. (°F)
6.0
CLOSE DIFFERENTIAL
Order Number
Switch Action
Range (°F)
A19AAD-5C
A19AAF-20C
A19AAF-21C
spst open low 30 - 50 milk cooler
spdt
-30 - 100
spdt
40 - 90
Differential (°F) Bulb and Capillary
2
2 1/2
1 1/2
3/8” x 2 5/8”
3/8” x 4”
3/8” x 5 3/4”
Bulb Well Number
(not supplied)
WEL16A-601R
WEL14A-602R
WEL14A-603R
Max. Bulb
120 Vac (amps)
Temp. (°F)
190
6.0
140
6.0
140
6.0
Bulb Well Number
(not supplied)
WEL14A-602R
WEL14A-602R
WEL14A-602R
Max. Bulb
Temp. (°F)
140
140
290
MANUAL RESET
Order Number
Switch Action
A19ACA-14C
A19ACA-15C
A19ADB-1C
spst open low
spst open low
spst open high
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Range (°F) Differential (°F)
-30 - 100
-30 - 100
100 - 240
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Bulb and Capillary
Manual reset
Manual reset
Manual reset
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
3/8” x 4”
3/8” x 4”
3/8” x 3 1/2”
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
120 Vac (amps)
16.0
16.0
10.0
306.373.9227
1
JOHNSON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A19 SERIES HIGH RANGE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
HIGH RANGE
Order Number
A19AAB-10C
A19AAC-9C
A19AAB-38C
A19ADB-31C
A19ADC-31C
Application
Range (°F)
Differential
Bulb and Capillary
10 °F
spst, open high 200 - 550
oven thermostat
spdt
100 - 240
spst, NEMA 1
Manual reset,
spst, NEMA 1
Manual reset,
spdt, NEMA 1
90 - 325
90 - 325
1 15’
-
3/16” x 6”
copper, 8’ cap
3/8” x 3 7/8”
copper, 6’ cap*
1/4” x 5”, 15’ cap
10’ cap
100 - 240
-
10’ cap
5 °F
Bulb Well Number 120 Vac Max. Bulb
(not supplied)
(amps) Temp. (°F )
16.0
620
WEL14A-602R
16.0
290
-
-
-
-
-
-
1. With 3″ bulb support.
A19 SERIES THERMOSTATS FOR CROP DRYING
Order Number
Switch Action
Range (°F)
Differential (°F)
Bulb and Capillary
A19AAE-3C
A19ABB-2C
spst open high
spst open high
50 - 180
50 - 200
2 fixed
6 - 24
1/8” x 1 1/4” 10’ capillary
.290” x 2 1/2” 10’ capillary
Max. Bulb
Temp. (°F)
200
240
Electrical Rating
120 Vac
6.0A
10.0A
A19 SERIES SPECIAL PURPOSE THERMOSTATS
RUBBER COATED BULB AND CAPILLARY
Order Number
A19AAF-4C
Switch Action
spdt
Range (°F)
40 - 90
Differential (°F) Bulb and Capillary 120 Vac Max. Bulb Temp. (°F)
1 1/2
3/8” x 5 3/4” rubber
6.0A
140
coated 6’ capillary
A19 SERIES HOT WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
SPDT WELL IMMERSION
Order Number
A19ABC-11C
A19ABC-12C
Application
Switch Action
Range (°F)
Differential (°F)
Open high, open low,
(operating and circulator)
Remote mfg. (operating and
circulator)
spdt
100 - 240
6 - 24
spdt
100 - 240
6 - 24
Well Connection Size Max. Bulb Temp.
- NPT
(°F)
1/2
290
1/2” 8’ capillary
290
A19 SERIES HOT WATER STRAP-ON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT
Order Number
A19DAC-1C
Burnaby
Kitchener
2
Switch Action
spdt
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Range (°F)
100 - 240
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Differential (°F) Range Adjuster
10 fixed
Convertible
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
120 Vac
10A
Edmonton
Ottawa
Mounting
Clamp-on strap
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A19 SERIES RAINPROOF ENCLOSURE
INDUSTRIAL THERMOSTAT
Order Number
A19ANC-1C
Switch
Max. Bulb
Range (°F) Differential (°F) Bulb and Capillary Bulb Well Number
Action
Temp. (°F)
spdt
0 - 150
6
.290” x 2 1/2” 10’ capillary WEL11A-601R
190
120 Vac
16.0A
WEL SERIES BULB WELLS
FOR REMOTE BULB THERMOSTATS AND WATER VALVES
Inches
Pipe Thread (inches)
Order Number
WEL11A-601R
WEL14A-602R
WEL17A-600R
A
B
2 3/8 2 5/16
4 15/16 1 13/16
10 7/16
3/4
C
Material
Inside D Outside E Connector
.299
.430
.763
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
Brass
Brass
Malleable
Tube
Copper
Copper
Copper
Max. Temp. Max. Pressure
Solder Joint Plating
(°F)
(psig)
250
300
Soft
250
300
Silver
Brite-Dip
250
250
Silver
Tin
A19 SERIES COILED BULB THERMOSTATS
VENTILATING, HEATING
Order Number
A19BAC-1C
Switch Action
spdt
Range (°F)
30 - 110
Differential (°F)
3 1/2 fixed
Bulb and Capillary
1 3/8” x 2 1/4” coiled
Max. Bulb Temp. (°F)
140
120 Vac
16.0A
COOLING
Order Number
A19BBC-2C
Switch Action Range (°F)
spdt
-30 - 100
Differential (°F) Bulb and Capillary
3 - 12
1 3/8” x 2 1/4” coiled
Max. Bulb Temp. (°F)
140
120 Vac
16.0A
FLANGE MOUNTED DUCT THERMOSTATS
FOR ROOF TOP UNITS, MAKE-UP HEATERS, DUCT HEATERS, AND AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS
Flat flange mounting with special coil element permits proper positioning of the sensing
bulb in the air stream.
Order Number
A19EAF-2C
Stages
1
Switch Action
spdt
Range (°F)
30 - 110
Differential (°F) Electrical Rating Max. Bulb Temp.
2
6A @ 120V
140
AGRICULTURAL/INDUSTRIAL THERMOSTAT WITH NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE
The A19PRC is a rain tight single stage electromechanical thermostat designed for
heating and ventilation applications.
Order Number
A19PRC-1C
Switch Action
Spdt
Range (°F)
30 - 110
Differential (°F)
3 - 12
Bulb and Capillary
1 3/8” x 2 1/4” coiled
Range Adjuster
Knob
A19 SERIES WATER CHILLERS
WITH LOCKED CUTOUT ADJUSTABLE CUT-IN
Order Number
Switch Action
A19ZBA-1C
spst close high,
open low
Range (°F) Differential (°F)
38 - 80
8 - 40
Includes: FTG13A-600R packing nut.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Bulb and
Capillary
3/8 x 3 7/16”
6’ capillary
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Bulb Well Number
(not supplied)
WEL14A-602R
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Max. Bulb
Temp. (°F)
140
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Range
Adjuster
Knob
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
120 Vac
16.0A
306.373.9227
3
JOHNSON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A19 SERIES DEFROST DURATION AND FAN DELAY
Order Number Switch Action Range (°F)
A19ZBC-2C
spdt
45 - 85
Fan delay temperature is factory set at 25°F.
Bulb and
Electrical Rating
Max. Bulb Temp. (°F) Range Adjuster
Capillary
@ 120 Vac
1 9/54” x 3 1/8”
140
Knob
16.0A table 6
6’ capillary
A319 ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Line voltage single-stage electronic temperature control with single-pole, double-throw relay output and
LED indication. Designed with heating or cooling modes of operation, adjustable differential, and an
interchangeable temperature sensor. Couples electronic accuracy with remote sensing capability in a
NEMA 1 high-impact plastic enclosure suitable for surface or DIN rail mounting.
Order Number
A319ABC-24-01
Description
A319 temperature control with sensor (120 or 240 Vac) set point range -20°F to 100°F,
differential range 1°F - 30°F
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
WEL11A-601R
BKT287-1R
BKT287-2R
PLT344-1R
Description
Immersion well for use with TE-6300-608, use with thermal compound
12” long DIN rail for use with A319
36” long DIN rail for use with A319
End clamps, (2) for DIN rail mounting of A319 controls
A419 ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH DISPLAY AND SENSOR
A419 electronic temperature control with display and sensor. Features: lockable front-panel touchpad
for setup and adjustment, liquid crystal display for viewing the temperature and status of other functions;
LED indicates the controls output relay (On/Off) status; available in 24 VAC or 120/240 VAC models.
Order Number
A419ABC-1C
A419AEC-1C
A419GBF-1C
A419GEF-1C
Enclosure
NEMA 1
NEMA 4X
NEMA 1
NEMA 4X
Voltage
120 or 240 Vac, 60 Hz
120 or 240 Vac, 60 Hz
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz, Class 2
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz, Class 2
Set Point Range
-30°F - 212°F (-34°C - 100°C)
-30°F - 212°F (-34°C - 100°C)
-30°F - 212°F (-34°C - 100°C)
-30°F - 212°F (-34°C - 100°C)
Differential Range
1° - 30°
1° - 30°
1° - 30°
1° - 30°
PARTS & ACCESSORIES
Order Number
A99BB-200C
A99BA-200C
A99BB-25C
BKT287-1R
BKT287-2R
PLT344-1R
CLK350-2C
WEL11A-601R
Burnaby
Kitchener
4
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
PTC sensor with 6.5’ (1.98 m) leads
PTC sensor with 6.5’ (1.98 m) shielded leads
PTC sensor with 9” (0.25 m) leads
35 x 7.5 mm, 0.305 m (12”) long DIN rail
35 x 7.5 mm, 0.914 m (36”) long DIN rail
Two end clamps, for DIN rail mounting
7-day programmable digital clock; electronic switch output
Immersion well (used with thermal compound)
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A28 TWO STAGE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
ADJUSTABLE INTERSTAGE DIFFERENTIAL WIDE RANGE
Order Number
A28AA-28C
A28AA-29C
A28AA-36C
A28AA-37C
A28AJ-4C
Switch
Differential /
Bulb and
Bulb Well Number
Range (°F)
(spdt)
Adjusted Stages
Capillary
(not supplied)
2
30 - 110
3.5 / 2 - 7
12’ averaging bulb,
6’ capillary
2
-30 - 100
5/2-7
3/8” x 4 1/16”,
WEL14A-602R
8’ capillary
2
40 - 90
3/2-7
3/8” x 6”, 6’ capillary
2
60 - 140
5/2-7
3/8” x 4”, 6’ capillary WEL14A-602R
2
20 - 80
2/2-7
3/16” x 22”, 6’
capillary
Bulb
Range
120 Vac
Temp. Adjuster (amps)
140 Screwdriver 16.0
slot
140 Convertible
16.0
140
230
140
Knob
Knob
Knob
16.0
16.0
6.0
A28 TWO STAGE AGRICULTURAL THERMOSTAT WITH NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE
Designed for use in agricultural and industrial applications that require compliance with Article 547 of the
National Electrical Code.
Differential Fixed (°F)
Order Number Switch Action Range (°F)
Each Stage
Between Stage
Bulb and Capillary
Range Adjuster
A28PJ-1C
2
30 - 110
2
2 adjusted
1 3/8” x 2 1/4” coiled
Knob
A28 TWO STAGE FLANGE MOUNTED DUCT THERMOSTATS
These duct thermostats are used on roof top units, make-up heaters and air handling systems of all
types. They have spdt snap-acting contact units and are unaffected by barometric pressure or cross
ambient temperatures.
Differential Fixed (°F)
Order Number
Stages Switch Action Range (°F)
Each Stage
Between Stage Max. Temp. @ Bulb (°F)
A28AK-1C
2
2
30 - 110
2
3
140
Electrical ratings: 6.0A @ 120 Vac
A36 SERIES 4-STAGE REMOTE BULB THERMOSTATS
Open construction for use in panel mounting.
Order Number Switch Action Range (°F)
A36AHA-50C
4 spdt switches
55 - 95
A36AHB-33C
4 spdt switches
0 - 70
A36AHA-52C
4 spdt switches
55 - 95
A36AHA-58C
4 spdt switches
0 - 70
Differential Fixed
Bulb and Capillary
2°F each stage 1 1/2°F
between stages
2°F each stage 2 1/2°F
between stages
2°F each stage 1 1/2°F
between stages*
3°F each stage 2 1/2°F
between stages^
3/8” x 5” 18” capillary
w/12” nylon armour
3/8” x 4 3/4” 15’ braid
armour capillary
3/8” x 5 1/4” 6’ capillary
w/12” nylon armour
3/8” x 4” 15’ braid
armour capillary
Calibrated at mid-switching point – computer room or comfort control
Calibrated at low-switching point – special close control chiller applications
Calibrated at low-switching point – standard chiller applications
Maximum bulb temperature: 120 °F in operation; 140 °F when shipping
Bulb Well Number
(not supplied)
WEL14A-603R
WEL14A-602R
WEL14A-603R
WEL14A-602R
ELECTRICAL MOTOR RATINGS: FULL LOAD
Order Number
A36AHA
A36AHB
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
120 Vac
10.0A
6.0A
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
208 Vac
6.9A
3.4A
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
240 Vac
5.0A
3.0A
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
277 Vac
-
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
5
JOHNSON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A72 SERIES TWO POLE HEAVY DUTY TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
ADJUSTABLE DIFFERENTIAL
Order Number Switch Action Range (°F) Differential (°F)
A72AA-1
dpst close
high open low
dpst close high
open low
A72AA-2C
-30 - 30
4 - 40
15 - 55
3 - 30
Bulb and
Electrical Rating Maximum Bulb
Range Adjuster
Capillary
@ 120 Vac
Temp (°F)
3/8” x 3” Screwdriver slot
24.0A
200
6’ capillary
3/8” x 3” Screwdriver slot
24.0A
200
6’ capillary
ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE/DEFROST CONTROL WITH RELAY PACK
The MR series temperature controls are designed for use with hot gas or electric heat defrost in both
refrigeration and freezer units. Either time or temperature based defrost termination may be selected. The
MR series incorporates control functions such as compressor control, defrost, fan and alarm management.
Features: Single package provides the functionality of multiple components at a cost-effective price.
Mounting flexibility allows the control and relay pack to be mounted together or separately, facilitating multiple
configurations. Accurate, interchangeable temperature sensor provides reliable control performance with up
to 300 ft. of wiring. Easily readable temperature display can show either evaporator or process temperature at
the touch of a button. Heavy duty relays allow direct control of compressors, fans, defrost heaters and alarms.
Alarm management functions provide both local alarm codes and a relay closure that can be used to trigger
a remote alarm or a dial-out modem. Applications: These relay pack mounted controls provide direct control
of compressors up to 2 hp, electric heater loads of up to 20 amperes, and evaporator fan loads of up to 3/4
hp. The need for separate relays is eliminated in these applications. In addition, the MR4PMUHV controls
combine the functionality of an electromechanical thermostat, mechanical clock, defrost termination device and
temperature readout device with the accuracy of electronic technology.
Order Number
MR4PMUHV-12C
Description
Voltage
Relay pack defrost control
with two A99 sensors
120/240 Vac
Power
Consumption
10VA @ 240 Vac
5VA @ 120 Vac
Ambient Operating
Conditions (°F)
± 1.8°F/± 1°C
14 - 111°F
Accuracy
H x W x D (in)
7.94 x 3.6 x 2.4
MR TEMPERATURE STAGE CONTROL MODULES
The MR series controls are versatile, microprocessor-based, multifunction, programmable
temperature controls. Depending on the model chosen, the MR series controls can also manage
alarm, defrost cycle (active or passive defrost) and evaporator fan functions. The MR series
controls have large red LED displays. These compact controls are available in panel mount and
DIN rail mount varieties. The MR series controls use the A99B temperature sensors, which allow
remote mounting of the display unit. Features: Allows adjustment of control settings to meet
application needs. Provides alarm codes and an alarm output relay that can be used to trigger a
remote alarm or dial-out modem. Displays temperature and other functions quickly and clearly.
Allows user to disable programming buttons and deter accidental or unauthorized changes.
Provides accurate control performance with up to 300 feet of wiring (adjustable temperature offset
is provided for longer wiring). Checks control operation by cycling all outputs and testing all LEDs.
Order Number
Description
MR2PM24-11C
MR2 Panel Mount Control, A99BB-200C sensor included
MR2DR24-11C
MR2 DIN Rail Control, A99bb-200C sensor included
MR4PM24-12C
MS4 Panel Mount Control, A99BB-200C sensor included
MR4DR24-12C
MS4 DIN Rail Control, A99bb-200C sensor included
Ship Weight (lbs)
0.53
0.79
0.90
1.17
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
A99BA-200C
A99BB-200C
A99BB-300C
A99BB-500C
A99BB-600C
Burnaby
Kitchener
6
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Temperature sensor range: -40 - 212°F. Cable length and type: 6 1/2’ shielded
Temperature sensor range: -40 - 212°F. Cable length and type: 6 1/2’ PVC
Temperature sensor range: -40 - 212°F. Cable length and type: 9 3/4’ PVC
Temperature sensor range: -40 - 212°F. Cable length and type: 16 3/8’ PVC
Temperature sensor range: -40 - 212°F. Cable length and type: 19 1/2’ PVC
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
MS TEMPERATURE STAGE CONTROL MODULES
The MS series temperature controls are versatile, microprocessor-based, multifunction,
programmable temperature controls. They are designed for single and multiple stage temperature
control applications. Depending on the model selected, the MS series controls can operate in
direct mode, reverse mode, deadband mode and independent mode. The MS series controls
have large, easy-to-read, red LED displays. Features: programmable functions allow adjustment
of control settings to meet application needs; alarm management function provide visible alarm
codes on the display; easily readable LED display shows temperature and functions quickly
and clearly; programming button lockout allows user to disable programming buttons to deter
accidental or unauthorized changes; accurate temperature with up to 300’ of wiring (an adjustable
offset is provided for longer wiring); self-test procedure checks control operation by cycling all
outputs and testing all LEDs.
Order Number
Description
MS1DR24T-11C
MS1 single stage, DIN rail mount temperature control, A99BB-200C sensors included, 24V
MS2DR24T-11C
MS2 two-stage, DIN rail mount temperature control, A99BB-200C sensors included, 24V
MS2PM24T-11C
MS2 two-stage, panel mount temperature control, A99BB-200C sensors included, 24V
MS4DR24T-11C
MS4 four-stage, DIN rail mount temperature control, (2) A99BB-200C sensors included, 24V
MS4PM24T-11C
MS4 four-stage, panel temperature control, (2) A99BB-200C sensors included, 24V
Ship Weight (lbs)
0.75
0.79
0.53
1.17
0.9
FLOW SWITCHES
F61 SERIES FLOW SWITCHES LOW FLOW RATE SPDT
For liquids not injurious to the brass and phosphor bronze parts.
SPECIFICATIONS: Minimum Liquid temperature: 32°F
Ambient temperature: 32 – 180°F
Order Number
F61KD-4C
Inlet / Outlet Size
Female NPTF (in)
3/4 x 3/4
Enclosure
NEMA Type
1
Adjustment Range - GPM
R to Y Closes
R to Y Opens Max. Liquid
Flow Increase Flow Decrease Temp. (°F)
Min. 0.6 Max. 1.1 Min. 0.3 Max. 0.9
250
Max. Liquid
Pres. (psig)
150
Electrical Motor Ratings: Full Load: 16.0A @ 120 Vac; 8.8A @ 208 Vac; 8.0A @ 240 Vac.
F61 SERIES FLOW SWITCH
STANDARD FLOW RATE SPDT
For liquids not injurious to the brass and phosphor bronze parts.
Liquid Temperature °F
Order Number
Pipe Connection (in)
Enclosure
1 MNPT
1 MNPT
NEMA 1
NEMA 4
F61KB-11C
F61MB-1C
Maximum Liquid
Pressure (psig)
150
150
Minimum
Maximum
32
-20
250
250
Ambient Temperature
Range °F
32 - 180
32 - 180
Electrical Motor Ratings: 1 HP @ 120 Vac, 208 Vac, or 240 Vac Full Load: 16.0A @ 120 Vac; 8.8A @ 208 Vac; 8.0A @ 240 Vac.
Includes: 3″ and 6″ paddles (may be trimmed).
REPLACEMENT PADDLES
FOR F61KB, F61MB AND F62 SERIES
Order Number
KIT21A-601
Description
6” paddle kit for Series F61
F63 SERIES LIQUID LEVEL FLOAT SWITCHES
FOR CLOSED TANKS
Minimum tank diameter: 9 inches
Order Number
F63BF-1C
Switch
Type of
Action Enclosure
spdt
Vapour tight
Pipe connection: 1” NPT brass
Liquid Temp. (°F)
Max.
Min.
250
-20
Note: Not for use with hazardous fluids or in hazardous atmosphere.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Max. Ambient
Temperature (°F)
180
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Max. Liquid
120 Vac
Pressure (psig)
100
16A
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
7
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS AND SWITCHES
P10 SERIES LOW PRESSURE CONTROLS
SINGLE- OR TWO-STAGE
Maximum allowable pressure: 150 psig
Order Number
Stages
Contact Action
Range (psig)
1
1
spdt
spdt
3 - 20
2 - 20
P10BC-7C
P10BG-3C
Factory Setting
Switch
PSIG
Differential
12 (R to Y cut-in)
2
12 (R to Y cut-in)
0.2
Pressure Connector
FNPTF (in)
Barbed Fitting
Female NPSF
1. Rated for 24A. Non-inductive, spst only.
2. Max. connected load shall not exceed 2,000 VA.
Includes: Universal mounting bracket No. BKT16A-600. Barb fitting. P10FC-4 also has a jumper installed on the common terminals.
Electrical Ratings: 16A @ 120 Vac
P20 SERIES AIR CONDITIONING LIMIT PRESSURE SWITCHES
UNIVERSAL FIELD REPLACEMENT CONTROLS FOR NON-CORROSIVE REFRIGERANTS
36” capillary with 1/4” sweat section. Includes mounting bracket.
Setting (psig)
Switch
Max. Bellows
Order Number
Range of Cutout (psig) Differential Opens
Closes
Action
Pressure (psig)
P20BB-1C
Open on fall
7 - 150
Manual reset
40
Lockout manual reset
250
P20DB-1C
Open on rise
100 - 425
Manual reset
400
Lockout manual reset
450
P20EB-1C
spdt
7 - 150
25 psi fixed
40
65 psig
250
P20EB-2C
spdt
100 - 425
70 psi fixed
400
330 psig
450
ELECTRICAL MOTOR RATINGS: 1 PHASE
Motor Duty
Full Load
Locked Rotor
Maximum 300 Vac
120 Vac
16.0
96.0
-
208 Vac
9.2
55.2
Suitable for 20 - 24 Vac
Amps
240 Vac
8.0
48.0
Suitable for 20 - 24 Vac
277 Vac
7.0
42.0
-
P100 SERIES ENCAPSULATED PRESSURE SWITCHES
DIRECT MOUNT DESIGN NONADJUSTABLE SPST
For use with non-corrosive refrigerants. Automatic reset in both open low and open high
configurations and manual reset with open high action. Includes 1/4” SAE female flare
fitting with internal depressor.
Setting (psig)
Order Number
Switch Action Application
Opens
Closes
Gemline
P100AP-201C
Open on fall
Low cutout
10
40
P100AP-2C
Open on fall
Low cutout
35
60
P100AP-3C
Open on fall
Fan cycling
150
225
P100AP-4C
Open on fall
Fan cycling
170
250
P100DA-1C
Open on rise
High Limit
410
Lockout manual reset
PC103
P100DA-2C
Open on rise
High Limit
475
Lockout manual reset
P100DA-35C
Open on rise
High Limit
350
Lockout manual reset
P100DC-3C
Open on rise
High Limit
375
Lockout manual reset
P100CP-1C
Open on rise
High cutout
400
300
PC151
P100CP-2C
Open on rise
High cutout
425
325
PC100
Burnaby
Kitchener
8
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Replaces
Ranco
MPF-7004
MPF-7008
MPH-7107
MPH-7108
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
Robertshaw
3100-004
3100-103
3100-151
3100-100
306.373.9227
PRESSURE SWITCHES AND CONTROLS
ALLTEMP MINIATURE PRESSURE CONTROLS
Operating temperature: -20°F - 150°F
Refrigerant temperature: -35°F - 275°F
LOW PRESSURE CUT OUT
Setting (psig)
Order Number
25-RML-520
25-RML-1025
25-RML-1535
25-RML-2045
25-RML-2580
25-RML-3560
25-RML-4080
25-RML-4560
Cut Out
5
10
15
20
25
35
40
45
HIGH PRESSURE CUT OUT
Setting (psig)
Order Number
Cut Out
Cut In
25-RMH-250180
250
180
25-RMH-300200
300
200
25-RMH-325225
325
225
25-RMH-350250
350
250
25-RMH-375275
375
275
25-RMH-400300
400
300
25-RMH-425325
425
325
Cut In
20
25
35
45
80
60
80
60
CONDENSER FAN CYCLING
Setting (psig)
Order Number
Cut Out
Cut In
25-RMF-75120
75
120
25-RMF-110170
110
170
25-RMF-150225
150
225
25-RMF-190275
190
275
25-RMF-300400
300
400
MARS CONDENSOR FAN CYLCING PRESSURE CONTROLS
FIXED SETTINGS
Order Number
33341
Opening
210
Pressure
Reset
275
Switch Action
Open on fall
Mounting (in)
1/4 Female SAE
Application
Cycling Switch
Contact Ratings: 24–240V, 6A steady-state max. FLA
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS
P28 SERIES LUBE OIL PROTECTION CONTROLS (WITH TIME DELAY)
The P28 series provides dependable shutdown on pressure of lubricated refrigeration compressors
by sending low lube oil pressure. A built-in time delay switch, accurately compensated for ambient
temperature, allows for pressure pick up on start and avoids nuisance shutdowns on pressure
drops of short duration during the running cycle.
Maximum bellows pressure: 325 psig
Range1: 8 - 70 psig
Order Number
P28AA-1C
P28AA-2C
P28AA-17C
P28AA-18C
P28AN-15C
P28AN-1C
P28DA-1C
P28GA-2C
P28NA-5C
Time Delay
(sec)
90
60
120
45
30
90
90
90
120
Heater Circuit
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
24 Vac or Vdc
Type
of Reset
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Automatic
Manual
1. Switch differential approximately 5 psi. Factory set @ 9# cut-out. 2. UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT: Replaces Ranco P30-3701.
3. UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT: Replaces Ranco P30-3801.
4. With Safelite and Alarm Circuit.
Includes: Mounting brackets.
Refrigerant
Pressure Connection (in)
Non-Corrosive all-range
Non-Corrosive all-range
Non-Corrosive all-range
Non-Corrosive all-range
Ammonia
Ammonia
Non-Corrosive all-range
Non-Corrosive all-range
Non-Corrosive all-range
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
ELECTRICAL RATINGS PILOT DUTY
Time Delay Heater Circuit
120/240 Vac
12 Vac or Vdc
24 Vac or Vdc
* Must be same voltage as pilot circuit.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Pilot Circuit
750 VA. 120/240 Vac
125 VA. 24 Vac 57.5 VA. 24 Vdc
125 VA. 24 Vac 57.5 VA. 24 Vdc
Alarm Circuit*
125 VA. 120/240 Vac
125 VA. 24 Vac 57.5 VA. 24 Vdc
125 VA. 24 Vac 57.5 VA. 24 Vdc
^ Must be same voltage as time delay circuit.
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Contact Rating 2to1:2to3^
10A @ 120 Vac 5A @ 240 Vac
10A @ 24 Vac 10A @ 24 Vdc
10A @ 24 Vac 10A @ 24 Vdc
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
9
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS
P29 SERIES LOW PRESSURE PROTECTION CONTROL (WITH TIME DELAY)
P29NC is a low pressure control with time delay and lockout, which requires manual reset. A drop
in pressure energizes the time delay relay and opens a contact after 60 seconds, shutting down the
equipment. The time delay prevents nuisance shutdowns due to momentary fluctuations in system
pressures. Includes mounting brackets.
P29NC-3C
Time-Delay
Setting (sec)*
60 (factory set)
Switch
Action
spst
P29NC-2C
60 (factory set)
spst
Order Number
Pressure to Open
Pressure Drop to
Contacts (psig) Close Contacts (psi)
20” - 100
1-3
20” - 100
Max. Bellows
Pressure (psig)
325
1-3
*. Contact Customer Service for time delay other than 60 seconds.
Electrical Ratings: Pilot duty rating: 750 VA, 120/240 Vac or 57.5 VA, 24 Vdc.
325
Pressure Connection (in)
36 copper capillary tube
with 1/4 flare nut
1/4 male flare fitting
P32 SERIES SENSITIVE PRESSURE SWITCHES
SENSES AIR FLOW IN DUCTS
This differential pressure switch is used to sense pressure/air flow in ducts. Easy-to-read setpoint
scale. Versatile mounting options. Pressure/air flow proving with electric duct heaters, humidifiers
and other equipment. Maximum pressure/air flow control for variable volume systems. Reheat duct
powered systems. Clogged filter detection. Detection of icing of air conditioning coils and initiation of
defrost cycle. Sensitive pressure settings and dust-tight snap switch.
Electrical Ratings (Full Load)
Contact
Sensitivity At
Scale
Order Number
Range
Set Point
Bracket
120 Vac
208 Vac
240 Vac
Action
Min. Set Point
Plate
P32AC-1C
spdt
0.15 - 12” WC
0.07” WC
Adjustable
Yes
L
9.8A
5.65A
4.9A
P32AC-2C
spdt
0.05 - 5” WC
0.04” WC
Adjustable
Yes
U
9.8A
5.65A
4.9A
P32AF-1C
spdt
0.05 - 5” WC
0.025” WC
Adjustable
Yes
L
5.8A
3.35A
2.9A
P32AF-2C
spdt
0.05 - 5” WC
0.025” WC
Adjustable
Yes
U
5.8A
3.35A
2.9A
1. Supplied with 1/4″ compression fitting, 4″ extension tube, 2 mounting screws, “O” gasket, angle barb fitting installed.
P45 SERIES LUBE OIL PROTECTION CONTROL (WITH TIME DELAY)
The P45 control provides dependable, low lube oil pressure protection for refrigeration compressors.
The factory set pressure setting provides operation to the compressor manufacturer’s specification. A
built-in time delay relay, compensated for ambient temperature, allows for pressure pick-up on start and
avoids nuisance shutdowns on short duration pressure losses during the running cycle.
Time delay heater circuit: 120/240 Vac
Pilot duty: 750 VA. 120/240 Vac
Maximum bellows pressure: 425 psig
Range: 7 – 60 psig
Order Number
P45NCA-12C
P45NCA-82C
Time Delay
(sec)
120
45
Heater Circuit
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
Type of
Reset
Manual
Manual
Factory
(psig)
9*
6.5^
Refrigerant
Pressure Connection (in)
Non-corrosive
Non-corrosive
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
36 capillary with 1/4 flare nut
1. UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT: Replaces Ranco P30-5826.
*. Switch differential approximate 5 psi. Time delay energizes at 9 psi pressure difference, de-energized at 14 psi difference.
^. Switch differential approximate 4.5 psi. Time delay relay energizes at 6.5 psi pressure difference, de-energized at 11 psi difference.
Note: Time Delay Relay is not field replaceable.
SUPER HOSE LUBE OIL PRESSURE CONTROLS
The P128 series control provides dependable low pressure lube oil cut-out for pressure lubricated
refrigeration compressors.
Order Number
P128AA-1C
P128AA-2C
Burnaby
Kitchener
10
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Time Delay
(sec)
90
60
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Heater Circuit (Vac)
Type of Reset
120/240
120/240
Manual
Manual
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Adjustment
Range (psi)
8 - 70
8 - 70
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Refrigerant
Non-corrosive
Non-corrosive
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS
P145 SERIES SUPERHOSE LUBE OIL FAILURE CUTOUT CONTROLS
Order Number
P145NCA-12C
P145NCA-82C
P145NCB-12C
Time Delay
Heater
(sec)
Circuit (Vac)
120
120/240
45
120/240
120
120/240
Range (psi)
Type of Reset Pressure Connection
9 - factory set
6.5 - factory set
9 - factory set
Manual
Manual
Manual
1/4” male flared
1/4” male flared
1/4” male flared
Refrigerant
Non-corrosive
Non-corrosive
Non-corrosive
P545 SERIES ELECTRONIC LUBE OIL CONTROLS
The P545 series Electronic Lube Oil Control is designed for use on refrigeration compressors
equipped with an oil pump that accepts a single-point differential pressure switch. The
P400 switch continuously monitors net lube oil pressure and the P545 control locks out the
compressor if lube oil pressure falls below the manufacturer’s recommended net pressure for
longer than the recommended lube oil time delay. Front-mount LED’s indicate the status of
the lubrication system and a user-selectable, minimum-off time delay can be set to minimize
compressor short cycling. A Johnson Controls/PENN® R310AD Current Sensing Switch, sold
separately may be used to disable the P545 control lockout circuit during abnormal compressor
shutdowns. Single-Pole Double-Throw (SPDT) relay contacts for liquid line solenoid and
alarm applications - allows liquid line solenoid to be closed if the P545 control shots off the
compressor due to low oil pressure; provides alarm indication, including circuits that use neon
lights. Relay contact output for compressor - provides reliable, long-lasting operation. Built-in
test circuit - verifies proper control operation quickly, without additional tools or equipment.
Improved noise immunity - exceeds immunity requirements of UL 991 for transient overvoltage:
IEC 61000-4-3 for radiated Radio Frequency (RF) and IEC 61000-4-6 for RF-induced
conducted disturbances. Selection of anti-short cycle strategy for a wide range of equipment
requirements: possible elimination of external short-cycle timer.
Order Number
P545NCB-22C1
P545NCB-25C1
P545NCB-82C1
Lube Oil Delay (sec)
120
90
120
P400 Switch
P400AD-2
P400BD-1
P400AD-1
1. Switch and wiring harness included
Wiring Harness
WHA-P400-100
WHA-P400-125
WHA-P400-100
Control and Sensor/Switch Compatibility
P345 or P445 Control with
P345 or P445 Control with
Test
P300 Sensor
P400 Switch
WHA-P300-xxx only
WHA-P300-xxx or
Wiring Harness1
WHA-P400-xxx
6-8
second
delay
Does
not function 2
Test Switch
Fits Compressors by
Copeland
Bitzer
Carlyle
P545 Control and
P300 Sensor
WHA-P300-xxx only
Immediate
P545 Control and
P400 Switch
WHA-P300-xxx or
WHA-P400-xxx
Immediate
Accessories
P400 Single-Point Differential Lube Oil Pressure Switch
Order Number
P400AD-1C
P400AD-2C
P400BD-1C
Open Point
(Differential Pressure)
7.0 ± 1.0 psid
12.75 ± 0.75 psid
10.0 ± 1.5 psid
Close Point
(Differential Above Open Point)
Less than or equal to 2.0 psid
Less than or equal to 1.5 psid
Less than or equal to 3.0 psid
Threads
Wiring Harness
3/4-16 UNF
WHA-P400-100
M20 x 1.5
WHA-P400-125
Wiring Harnesses and Other Accessories
Order Number
Description
KITP545-82C1
CST29A-600C sensor block; P545NCB-82 control; P400AD-1C switch; WHA-P400-100C wiring harness
WHA-P400-100C
3 1/3 ft (1 m) length wiring harness
WHA-P400-125C
4 ft (1 1/4 m) length wiring harness
WHA-P400-250C
8 ft (2 1/2 m) length wiring harness
WHA-P400-430C
14 ft (4 1/3 m) length wiring harness
R310AD-1C
Low-voltage Current Sensing Switch
271-51
Universal Mounting Bracket
1. Contact Carlyle Compressor Co. to order Sensor Block Gasket 06DA680063
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
11
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS
P70 SERIES HIGH PRESSURE CUTOUTS WITH ALARM CIRCUITS
ALL RANGE FOR R12, R22, R134, R500, R502
This control has two sets of contacts. The main set of contact controls the main load and the auxiliary
contact simultaneously actuates a signal or auxiliary circuit. The main contacts (Line-M2) are open-high /
close-low. The electrical contacts operate from a pressure sensing element.
Order Number
P70KA-1C
Switch Action
Range (psig)
L-M1 close high, L-M2 pen high,
4-wire 2-circuit
50 - 450
Pressure
Max. Bellows
Connector (in) Pressure (psig)
Lockout (requires
36 capillary
475
manual reset after cutout) 1/4 flare nut
Differential
Electrical Ratings: On main contacts: 16.0A at 120 Vac.
P70 SERIES SINGLE POLE HIGH PRESSURE CONTROLS
Employs a set of switch contacts that are opened and closed by the movement of pressure actuated
bellows. The load-carrying contact provide direct control of AC motors within the control rating. Includes
a universal mounting bracket. Air conditioning and refrigeration applications.
HEAD PRESSURE FAN CYCLING
Order Number
P70AA-118C
P70AA-2C
Switch Action
Range (psig) Differential
close high, open low
close high, open low
100 - 400
0 - 150
35 - 200
12 - 40
Limited Knob Max. Bellows
Adjustment Pressure (psig)
36” capillary - 1/4” flare nut
None
500
36” capillary - 1/4” flare nut
None
500
Pressure Connector
120 Vac
20A
20A
ALL RANGE FOR R12, R22, R134, R500, R502
Order Number
Switch Action
Range (psig)
Differential
P70CA-2C
open high, close low
50 - 450
60 - 150
P70CA-3C
open high, close low
50 - 450
60 - 150
P70DA-1C
open high, close low
50 - 450
Lockout (requires
manual reset)
Switch Action
Range (psig)
Differential
close high, open low
open high, close low
open high, close low
50 - 450
50 - 450
50 - 450
20 - 100
50 - 150
Lockout (requires
manual reset)
Pressure
Connector (in)
1/4 male flared
connection
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
Limited Knob
Adjustment
None
Pressure
Connector (in)
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
Limited Knob
Adjustment
None
None
None
Max. Bellows
120 Vac
Pressure (psig)
475
20A
None
475
20A
None
475
20A
FOR AMMONIA
Order Number
P70AA-119C
P70CA-5C
P70DA-2C
Max. Bellows
Pressure
400
475
475
120 Vac
20A
20A
20A
1. UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT: Replaces Ranco O10-2054. Includes: Mounting bracket
P70 SERIES SINGLE POLE LOW PRESSURE CONTROLS
CONTROL OF AIR, WATER, AND OIL PRESSURE
MICRO-SET FOR R12, R22, R134A, R500, R502
Order Number
P70AB-12C
Burnaby
Kitchener
12
Switch Action
Range (psig) Differential (psi)
close high, open low
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
12 - 80
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
5 - 35
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Pressure
Connector (in)
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
Calgary
North Bay
Limited Knob Max. Bellows
Adjustment Pressure (psig)
Cut-off
500
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
120 Vac
FLA
LRA
20
120
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS
P70 SERIES SINGLE POLE LOW PRESSURE CONTROLS
ALL RANGE FOR R12, R22, R134A, R500, R502
Order Number
Switch Action
Pressure
Connector (in)
1/4 male flared
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
Range (psig) Differential (psi)
P70AB-1C
P70AB-2C
close high, open low
close high, open low
20 - 100
20 - 100
6 - 70
6 - 70
P70CA-1C
close high, open low
20 - 100
6 - 70
Limited Knob Max. Bellows
Adjustment Pressure (psig)
Cut-off
325
Cut-off
325
None
120 Vac
FLA
LRA
20
20
120
120
20
120
325
FOR AMMONIA
Pressure
Limited Knob Max. Bellows
Order Number
Switch Action Range (psig) Differential (psi)
Connector (in) Adjustment Pressure (psig)
P70AA-5C
close high, open low 20 - 100
6 - 70
1/4 female NPT
None
325
P70CA-4C
close high, open low 20 - 100
6 - 70
1/4 female NPT
None
325
120 Vac
FLA
LRA
20
20
120
120
P170 SERIES SUPERHOSE SINGLE POLE PRESSURE CONTROLS
SINGLE POLE, LOW PRESSURE
Pressure connector is a 1/4” male flared connector.
Order Number
P170AB-2C
P170AB-12C
P170CA-1C
Switch Action
Limited Knob
Adjustment
Cutout
Cutout
None
Range (psig) Differential (psi)
close high, open low
close high, open low
open high, close low
20 - 100
12 - 80
20 - 100
6 - 50
5 - 35
6 - 50
Max. Bellows
Pressure (psig)
325
500
325
SINGLE POLE, HIGH PRESSURE
Order Number
Switch Action
Range (psig)
Differential (psi)
P170AA-118C
P170CA-3C
P170DA-1C
close high, open low
open high, close low
open high, close low
100 - 400
50 - 450
50 - 450
35 - 200
60 - 150
Lockout (requires manual reset)
Limited Knob
Adjustment
None
None
None
Max. Bellows
Pressure (psig)
500
475
475
HIGH PRESSURE CUTOUT W/ALARM CIRCUIT
Order Number
P170KA-1C
Switch Action
Range (psig)
Differential (psi)
L-M1 close high, L-M2 open
high, 4-wire 2-Circuit
50 - 450
Lockout (requires manual
reset)
Limited Knob
Adjustment
None
Max. Bellows
Pressure (psig)
475
P170 SERIES SUPERHOSE SINGLE POLE, DUAL PRESSURE CONTROLS
Order Number
P170LB-1C
P170LB-6C
P170MA-1C
P170MA-18C
P170NA-1C
Switch Action
Range (psig)
spst^
spst^
spst**
spst**
spst^^
Low: 20 to 100, High: 100 to 425
Low: 12 to 80, High: 100 to 425
Low: 20 to 100, High: 100 to 425
Low: 12 to 80, High: 100 to 425
Low: 20 to 100, High: 100 to 425
Limited Knob
Adjustment
Cutout*
Cutout*
None
None
None
Max. Bellows Pressure (psig)
325 low, 450 high
500 low, 475 high
325 low, 450 high
500 low, 475 high
325 low, 450 high
^. Automatic reset High and Low pressure.
*. Adjusting knob supplied on Differential (Low side cutout setting) to limit adjustment 5 psi above or below setting.
**. Automatic reset Low, manual reset High pressure.
^^. Manual reset High and Low pressure.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
13
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS
P70 SERIES SINGLE POLE DUAL PRESSURE CONTROLS
MICRO-SET FOR R12, R22, R500, R502
Low (psig)
High (psig)
Switch
Pressure Limited Knob Max. Bellows
Order Number
Range Diff. Range Diff. (non-adjustable)
Action
Connector (in) Adjustment Pressure (psig)
P70LB-6C
SPST 12 - 80 5 - 35 100 Under 300 psig, 55 psi; 36 capillary
Cutout*
500 Low,
- 425 over 300 psig, 65 psi
1/4 flare nut
475 High
P70MA-18C
SPST 12 - 80 5 - 35 100
Lockout (requires
36 capillary
None
500 Low,
- 425
manual reset)
1/4 flare nut
475 High
ALL RANGE FOR R12, R22, R500, R502
Low (psig)
Switch
Order Number
Range
Differential
Action
P70LB-1C
SPST 20 - 100
6 - 50
100 - 425
P70MA-1C
SPST
20 - 100
100 - 425
P70NA-1C
SPST
20 - 100 Lockout (requires 100 - 425
manual reset)
6 - 50
Range
High (psig)
Differential
(non-adjustable)
Under 300 psig, 55 psi;
over 300 psig, 65 psi
Lockout (requires
manual reset)
Lockout (requires
manual reset)
Pressure
Connector (in)
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
Limited Knob Max. Bellows
Adjustment Pressure (psig)
Cutout*
325 Low, 450 High
None
325 Low, 450 High
None
325 Low, 450 High
P70 SERIES SINGLE POLE DUAL PRESSURE CONTROLS
FOR AMMONIA
Low (psig)
P70LA-2C
Switch
Action
SPST
P70MA-2C
SPST
Order Number
High (psig)
Differential
Range Differential Range
(non-adjustable)
20 - 100
6 - 50 100 - 425 Under 300 psig, 55 psi;
over 300 psig, 65 psi
20 - 100
6 - 50 100 - 425
Lockout (requires
manual reset)
Pressure
Connector (in)
1/4 female NPT
Limited Knob
Adjustment
None
1/4 female NPT
None
*. Adjusting knob supplied on differential (low side cutout setting) to limit adjustment 5 psi above or below setting.^. High pressure cutout stops available.
Max. Bellows
Pressure (psig)
325 Low,
450 High
325 Low,
450 High
P72 SERIES TWO POLE LOW PRESSURE CONTROLS
ALL RANGE FOR R12, R22, R134, R500, R502
Order Number
P72AA-1C
P72AB-1C
Switch Action
DPST close high
open low
DPST close high
open low
Range
(psig)
20 - 100
Differential
(psi)
6 - 50
20 - 100
6 - 50
Pressure
Connector (in)
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
Limited Knob
Adjustment
None
Max. Bellows
Pressure (psig)
325
Cutout adjustment
limited to 7 psi
325
Note: Adjusting knob supplied on differential (cutout setting) to limit adjustments to 5 psi above or below normal setting.
Electrical Ratings: 24.0A @ 120 Vac.
Burnaby
Kitchener
14
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON PRESSURE CONTROLS
P72 SERIES TWO POLE HIGH PRESSURE CONTROLS
HEAD PRESSURE FAN CYCLING
Order Number
Switch Action
Range (psig)
P72AA-27C
dpst close high,
open low
100 - 400
Differential (psi)
Pressure Connector (in)
Min. 35 - max. 200 36 capillary - 1/4 flare nut
Max. Bellows
Pressure (psig)
500
ALL RANGE FOR R12, R22, R134, R500, R502
Order Number
P72CA-2C
P72DA-1C
Switch Action
dpst open high,
close low
dpst open high,
close low
Range (psig)
50 - 450
Differential (psi)
Min. 60 - max. 150
Pressure Connector (in)
36 capillary - 1/4 flare nut
Max. Bellows Pressure
475
50 - 450
Lockout (requires manual reset)
36 capillary - 1/4 flare nut
475
P72 SERIES TWO POLE DUAL PRESSURE CONTROLS
ALL RANGE FOR R12, R22, R134, R500, R502
Low Pressure (psig)
P72LA-1C
Switch
Action
dpst
20 - 100
P72LB-1C
dpst
20 - 100
P72MA-1C
dpst
20 - 100
P72NA-1C
dpst
20 - 100
Order Number
Range
High Pressure (psig)
Differential
Pressure
Knob
Max. Bellows
Differential
Range
(non-adjustable)
Connector (in) Adjustment Pressure (psig)
Min. 6 - max. 50 100 - 425 Under 300 psig, 55 psi; 36 capillary
None
325 Low
over 300 psig, 65 psi
1/4 flare nut
475 High
Min. 6 - max. 50 100 - 425 Under 300 psig, 55 psi; 36 capillary Low side cutout
325 Low
over 300 psig, 65 psi
1/4 flare nut
adjustment
475 High
limited to 7 psi
Min. 6 - max. 50 100 - 425
Lockout (requires
36 capillary
None
325 Low
manual reset)
1/4 flare nut
475 High
Lockout (requires 100 - 425
Lockout (requires
36 capillary
None
325 Low
manual reset)
manual reset)
1/4 flare nut
475 High
P74 SERIES DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROLS
Measures the pressure difference between two sources (supply and return lines). A change in differential
pressure will reposition the switching mechanism to cause corrective action of supplementary control
equipment. Applications: differential pressure sensing on chillers or water cooled condensers; lube oil failure
cutout for refrigeration compressors (same as the P28, but does not incorporate time delay); positioning
M100 Series motor actuated valves (P74JA-2); prove pump operation.
FOR ALL REFRIGERANTS EXCEPT AMMONIA
Order Number
P74AA-1C
P74BA-1C
P74FA-1C
P74EA-8C
Differential
Range (psig)
spst closes on decrease 8 - 70 adjustable
in pressure differential
spst opens on decrease 8 - 70 adjustable
in pressure differential
spdt (snap-acting)
8 - 60
spdt (floating)
2 - 26
Switch Action
Includes: Universal mounting bracket.
Pressure
Connections (in)
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
1/4 male flare
36 capillary
1/4 flare nut
Electrical Ratings
Max. Bellows
(50/60Hz)
(momentary - psig)
20A @ 120 Vac
325
Bellows
Material
Stainless steel
20A @ 120 Vac
325
Stainless steel
6A @ 120 Vac
16A @ 120 Vac
180
180
Brass
Bellows; brass
PRESSURE CONTROL HOSES
Order Number
HHCC1S
HHC18S
HHC2S
HHC3S
HHC4S
HHC5S
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
CPS 12” CAP Tube Control Hose STR x 90 Degree
CPS 18” CAP Tube Control Hose STR x 90 Degree
CPS 24” CAP Tube Control Hose STR x 90 Degree
CPS 36” CAP Tube Control Hose STR x 90 Degree
CPS 48” CAP Tube Control Hose STR x 90 Degree
CPS 60” CAP Tube Control Hose STR x 90 Degree
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
15
JOHNSON ELECTRONIC FAN SPEED CONTROL
P66 SERIES REPLACEMENT ELECTRONIC FAN SPEED CONTROLS
Pressure actuated electronic motor speed controller. This control can be used with single phase
permanent split capacitor and shaded pole motors which are approved by the motor and equipment
manufacturer for speed control applications. By directly sensing pressure, this device electronically varies
the speed of a fan motor. Controlling head pressure in the condensing section of a refrigeration system
is a common application. Typical applications include: computer room air conditioning, commercial air
conditioning, and commercial refrigeration. This control is designed to replace On/Off fan cycling controls,
multiple speed motors, condenser flood-back systems, temperature fan speed control, and modulating
louver systems.
Low pressure range: 80 – 200 psig
Effective throttling range (ETR): 30 psi
High pressure range: 140 – 350 psig
Effective throttling range (ETR): 60 psi
Maximum over pressure: 450 psig
Control voltage: 24 Vac, 1 VA
SINGLE PRESSURE INPUT
Order Number
Operating Range (psig)
P66AAB-1C
P66AAB-4C
P66AAB-6C
P66AAB-9C
P66AAB-10C
P66AAB-14C
P66AAB-15C
P66ABB-24C
190/250
135/165
170/230
170/230
190/250
220/280
190/250
190/250
Effective Throttling
Range
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Pressure Range
Start Voltage % of line
Capillary Length (in)
140 - 350
140 - 350
140 - 350
140 - 350
140 - 350
140 - 350
140 - 350
140 - 350
10
10
16
40
16
40
40
16
60
60
60
60
120
120
60
60
DUAL PRESSURE INPUT
Order Number
P66BAB-1C
P66BAB-3C
P66BAB-5C
Operating Range (psig)
190/250
170/230
190/250
Effective Throttling
Range
60
60
60
Pressure Range
Start Voltage % of line
Capillary Length (in)
140 - 350
140 - 350
140 - 350
10
16
16
60
60
120
*. When two P15’s are used in parallel with one motor, replace both P15’s with one P66BAB. Select the P66BAB with an operating range similar to that of the P15’s being replaced.
**. Start voltage for P15 models 40% 3. 50 Hz.
Electrical Ratings: Full load: 8A @ 208 Vac; 8A @ 240 Vac; 6.9A @ 277 Vac; 4A @ 480 Vac.
Caution: It is recommended that the P66 be used only with low heat rise ball bearing motors which are approved by the motor manufacturer for fan speed control operation.
VFD66 SERIES CONDENSER FAN SPEED CONTROLS
Designed for speed control of 3-phase motors, especially for condenser fan motors in refrigeration
and HVAC systems. Condenser fan speed is controlled by varying the frequency and voltage of the
power supplied to the motor. Uses input(s) from various devices to stabilize condenser head pressure.
This is especially desirable during low ambient conditions by varying fan speed to meet changing load
conditions. Condenser fan speed control may be based on pressure, temperature or both. Accepts
input signals from the P35 pressure transducer. System 350 or any other 0 – 5 or 0 – 10 VDC analog
input. Has a simple interface, which makes it easy to understand and use. End-user setup is minimized
because of the application-specific design.
NEMA 1 Enclosure without Alarm Output
Kit = VFD66 Model
VFD66 Model
Packaged with P35AG-9200
VFD66AAA-1C
VFD66AAA-100C
VFD66BAA-1C
VFD66BAA-100C
VFD66CAA-1C
VFD66CAA-100C
VFD66DAA-1C
VFD66DAA-100C
VFD66EBA-1C
VFD66EBA-100C
VFD66FBA-1C
VFD66FBA-100C
Burnaby
Kitchener
16
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
NEMA 1
Enclosure with Alarm Output
VFD66AAE-1C
VFD66CAE-1C
VFD66DAE-1C
VFD66EBE-1C
VFD66FBE-1C
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Voltage
Max. Amp
230 VAC 50 Hz, 208/230 VAC 60 Hz
400 VAC 50 Hz, 460 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 50 Hz, 208/230 VAC 60 Hz
400 VAC 50 Hz, 460 VAC 60 Hz
230 VAC 50 Hz, 208/230 VAC 60 HZ
400 VAC 50 Hz, 460 VAC 60 Hz
4.0
1.8
7.5
3.6
10.6
5.5
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON FAN SPEED CONTROL
VFD66 SERIES CONDENSER FAN SPEED CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
P35AG-9200R
VFD66-CVR-1C
A350PS-1C
P352PN-3C
P399AAA-1-200C
P399AAC-1-200C
P399BAA-1-200C
P399BAC-1-200C
P399CAA-1-200C
P399CAC-1-200C
P399AAA-1C
P399AAC-1C
P399BAA-1C
P399BAC-1C
P399CAA-1C
P399CAC-1C
WHA-P399-200C
WHA-P399-400C
WHA-P399-600C
Description
Pressure Transducer, 0-350 psi range
External Potentiometer Replacement Cover
Proportional Plus Integral Temperature Control
Proportional Plus Integral Pressure Control
Pressure Transducer, 0-100 psis, 1/8 inch NPTM pressure connection, with 6 1/2 ft (2 m) wire harness with pigtails
Pressure Transducer, 0-100 psis, 1/4 inch SAE female flare pressure connection with valve depressor, with 6 1/2 ft (2 m) wire
harness with pigtails
Pressure Transducer, 0-500 psis, 1/8 inch NPTM pressure connection, with 6 1/2 ft (2 m) wire harness with pigtails
Pressure Transducer, 0-500 psis, 1/4 inch SAE female flare pressure connection with valve depressor, with 6 1/2 ft (2 m) wire
harness with pigtails
Pressure Transducer, 0-750 psis, 1/8 inch MPTM pressure connection, with 6 1/2 ft (2 m) wire harness with pigtails
Pressure Transducer, 0-750 psis, 1/4 inch SAE female flare pressure connection with valve depressor, with 6 1/2 ft (2 m) wire
harness with pigtails
Electronic Pressure Transducer, 0-100 psi range; 1/8 inch NPT male connector
Electronic Pressure Transducer, 0-100 psi range; 1/4 inch NPT female connector
Electronic Pressure Transducer, 0-500 psi range; 1/8 inch NPT male connector
Electronic Pressure Transducer, 0-500 psi range; 1/4 inch NPT female connector
Electronic Pressure Transducer, 0-750 psi range; 1/8 inch NPT male connector
Electronic Pressure Transducer, 0-750 psi range; 1/4 inch NPT female connector
Wire Harness 6 1/2 ft (2 m) length with pigtails
Wire Harness 13 ft (4 m) length with pigtails
Wire Harness 19 5/8 ft (6 m) length with pigtails
JOHNSON SYSTEM 350 MODULAR CONTROLS
A350A/B SERIES ELECTRONIC ON / OFF TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
System 350™ is a modular electronic control series consisting of a wide variety of on/off temperature, humidity
and pressure applications as well as proportional temperature and temperature reset. The basic system
consists of a control module, which accept add-on stage, LCD display and transformer modules. A variety
of temperature, pressure and humidity sensors are also available. Hundreds of different control systems
can be configured using combination. Of the controls and their add-on accessories. Five-pin connectors
eliminate wiring errors. The modules can be DIN rail or surface mounted. Features: field selectable heat/cool
mode; adjustable setpoint and differential; surface or DIN rail mounting; LED indication of relay status; 5-pin
connectors eliminate wiring between modules.
Order Number
A350AA-1C
A350AA-2C
A350BA-1C
A350BA-2C
Includes: A99BC-25C sensor
Output
Spdt relay
Spdt relay
Spdt relay
Spdt relay
Range
-30 - 130°F
90 - 250°F
-35 - 55°C
30 - 121°C
Differential/Offset Adjustment
1 - 30°F
1 - 30°F
0.5 - 17°C
0.5 - 17°C
A350E SERIES ELECTRONIC ON / OFF COOLING CONTROL
With SPDT relay output; LED indication and both Fahrenheit and Celsius temperature scales. Besides being
a cooling only control, the A350E has two features that differentiate it from the A350 Electronic temperature
control; adjustable minimum setpoint and sensor short/open circuit protection. Sensor included.
Order Number
A350EA-4C
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Output
Spdt
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Range
10 - 65°F (-12 - 18°C)
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Adjustable Differential
1 - 30°F (0.5 - 17°C)
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Minimum Setpoint
Four jumper settings: 20°F, 30°F, 40°F, and off
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
17
JOHNSON SYSTEM 350 MODULAR CONTROLS
A350P SERIES ELECTRONIC PROPORTIONAL PLUS INTEGRAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Have both Fahrenheit and Celsius temperature scales and a unique ten-segment LED that display
percentage of output. Adjustments include setpoint (Fahrenheit or Celsius), throttling range, minimum
output, and reverse or direct acting mode of operation (for heating or cooling applications). It also has
a heat/cool switch allowing for direct or reverse acting output. Application capabilities include mixing
valves for chilled or hot water control and modulating dampers for air flow. Sensor included.
Proportional Output Signal
Voltage
Current
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
Order Number
A350PS-2C
A350PS-1C
Range
90 - 250°F (30 - 120°C)
-30 - 130°F (-35 - 55°C)
Throttling Range
2 - 30°F (1 - 17°C)
2 - 30°F (1 - 17°C)
Sensor Included
A99BC-25C
A99BC-25C
A350R SERIES ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE RESET CONTROLS
With an SPDT (normally open) relay with LED indication for both relay operation and night setback
mode, the A350R raises or lowers (resets) the temperature of the supply water or supply air based on
a proportional drop or rise in temperature at the outdoor sensor. Adjustments include reset ratio (1:5
to 3:1) differential (1 to 30°F) and selectable warm weather shutdown temperature settings. Typical
applications include On/Off control of single or multi-stage boilers. Temperature sensors included.
Order Number
A350RS-1C
Output
Spst relay
Minimum Supply Temperature (°F) Differential (°F) Reset Ratio - Outdoor/Indoor
50 - 160°F
1 - 30°F
1:5 - 3:1 adjustment
Setback Range (°F)
0-30°F
W351 SERIES ELECTRONIC ON / OFF HUMIDITY CONTROLS
An electronic humidity control with LED indication used in conjunction with the HE-63000 or HE-6310 series of humidity
transmitters to stage humidification and dehumidification equipment.
Order Number
W351AA-1C
W351AA-2C
W351AB-2C
Setpoint Range
10 - 90% RH
10 - 90% RH
10 - 90% RH
Differential
2 - 10% RH
2 - 10% RH
2 - 10% RH
Sensor
Includes room sensor HE-6300-3
Includes room sensor HE-6310-3
-
W351P SERIES ELECTRONIC PROPORTIONAL PLUS INTEGRAL HUMIDITY CONTROLS
Display percent of output. Adjustments include: setpoint, integration constant, throttling range, minimum output, and
reverse and direct acting mode of operation. A typical application includes modulating steam valves for humidification.
Proportional Output
Voltage
Current
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
Order Number
W351PP-1C
W351PN-1C
W351PN-2C
Humidity Range
10 - 90% RH
10 -90% RH
10 - 90% RH
Throttling Range
2 - 10% RH
2 - 10% RH
2 - 10% RH
Sensor
None
Includes HE-6310-3
Includes HE-6310-3
HUMIDITY TRANSMITTERS
A high precision humidity transmitter with an integral temperature sensor combined in one enclosure. The All Polymer
humidity element has an operating range of 0 to 100% RH (non-condensing). The silicon temperature element has an
operating range of 32°F to 140°F.
Order Number
HE67530N0BT
HE67530N00P
Mounting
Wall
Duct
P352 SERIES ELECTRONIC ON / OFF PRESSURE CONTROLS
Display percent of output. Adjustments include: setpoint, integration constant, throttling range, minimum output, and
reverse and direct acting mode of operation. Applications include duct static pressure control and building pressurization.
Order Number
P352AB-2C
P352AB-3C
P352AB-4C
Output
SPDT relay*
SPDT relay*
SPDT relay*
Pressure Range (psig)
0 - 100
90 - 250
240 - 600
Adjustable Differential (psi)
2 - 50
10 - 100
10 - 100
*. Contacts rated @ 10A non-inductive, 1/2 HP 120/240 Vac, 125 VA pilot duty 24/240 Vac.
Burnaby
Kitchener
18
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Sensor
P399AAA-1C or P399AAC-1C
P399BAA-1C or P399BAC-1C
P399CAA-1C or P399CAC-1C
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
Display
D352AA-2C
D352AA-2C
D352AA-2C
306.373.9227
JOHNSON SYSTEM 350 MODULAR CONTROLS
P352P SERIES ELECTRONIC PROPORTIONAL PLUS INTEGRAL STATIC PRESSURE CONTROLS
Display percent of output. Adjustments include: setpoint, integration constant, throttling range, minimum output, and
reverse and direct acting mode of operation. Application includes duct static pressure control and building pressurization.
Order Number
P352PQ-1C
P352PQ-2C
P352PN-2C
P352PN-3C
P352PN-4C
*. Order separately.
Proportional Output
Voltage
Current
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
Setpoint and Throttling Range
0.5 - 5 WC
0.0255 - 0.25 WC
0 - 100 / 5 - 50 psi
90 - 250 / 10 - 100 psi
240 - 600 / 10 - 100 psi
Sensor*
DPT-2640-7
DPT-2640-3
P399
P399
P399
Sensor Input Range
0 - 10 WC corresponds to 0 - 5 Vdc
0 - 0.5 WC corresponds to 0 - 5 Vdc
0 - 100 psi
0 - 500 psi
0 - 750 psi
S350 / S351 / S352 SERIES TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY AND PRESSURE STAGE MODULES
Have three adjustments: reverse or direct-acting operation, differential and offset. Applications include any job requiring
multiple staging when used in conjunction with any respective System 350 control.
Order Number
R353AA-1C
S353AA-1C
Description
Electronic sequencer signal input module
Electronic sequencer stage module
P353 / S353 SERIES ELECTRONIC SEQUENCERS
Display percent of output, adjustments include: setpoint, integration constant, throttling range, minimum output, and
reverse and direct acting mode of operation. Applications include duct static pressure control and building pressurization.
Order Number
P352PQ-1C
P352PQ-2C
Proportional Output
Voltage
Current
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
0 - 10 Vdc
0 - 20 mA
Setpoint and Throttling Range
0.5 - 5” WC
0.0255 - 0.25” WC
Sensor*
DPT-2640-7
DPT-2640-3
Sensor Input Range
0 - 10” WC corresponds to 0 - 5 Vdc
0 - 0.5” WC corresponds to 0 - 5 Vdc
*. Order separately.
D350 / D351 / D352 SERIES TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY AND PRESSURE DISPLAY MODULES
Has a 3-digit LCD display that provides continuous sensor output information (read-only) for use with A350, W351 and
P352 controls. Display modules feature a setpoint button located on front of the module to obtain actual space conditions
or setpoint readings. Display modules can be helpful when making accurate setpoint adjustments to System 350 controls.
Order Number
D350AA-1
D351AA-1C
D352AA-1C
D352AA-2C
D352CA-1C
D352CA-2C
Display Range
-30 - 250 °F
10 - 90% RH
0 - 435 psi
0 - 750 psi
0 - 9.99” WC
0 - 0.999” WC
*. Provided by the P352 pressure control.
In\put Voltage
12 Vdc
14 Vdc
5 Vdc*
14 Vdc
14 Vdc
Display Characters (lcd)
0.35
3 - digit 0.35”
3 - digit 0.35”
3 - digit 0.35”
3 - digit 0.35”
3 - digit 0.35”
Mounting
Wall or DIN rail
Surface or DIN rail
Surface or DIN rail
Surface or DIN rail
Surface or DIN rail
CLK350 SERIES TIME CLOCKS
A high precision humidity transmitter with an integral temperature sensor combined in one enclosure. The All Polymer
humidity element has an operating range of 0 to 100% RH (non-condensing). The silicon temperature element has an
operating range of 32°F to 140°F.
Order Number
CLK350-2
Output
Electronic switch (open collector transistor)
Programs
7 day programmable, up to 294 On and Off events per week
S350C SERIES TEMPERATURE SLAVE STAGE MODULES
A high precision humidity transmitter with an integral temperature sensor combined in one enclosure.
The All Polymer humidity element has an operating range of 0 to 100% RH (non-condensing). The
silicon temperature element has an operating range of 32°F to 140°F.
Order Number
S350CC-1C
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Setpoint Adjustment Range (°C)
-34 - 55
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Differential Adjustment Range (°C)
0.5 - 17
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
19
JOHNSON SYSTEM 350 MODULAR CONTROLS
Y350R - POWER MODULE
The Y350R Power Module provides a convenient means of powering System 350 modules in situations
where Class 2 power is not available. Input voltage is 120/240 VAC. Output voltage is 24 VDC unfiltered.
5-pin, plug together connector, surface or DIN rail mounting.
Order Number
Y350R-1C
Description
Power Module is used to supply Class 2 unfiltered 24 VDC power to
system 350 controls.
Input Voltage
120/240 VAC
50/60 Hz
Output Voltage
Class 2, 24 VDC
unfiltered, 10 VA max
DIGITAL ELECTRONIC PRESSURE CONTROLS
The P470 electronic pressure control with display is a single-stage, On/Off, electronic pressure control with
an spdt output delay. The control may be field set to operate in one of three pressure ranges (0 – 100 psi, 0
– 500 psi, or 50 – 750 psi), as either an open-high or open-low control. The P470 control features large LCD
that displays the sensed pressure and other system-status indicators, as well as the adjustable setpoints in
the programming mode. The P470 control has a lockable, 3-front panel LED that indicates the output relay
status. The P470 controls uses a P399 electronic pressure transducer to generate a pressure signal and
WHAP399 wiring harness, which eliminates many of the constraints of capillary-tube control applications.
Operating pressure ranges: 0 – 100 psi, 0 – 500 psi, 50 – 750 psi
Minimum differential pressure: 5 psi, 20 psi, 20 psi
Displayed resolution: 1 psi, 3 psi, 5 psi
Control accuracy: ± 1.5% of selected operating pressure range plus transducer accuracy
Transducer type: P399 electronic pressure transducer
Enclosure, case and cover: NEMA 1 high-impact thermoplastic
Order Number
Description
P470EB-1C
Line voltage with display supply voltage: 120 or 208/240 Vac
P470FB-1C
Low voltage (<30 Vac) with display supply voltage: 24 Vac Class 2 transformer
P399 SERIES ELECTRONIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
Order Number
P399AAA-1C
P399AAC-1C
P399BAA-1C
P399BAC-1C
P399CAA-1C
P399CAC-1C
Description
0 - 100 psis, 1/8” NPTM pressure connection
0 - 100 psis, 1/4” SAE female flare pressure connection with valve depressor
0 - 500 psis, 1/8” NPTM pressure connection
0 - 500 psis, 1/4” SAE female flare pressure connection with valve depressor
0 - 750 psis, 1/8” NPTM pressure connection
0 - 750 psis, 1/4” SAE female flare pressure connection with valve depressor
Used with Controls
P352AB-2C, P352PN-2C
P352AB-2C, P352PN-2C
P352AB-3C, P352PN-3C
P352AB-3C, P352PN-3C
P352AB-4C, P352PN-4C
P352AB-4C, P352PN-4C
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
WHA-P399-200C
WHA-P399-400C
Description
Wire harness, 6 1/2’ length with pigtails
Wire harness, 13’ length with pigtails
A99B SERIES TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Order Number
A99BC-25C
A99BC-300C
A99BC-500C
Description
PTC silicon sensor with PVC cable
PTC silicon sensor with high temperature silicon cable
Sensor with PVC wire insulated
Cable Length
9 3/4”
9 3/4’
16 3/4’
Range (°F)
-40 - 248
-40 - 248
-
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
BKT287-1R
BKT287-2R
PLT344-1R
WHA29A-600R
WHA29A-603R
WHA29A-604R
WEL11A-601R
Burnaby
Kitchener
20
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Din rail mounting hardware 12”
Din rail mounting hardware 36”
Din rail end clamps
3’ Remote display mounting cable
25’ Remote display mounting cable
50’ Remote display mounting cable
1/2” Copper immersion well
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON WATER REGULATING VALVES
V46 SERIES PRESSURE ACTUATED VALVES
The V46 is a pressure actuated, modulating valve that is suitable for use either on closed or open systems.
Direct acting valves open on pressure increase. This type of valve is primarily used to regulate the flow
of water or glycol to a water cooled condenser on a refrigeration system. Reverse acting valves open on
pressure decrease and are generally used for bypass or heat pump applications.
COMMERCIAL TYPE NON-CORROSIVE REFRIGERANTS
V46AA-1C
Pipe Size
(in)
3/8 NPT
V46AB-1C
1/2 NPT
Threaded
All Range
V46AC-1C
3/4 NPT
Threaded
All Range
V46AD-1C
1 NPT
Threaded
All Range
V46AE-1C
1 1/4 NPT
Threaded
All Range
V46AR-1C
1 1/2
4 Hole ASME Flange
All Range
V46AS-1C
V46AS-2C
V46AT-1C
V46AT-2C
2
2
2 1/2
2 1/2
4 Hole ASME Flange
4 Hole ASME Flange
4 Hole ASME Flange
4 Hole ASME Flange
R12, R500
R22, R502
R12, R500
R22, R502
Order Number
Inlet and Outlet
Service
Threaded
All Range
Opening Point
Pressure
Seat Repair Kit
Range (psig) Element Style (in)
70 - 260
30 capillary
STT14A-600R
1/4 flare nut
70 - 260
30 capillary
STT15A-602R
1/4 flare nut
70 - 260
30 capillary
STT16A-601R
1/4 flare nut
70 - 260
30 capillary
STT17A-609R
1/4 flare nut
70 - 260
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
70 - 260
30 capillary
STT17A-610R
1/4 flare nut
70 - 170
1/4 male flare fitting STT18A-600R
160 - 260
1/4 male flare fitting STT18A-600R
70 - 170
1/4 male flare fitting STT18A-601R
160 - 260
1/4 male flare fitting STT18A-601R
Replacement
Power Elements
SEP91A-600R and
SEC37A-601R*
SEP91A-602R and
SEC37A-602R*
SEP91A-601R and
SEC37A-602R*
SEP91A-603R and
SEC37A-600R*
SEP91A-603R and
SEC37A-600R*
SEP81A-602R
SEP81A-601R
SEP81A-602R
SEP81A-601R
COMMERCIAL TYPE AMMONIA
Order Number
V46AC-8C
V46AD-4C
V46AR-2C
V46AS-3C
V46AT-3C
Pipe Size
Inlet and Outlet
(in)
3/4 NPT
Threaded
1 NPT
Threaded
1 1/2
4 Hole ASME Flange
2
4 Hole ASME Flange
2 1/2
4 Hole ASME Flange
Opening Point
Range (psig)
100 - 200
100 - 200
100 - 200
100 - 200
100 - 200
Service
Ammonia
Ammonia
Ammonia
Ammonia
Ammonia
Pressure
Element Style (in)
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
1/4 female NPT
Seat Repair Kit
STT16A-601R
STT17A-609R
STT17A-610R
STT18A-600R
STT18A-601R
Replacement
Power Elements
SEP70A-601R
SEP70A-604R
SEP70A-604R
SEP70A-605R*
SEP70A-605R*
MARITIME TYPE NON CORROSIVE REFRIGERANTS
V46BA-2C
Pipe Size
(in)
3/8 NPT
V46BB-2C
1/2 NPT
Threaded
All Range
70 - 260
V46BC-2C
3/4 NPT
Threaded
All Range
70 - 260
V46BD-2C
1 NPT
Threaded
All Range
70 - 260
V46BE-2C
1 1/4 NPT
Threaded
All Range
70 - 260
V46BS-4C
2 NPT
4 Hole ASME Flange R22, R502
160 - 260
2 1/2 NPT 4 Hole ASME Flange R22, R502
160 - 260
Order Number
V46BT-4C
Inlet and Outlet
Service
Threaded
All Range
Opening Point
Range (psig)
70 - 260
Pressure
Seat Repair Kit
Element Style (in)
30 capillary with
STT14A-601R
sweat connection
30 capillary with
STT15A-603R
sweat connection
30 capillary with
STT17A-613R
sweat connection
30 capillary with
STT17A-611R
sweat connection
30 capillary with
STT17A-612R
sweat connection
30 capillary with
STT18A-602R
sweat connection
30 capillary with
STT18A-602R
sweat connection
Replacement
Power Elements
SEP13A-603R
SEP13A-600R*
SEP13A-603R
SEP50A-600R
SEP50A-600R
SEP50A-601R*
SEP50A-601R*
*. Replacement element supplied with 1/4″male SAE connector.
2. Maximum permissible bellows pressure is 320 psig. Replacement element provided with 1/4″male SAE connector.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
21
JOHNSON WATER REGULATING VALVES
V46 SERIES REVERSE ACTING VALVES
The V46N Series are reverse acting pressure actuated modulating valves used on either open or closed loop
coolant systems. Reverse acting valves open on a refrigerant pressure decrease. They are generally used for
bypass or heat pump applications.
COMMERCIAL TYPE NON-CORROSIVE REFRIGERANTS
Pipe Size (in)
Inlet and Outlet
V46NA-1C
3/8 NPT
Threaded
Opening Point
Range (psig)
90 - 280
V46NA-4C
3/8 NPT
Threaded
40 - 100*
V46NB-1C
1/2 NPT
Threaded
90 - 280
V46NB-2C
1/2 NPT
Threaded
40 - 100*
V46NC-1C
3/4 NPT
Threaded
90 - 280
V46NC-2C
3/4 NPT
Threaded
40 - 100*
V46ND-1C
1 NPT
Threaded
90 - 280
V46ND-2C
1 NPT
Threaded
40 - 100*
V46NE-1C
1 1/4 NPT
Threaded
90 - 280
V46NE-2C
1 1/4 NPT
Threaded
40 - 100*
Order Number
Pressure Element
Style (in)
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4” flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
30 capillary
1/4 flare nut
Seat Repair Kit
STT14A-600R
STT14A-600R
STT5A-602R
STT5A-602R
STT16A-601R
STT16A-601R
STT17A-609R
STT17A-609R
STT17A-611R
STT17A-611R
Replacement
Power Element
SEP91A-600R and
SEC99AA-36C**
SEP91A-600R and
SEC99AA-36C**
SEP91A-602R and
SEC37A-602R**
SEP91A-602R and
SEC37A-602R**
SEP91A-601R and
SEC37A-602R
SEP91A-601R and
SEC37A-602R**
SEP91A-603R and
SEC37A-600R**
SEP91A-603R and
SEC37A-600R**
SEP91A-603R and
SEC37A-600R**
SEP91A-603R and
SEC37A-600R**
*. For heat pump application.
**. Max. permissible bellows pressure is 320 psig. Replacement element provided with 1/4″ male SAE connector.
Order SEC37A capillary kit with 2 flare nuts, separately if needed. Use only on valves specified.
V47 SERIES TEMPERATURE ACTUATED MODULATING VALVES
The V47 is a temperature actuated modulating valve that regulates the flow of water or glycol to maintain a
desired temperature. Three ranges for each valve size are available. Many valves come with a removable
bypass plug that can be replaced by the bypass orifice provided separately with each valve. Valve action is
open on temperature increase. For open on temperature decrease models, contact Application Engineering.
Order Number
V47AA-1C
V47AA-2C
V47AA-3C
V47AB-3C
V47AB-4C
V47AB-5C
V47AC-3C
V47AC-4C
V47AC-6C
V47AD-1C
V47AD-2C
V47AD-3C
V47AE-2C
V47AR-1C
V47AR-2C
V47AS-2C
V47AT-3C**
Pipe Size
(in)
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2*
1 1/2*
2*
2 1/2*
Opening Point
Range (°F)
115 - 180
160 - 230
75 - 135 Cross Ambient
115 - 180
160 - 230
75 - 135 Cross Ambient
115 - 180
160 - 230
75 - 135 Cross Ambient
75 - 135 Cross Ambient
115 - 180
160 - 230
115 - 180
75 - 135 Cross Ambient
115 - 180
160 - 205
75 - 115 Cross Ambient
Bulb Size (in)
11/16 x 3 1/4
11/16 x 3 1/4
11/16 x 6
11/16 x 3 1/4
11/16 x 3 1/4
11/16 x 10
11/16 x 3 1/4
11/16 x 3 1/4
11/16 x 10
11/16 x 16 1/4
11/16 x 6
11/16 x 6
11/16 x 6
11/16 x 16 1/4
11/16 x 6
11/16 x 10
11/16 x 43
Standard
By-pass Orifice
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
3/32
3/32
3/32
3/32
3/32
3/32
1/8
1/8
*. ASME Flange.
**. Non-stock item. Must be built to order.
Includes: 6’ of armored capillary and Style 4 temperature bulb (1/2″ NPT closed tank immersion).
Burnaby
Kitchener
22
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Seat Repair Kit
STT14A-600R
STT14A-600R
STT14A-600R
STT15A-602R
STT15A-602R
STT15A-602R
STT16A-601R
STT16A-601R
STT16A-601R
STT17A-609R
STT17A-609R
STT17A-609R
STT17A-610R
STT17A-610R
STT17A-610R
STT18A-600R
STT18A-601R
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Replacement Bulb Well Number
Sensing Element Order Separately
SET29A-622R
WEL18A-602R
SET29A-623R
WEL18A-602R
SET29A-601R
WEL17A-601R
SET29A-624R
WEL18A-602R
SET29A-625R
WEL18A-602R
SET29A-602R
WEL17A-600R
SET29A-626R
WEL18A-602R
SET29A-627R
WEL18A-602R
SET29A-604R
WEL17A-600R
SET29A-605R
SET29A-629R
WEL17A-601R
SET29A-630R
WEL17A-601R
SET29A-629R
WEL17A-601R
SET29A-605R
SET29A-629R
WEL17A-601R
SET29A-633R
WEL17A-600R
SET29A-606R
-
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON WATER REGULATING VALVES
V48 SERIES THREE-WAY WATER REGULATING VALVES
NON-CORROSIVE REFRIGERANTS
Designed specifically for condensing units cooled either by atmospheric or forced draft cooling towers.
They are used on single or multiple condenser hook-ups to the tower to provide the most economical and
efficient use of the tower. Water supply pressure to 150 psig. Threaded inlet and outlet ports.
Order Number Pipe Size NPT (in)
V48AB-1
V48AB-2C
V48AC-1
V48AC-2C
V48AD-1
V48AD-2C
V48AE-1
V48AE-2C
V48AF-1
V48AF-2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
Range Opening Point of
Normally Closed Side
85 - 110
145 - 190
85 - 110
145 - 190
85 - 110
145 - 190
85 - 110
145 - 190
85 - 110
145 - 190
Pressure
Element Style (in)
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
30 capillary 1/4 flare nut
1/4 male flare nut
1/4 male flare nut
Seat Repair Kit
STT15A-605R
STT15A-605R
STT16A-604R
STT16A-604R
STT17A-616R
STT17A-616R
STT17A-617R
STT17A-617R
STT17A-604R
STT17A-604R
Replacement
Sensing Element
SEP91A-602R, SEC37A-602R
SEP91A-602R, SEC37A-602R
SEP91A-601R, SEC37A-602R
SEP91A-601R, SEC37A-602R
SEC91A-603R, SEC37A-600R
SEC91A-603R, SEC37A-600R
SEC91A-603R, SEC37A-600R
SEC91A-603R, SEC37A-600R
SEP81A-602R
SEP81A-601R
1. Factory setting. Note: Maximum permissible bellows pressure for R-12 is 230 psig and for R-22 is 320 psig.
COMPANION FLANGES
FOR V43 THRU V47 COMMERCIAL WATER VALVES
Order Number
KIT14A-614
Description
Kits contain (2) ring gaskets, (2) cast iron flanges, (8) machine bolts and (8) hex nuts
Water Valve Size (in)
2 1/2
STT WATER VALVE RENEWAL KITS
FOR SERIES V46, V47, V48, V49
COMMERCIAL KIT
These renewal kits include a seat, disc, diaphragms and all additional internal parts required to recondition the valves.
Order Number
STT14A-600R
STT15A-602R
STT16A-601R
STT17A-609R
STT18A-601R
Description
For series V46A, V46N, V47A, V47N
For series V46A, V46N, V47A, V47N
For series V46A, V46N, V47A, V47N
For series V46A, V46N, V47A, V47N
For series V46A, V46N, V47A, V47N
Valve Size (in)
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
2 1/2
1. Non-stock item. Built to order. To Order: Specify Kit Number only.
WEL SERIES BULB WELLS
FOR REMOTE BULB THERMOSTATS AND WATER VALVES
Dimensions (in)
Pipe Thread (in)
Order Number
WEL11A-601R
WEL14A-602R
WEL17A-600R
Burnaby
Kitchener
A
B
2 3/8 2 5/16
4 15/16 1 13/16
10 7/16
3/4
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
C
Inside D Outside E
.299
.430
.763
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
1/2″
1/2
1/2
3/4
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Material
Connector
Tube
Brass
Brass
Malleable
Copper
Copper
Copper
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Max.
Temp. °F
250
250
250
Edmonton
Ottawa
Max.
Press. psig
300
300
250
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Solder
Joint
Soft
Silver
Silver
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
Plating
Brite-Dip
Tin
306.373.9227
23
JOHNSON IGNITION CONTROLS
G600/G670/G770/G775 SERIES IGNITION CONTROL AND VALVE REPLACEMENT PARTS
CONTROLS
Reliable, proven circuitry replacements for G60,
G65, G66, G67, G770, G775, and CSA controls.
In most cases the replacement controls have
mounting configurations identical to the original
device. Replacement controls feature precision
timing for lockout models.
Order Number
G600AX-1C
G600LX-1C
G670AW-1C
G775RHA-2C
G600AY-1
G600KX-1
G770KHA-2
G770MHC-1
Description
24 Vac, on-100%, terminal board wiring
24 Vac, 100% lockout, terminal board wiring
24 Vac, non-100%, replacement for non-100% G67’s, with coil cover
24 Vac, 0 second prepurge spade wiring automatic retry after 5 minute delay
24 Vac, Heyco wiring connections
24 Vac, terminal board wiring
24 Vac, 0 second prepurge, 1/4” spade wiring
24 Vac, 4 second prepurge, 1/4” spade wiring
100 % Lockout
No
25 seconds
No
85 seconds
No
8 seconds
8 seconds
50 seconds
Caution: G600/G670 ignition control replacement parts must be used only for field replacement of existing equipment.
These replacement parts must not be used for new field applications.
Damper Plug
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
REPLACEMENT VALVES
Order Number
VLV34A-648R
VLV49A-600R
VLV49A-601R
VLV49A-602R
Description
Valve has 1/2” inlet and 3/4” outlet, 7” inlet pressure, lever-acting regulator, 24/25 VAC
Universal replacement valve unit for 24/25 VAC; includes 2 pressure taps and plugs; direct-acting regulator; pressure 3.5” in WC
at 125,000 Btu; 7” inlet pressure; valves have 1/2” inlet and 3/4” outlet; includes a 3/4” to 1/2” reducer bushing
Same as VLV49A-600R except lever-acting pressure regulator
Same as VLV49A-600R except no pressure regulator
Q15 IGNITION SYSTEMS REPLACEMENT PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
Order Number
Q90AA-1C
Q90BB-1C
Q90CC-1C
Y99AW-1C
Description
Pilot burner and sensor probe kit for Lennox furnace
Pilot burner, sensor probe and sensor lead kit for Carrier/BDP furnace
Pilot burner and sensor probe kit for Reznor unit heater
Flame Simulator for Q15 ignition systems
Note: When replacing the Y75TC-2 with Y75RJ-1, a Y75HP is required.
INTERMITTENT PILOT IGNITION CONTROL KIT
To replace Lennox G20, G20R, G23 series unit that has Johnson Controls G776RGD-1, G776RGD-2,
G776RGD-10 or G776RGD-11 ignition control installed; or has been replaced with a Lennox 65K93
ignition replacement kit. Microprocessor-based design; diagnostic LED; automatic recycle. Designed to
ignite gas at pilot burner so that pilot flame can ignite main burner. Pilot gas is ignited by spark electrode
positioned in pilot gas stream. The G776RGD proves presence of pilot flame by flame rectification and
automatically shuts off gas supply to the pilot and main burners if pilot flame is not proven.
Order Number
G776RGD-14C
Description
100% shutoff, microprocessor-based intermittent pilot ignition system
Details
Automatic retry timing
Trial for ignition period
Prepurge time
Flame establishing period
Operating voltage
Valve relay contact ratings, steady, inrush
Spark gap
Flame detection means
Minimum flame current required
Transformer
Type of gas
Ignition temperature
Humidity rating
Burnaby
Kitchener
24
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Specifications
60 Seconds
85 seconds
15 seconds
2 seconds maximum
24 Vac, 60 Hz
2A total, maximum @ 24V 5A maximum @ 24 Vac
0.1” nominal
Flame rectification
0.15 µA
NEC Class 2
Natural, LP, manufactured, mixed, or LP gas-air mix
-40 - 160°F
95% RH (non-condensing) @ 160°F
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
JOHNSON IGNITION CONTROLS
G779 UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT INTERMITTENT PILOT IGNITION CONTROLS
Replaces many existing intermittent pilot controls by various manufacturers. It is a safety control
designed for indirect burner ignition and supervision. Can be used with all gas-fired appliances with
a maximum firing rate of 400,000 BTU/hr. Replaces existing intermittent pilot ignition controls with
the following specifications; flame detection using flame rectification technology (ability of a flame to
conduct and rectify current); integral or remote flame sensing; non-100% lockout, 100% lockout, or
100% shutoff with continuous retry; trial for ignition period greater than or equal to 25 seconds; prepurge period less than 1 second; pilot burners with flow rates of 1,500 BTU/hr or less; operating with
or without vent dampers. Not designed to replace ignition controls with the following specifications:
pilot flame detection by any means other than flame rectification; trial for ignition period of less than
25 seconds; pre-purge period greater than or equal to 1 second; standing pilot applications.
Seconds
Operating Operating
Trial Time Flame Failure
Order Number
Humidity Rating
Ignition Source
Prepurge
Voltage
Current
for Ignition Response Time
G779LHA-1C
24V
25V, 60Hz 95% RH @ maximum operating High voltage spark, Less than 1
25
0.8
@ 50 / 60Hz
temperature non-condensing
capacitive discharge
Y75 REPLACEMENT FLAME SENSORS
Order Number
Y75AS-1H
Description
90° terminal connector - replaces Y75AA
Use With
G60, G65, G66 electronic ignition systems
Note: Use only for field replacement of existing parts.
Y99AC THERMOCOUPLE ADAPTERS
Order Number
Y99AC-1H
Description
Screw-terminal thermocouple adapter
Note: Packaged in lots of two.
Use With
Replaces
K15D or similar threaded thermocouples Terminal connection type thermocouples
Y99AN JUNCTION BLOCK ADAPTERS
Order Number
Y99AN-1H
Description
Used on thermocouple leads for conversion to junction
block applications
Use With
Fits all Johnson Controls thermocouple leads
J999 MULTI-MOUNT UNIVERSAL PILOT BURNERS
LINT-FREE - NON-AERATED - UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENT
Order Number
J999MHA-2H
Type of Pilot
“L” Channel
J999MKA-2H
Shell
J999MYA-2H
“Y” Channel
J999MDA-2H
-
Mounting
Bracket on all four sides, 3 tapped holes in each
bracket end for vertical adjustment
Bracket on all four sides, 3 tapped holes in each
bracket end for vertical adjustment
Bracket on all four sides, 3 tapped holes in each
bracket end for vertical adjustment
Multi-mount
Includes
Natural and LP orifice,
nuts and bolts
Natural and LP orifice,
nuts and bolts
Natural and LP orifice,
nuts and bolts
Natural and LP orifice,
nuts and bolts
L61, L62 SERIES BASO PILOT SWITCHES
MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC RESET - SPST OR SPDT
Order Number
L62GB-3C
Reset
Manual
100 % Shutoff
Yes
Switch Action
spst
Thermocouple Lead
K15D, K19 or K20
1. REPLACES: Honeywell C434A; ITT/General A100G542; White-Rodgers 30E02-1.
*. REPLACES: Honeywell C591A; ITT/General A100G543.
^. INCLUDES: Universal mounting bracket.
Electrical Ratings: L61LL-1 (Normally closed contact): 125 VA pilot duty @ 115/230 Vac.
(Normally open contact): 8A @ 115 Vac, 4A @ 230 Vac, 1⁄4 HP @ 115/230 Vac.
L62AA-5: 8A @ 125 Vac, 3A @ 250 Vac, 0.06A @ 230 Vdc, 1⁄4 HP @ 125/250 Vac.
L62GB-3: 1A @ 24 Vac, 8A @ 125 Vac, 4A @ 250 Vac, 125 VA pilot duty @ 120–240 Vac
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Replaces
L62EA models
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
25
JOHNSON CONTROLS SENSORS
TE-6001 SERIES SENSOR HARDWARE ASSEMBLIES
USED WITH TE-6000 NICKEL WIRE WOUND ELEMENTS
Order Number
Type
TE-6001-1
Sensor mounting - duct
TE-6001-11
Sensor mounting - duct
TE-6001-2
Sensor mounting - outdoor
TE-6001-4
Element holder
Description
Duct temperature element holder with handi-box
Duct temperature and humidity element holder without handi-box
Housing with clip for outdoor temperature element
Single/dual element holder for TE/HE-6000 elements in room temperature
sensing applications, includes mounting bracket and wallplate adapter
(order T-4000 cover separately)
RANCO
ETC SERIES COMMERCIAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A microprocessor-based family of temperature controls designed to provide on/off control for
commercial heating, cooling, air conditioning and refrigeration applications. With its wide temperature
range, on and two stage capacity, selectable heating/cooling modes and multi-voltage input, the ETC
is one of the most versatile temperature controls available. Unlike many electronic, the ETC is simple
to install and set up. One finger is all you need to program it. The standard digital display and keypad
allow the user to adjust the temperature settings with 1° resolution. Setpoint temperature, differential
and mode of operation (heating or cooling) can all be selected using the keypad and display. When
not in the programming mode, the display gives a constant readout of the sensor temperature.
Ammunicators on the liquid crystal display also indicate when the relay is energized.
Temperature Setpoint range: -30°F - 220°F
Ambient humidity: 0 - 95% RH, non-condensing
Differential range: 1°F - 30°F
Switch action: SPDT
Order Number
ETC-1110
ETC-1111
ETC-1120
ETC-1121
ETC-1410
ETC-2110
ETC-2111
ETC-2120
ETC-2121
ETC-2410
Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 4
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 4
Input Voltage
120/208/240 Vac
120/208/240 Vac
24 Vac
24 Vac
120/208/240 Vac
120/208/240 Vac
120/208/240 Vac
24 Vac
24 Vac
120/208/240 Vac
Number of Stages
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
0 - 10V Output
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
RELAY OUTPUT RATINGS
One Stage NO (NC)
120V
208/240V
16A (5.8A)
8A (2.9A)
96A (34.8A)
48A (17.4A)
15A (5.8A)
8A (2.9A)
1 (1/4)
1 (1/4)
125 VA
125 VA
Description
Full load amps
Locked rotor amps
Resistive amps
Horsepower
Pilot duty
Two Stage NO (NC)
120V
208/240V
9.8A (5.8A)
4.0A (2.9A)
58.8A (34.8A)
29.4A (17.4A)
9.8A (5.8A)
4.9A (2.9A)
1/2 (1/4)
1/2 (1/4)
-
ETC TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Sensor resistance decreases with temperature increase. Damaged sensor can be replaced by splicing
new sensor to the cable. Sensor is not polarity sensitive.
Order Number
1309007-044
Burnaby
Kitchener
26
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Temperature Range (°F )
-30 - 220
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Dimensions
1/4” x 2” long with 8’ of #22 AWG cable
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
SINGLE FUNCTION PRESSURE CONTROLS
RANCO PRESSURE CONTROLS
SPDT OPENS HIGH OR LOW
Order Number
016 - 107
016 - 108
016 - 200
016 - 527
Reset
Auto
Auto
Manual
Auto
Range
(10”) to 100
100 - 400
150 - 450
(10”) to 100
PSI
1. Locks on pressure decrease, pressure must use approximately 10 psi to reset.
2. Use on R22 medium temperature applications.
Differential
10 - 40
40 - 150
40
10 - 40
Capillary Length (in)
male flare
36 w/flare nut
48 w/flare nut
36 w/flare nut
SINGLE FUNCTION PRESSURE CONTROLS
SPST OPENS LOW
Features: NEMA 1 enclosure with non-conductive cover, SUPER CAP® capillary protection system,
universal mounting and compact design.
PSI
Order Number
Reset
Range
Differential
Capillary Length (in)
010-1401
Auto
(12”) to 50
5 - 35
36 w/flare nut
010-1402
Auto
(12”) to 50
5 - 35
36 w/flare nut
010-1483
Auto
(10”) to 100
10 - 40
36 w/flare nut
010-1894
Auto
100 - 400
40 - 150
male flare
010-2054
Auto
100 - 400
40 - 150
36 w/flare nut
SINGLE FUNCTION PRESSURE CONTROLS
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Control Type
O10, O11, O12
O16, O60, O18
O20, O22 (1, 2 or 3 Ph.)
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Vac
24
120
240
241/600
24
120
240
241/600
120
208
240
480
600
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Motor Load Rating
Max. Full Load Amps Max. Locked Rotor Amps
24
144
24
144
17
102
17
102
20
120
12
72
12
72
8
45
6
36
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Restive Load Max. Amps
24
24
24
24
12
12
12
8
6
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Pilot Duty Max. VA
144
720
720
125
144
720
720
125
125
125
125
125
125
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
27
RANCO PRESSURE CONTROLS
DUAL FUNCTION PRESSURE CONTROLS
These controls off a tailored variety of ranges and options for R12, R22 and R502 refrigerants. Low
and high pressure functions are combined into a single control with one switch. Features: exclusive
convertible reset for manual or automatic high pressure reset on some models; NEMA 1 enclosure
with non-conductive cover; front-located captive cover screw; large, easy-to-read scale plate; SUPER
CAP® capillary protection system; universal mounting and compact design; colour coded flare nuts.
Low Pressure (Opens Low)
High Pressure (Opens High)
Order Number Reset Cut-In Range (psi) Differential (psi) Auto Manual Cut-Out Range Differential (psi) Switch Capillary Length
012-1502
Auto
(12”) to 50
5 - 35
Yes
No
150 - 450
70 fixed
SPST 36” w/flare nut
012-1506
Auto
(12”) to 50
5 - 35
Yes
No
100 - 250
50 fixed
SPST 36” w/flare nut
012-1549
Auto
(10”) to 100
10 - 40
Yes
No
150 - 450
70 fixed
SPST 36” w/flare nut
012-1594
Manual
(10”) to 100
10 - 40 fixed
No
Yes
150 - 450
70 fixed
SPST 36” w/flare nut
012-4833
Auto
(12”) to 50
5 - 35
Yes*
Yes*
150 - 450
70 fixed
SPST 48” w/flare nut
012-4834
Auto
(10”) to 100
10 - 40
Yes*
Yes*
150 - 450
70 fixed
SPST 48” w/flare nut
022-7706
Auto
(10”) to 100
10 - 40
Yes*
Yes*
150 - 450
70 fixed
DPST 36” w/flare nut
*. Convertible
P30 SERIES LUBE OIL PROTECTION CONTROLS
These lube oil protection controls guard pressure-lubricated refrigeration compressors against major damage
due to loss of oil pressure. These controls also feature replaceable time delay modules, SUPER CAP®
capillary protection system, front-located captive cover screw and adjustable pressure range (P30-3000
models only).
Oil Pressure Differential (psi)
Time Delay
Time Delay
Time Delay
Replacement
Order Number
Press Connection (in)
Replaces
Energized
De-Energized
(sec)
Delay Module
P30-5826
9
16
120
S30 - 1302 (9997-303)
36 capillary w/nut
Penn: P45NCA-12,
P45NCA-35, 81, 86, P45NCB-8
P30-5827
9
16
120
S30 - 1302 (9997-303)
Male flare
Penn: P45NCA-12,
P45NCA-35, 81, 86, P45NCB-8
Voltage: 120/240V
RANCO TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
O10 SERIES TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Recognizing the need for flexibility in design of refrigeration equipment, these controls offer a wide
selection for such products as self-contained refrigerators, freezers, coolers, walk-in units, and
refrigeration display cases.
Order Number
Range (°F)
Differential (°F)
Switch
Capillary Length (in)
Comments
O10-1000
O10-1419
O10-1433
-55 to 0
-35 to 15
-35 to 15
3 to 20
3 to 20
3 to 20
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
72
72
72 w/ remote bulb
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
O10-1072
O10-1408
-15 to 40
-15 to 40
3 to 20
3 to 20
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
72 w/ remote bulb
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
O10-1416
O10-1418
O10-1409
O10-1010
O10-1473
O10-1490
0 to 55
0 to 55
0 to 55
0 to 55
0 to 55
0 to 55
3 to 20
3 to 20
3 to 20
7 to 55
7 to 55
2 fixed
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
72
air coil
72 w/ remote bulb
48
72 w/ remote bulb
72 w/ remote bulb
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
-
O10-1802
O10-1410
O10-1491
25 to 75
25 to 75
25 to 75
3 to 20
3 to 20
2 fixed
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
SPST opens low
air coil
72 w/ remote bulb
72 w/ remote bulb
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
-
EXTRA LOW
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
Burnaby
Kitchener
28
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
RANCO TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
O16 SERIES TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Recognizing the need for flexibility in design of refrigeration equipment, these controls offer a wide
selection for such products as self-contained refrigerators, freezers, coolers, walk-in units, and
refrigeration display cases.
Order Number
LOW
O16-588
MEDIUM
O16-601
O16-111
O16-104
O16-264
O16-263
Range (°F)
Differential (°F)
Switch
Capillary Length (in)
Comments
-15 to 40
1.5 fixed
SPDT
72
Soft Ice Cream Machine Control
22.5 to 47.5
0 to 55
0 to 55
0 to 55
0 to 55
2.5 fixed
3 to 20
3 to 20
Manual Reset
Manual Reset
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
36 w/ 3/8 x 6 remote bulb
72
72 w/ remote bulb
96
72 w/ remote bulb
Bulk Milk Cooler Control
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
Manual Reset
Manual Reset
O60 SERIES WIDE RANGE TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Recognizing the need for flexibility in design of refrigeration equipment, these controls offer a wide
selection for such products as self-contained refrigerators, freezers, coolers, walk-in units, and
refrigeration display cases.
Order Number
Range (°F) Differential (°F)
EXTRA LOW - WIDE RANGE
O60-100
-35 to 95
4 to 50
O60-101
O60-109
-35 to 95
-20 to 70
4 to 50
3.5 to 35
95 to 240
6 to 50
HIGH
O60-200
Switch
Capillary Length (in)
SPDT
96 w/ 3/8 x 6
cross ambient bulb
SPDT
air coil
SPST opens low
96 w/ 3/8 x 6
cross ambient bulb
SPDT
Comments
10 times setting sensitivity of other wide range controls
96 w/ 3/8 x 6
cross ambient bulb
Differential at low end of range is 6 to 25
A22 / A30 SERIES ADAPTABLE REPLACEMENT CONSTANT DIFFERENTIAL CONTROLS
These compact controls are readily adaptable to nearly all commercial refrigerators and freezers.
A wide selection of temperature ranges, differentials and capillary lengths are available. Breakoff shafts are included with installation instructions for easy installation. Controls have “OFF”
position except as noted.
Normal
Order Number
Switch
Differential
Off (°F )
On (°F )
Warm On (°F )
Cold Off (°F )
A30 SERIES
A30-180
SPST
13
9
22
38
-4
A30-181
SPST
13
9
22
41
-4
A30-182
SPST
17
3
20
44
-6
A30-183
SPST
17
3
20
44
-6
A30-184
SPST
19
6
25
40
-7
A30-185**
SPST
15.5
5.5
21
36
-15
A30-260
SPST
6
16
22
30
.5
A30-261
SPST
6
61
32
A30-262
SPST
12
20
32
43
3
A30-263
SPST
22.5
11
33.5
47
.5
A30-301*
SPST
8.5
-3
5.5
20.5
-24
A30-304*
SPST
15.5
-6
9.5
19.5
21.5
A30-307*
SPST
23
0
23
43
-23
A30-308*
SPST
11
-12
-1
12.5
-30.5
A30-310
SPST
20
-14
6
23
-24
A30-311
SPST
14
-14
0
23
-22
A30-313
SPST
8
-10
-2
21
-20
A30-314
SPST
8
-10
-2
23
-23
A22 SERIES
A22-391*
SPDT
8
27
35
51
11
A22-392*
SPDT
23.5
31
54.5
61.5
14
A22-1112
SPST
5
34
39
44
25
Capillary Length (in)
42
84
42
84
42
42
72
84
84
84
84
84
78
84
36
42
42
54
66
48
72
*. Does not have “OFF” position.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
29
RANCO TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A12 SERIES CONSTANT CUT-IN CONTROLS
DIRECT REPLACEMENT
Features SPST switch with OFF position. One-for-one replacements for vending machines, automatic
beverage dispensers and reach-in coolers. Reliable off-cycle defrost.
Order Number
A12-700
A12-701
A12-1506
A12-1560
Normal OFF (°F ) Warm OFF (°F )
18.0
26
23.5
31
15.0
22
24.0
29
Cold OFF (°F )
11.5
15.0
9.0
19.0
Cut-In (°F )
37
41
38
38
Capillary Length (in)
84
84
39 x 3/8 x 1 3/8
72
A22, A30 SERIES ADAPTABLE REPLACEMENT CYCLING CONTROLS FOR ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
Includes break-off shaft, dial knob and mounting bracket.
Order Number
A30-X450
A30-X451
A30-X452
A30-X453
A22-1114
A22-2451
A22-2453
A30-2311
Switch
SPST*
SPST*
SPST*
SPST*
SPST
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
*. 30 FLA @ 120/240V.
Dial Range (°F )
58 - 86
58 - 86
53 - 85
53 - 85
60 - 91
45 - 81
59 - 90
Fixed setting closed at
60°F opens at 30°F
Sensing Element
Length (in)
Type and Bulb Size (in)
Air coil
36
Straight
39
3/8 x 4 cross-ambient
18
Straight
54
1/4 x 6 5/8 cross-ambient
27
Straight
39
3/8 x 4 cross-ambient
30
Straight
Differential (°F )
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
30
ELECTRICAL RATING
Rating
AC full load amps
AC locked rotor amps
AC pilot duty (VA)
Resistive load amps
24V
240
-
120V
20
80
240
-
240V
20
80
240
-
277V
16
60
240
16
A22 SERIES FREEZESTAT TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Designed to shut down a piece of equipment if the operating conditions begin to approach freezing.
Has special compression fittings.
Temperature °F
Order Number
Range
Differential
A22-2237
36 cut-in, 41 cut-out fixed
5 fixed
Switch
Spst-opens high
Capillary Length (in)
48
VARIFIX SERVICE REPLACEMENT THERMOSTATS
Order Number
VC1
VA2
VF3
VB7
VW8
VT9
VB11
Burnaby
Kitchener
30
Temperature °C
N.I.
N.O.
-5
-14.5
-0.5
-4.5
-16
-24
7
3
29.6
26
33.5
-18.5
7
3
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Capillary Length (mm)
1200
2000
2000
1200
1200
1200
400
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Application
Refrigerator / manual defrost
Electric absorption RV refrigerator
Freezer and ice cream cabinet
Bottle or beverage cooler and frost free refrigerator
Window A/C
Refrigerator auto defrost
Bottle or beverage cooler and frost free refrigerator
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
RANCO TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A30 SERIES DIRECT REPLACEMENT, CONSTANT DIFFERENTIAL AND CONSTANT CUT-IN CONTROLS
Direct replacement controls for commercial refrigerators, freezers, ice machines, vending machines,
beverage coolers, and water coolers. SPST switch with OFF position except as noted.
Normal (°F)
(°F)
Order Number Type of Adjust Differential (°F) Off
On Warm On Cold Off Capillary Length (in)
A30-323
Dial
10
-5
5
10.5
-11
48
A30-2210
Dial
8
32
40
42
30
48
1. Non stock special order.
2. Screwdriver adjustment. Does not have off position.
ELECTRICAL RATING
Rating
Pilot duty (VA)
AC full load amps
AC locked rotor amps
Resistive loads amps
24V
240
-
120V
240
20
80
-
240V
240
20
80
-
277V
240
16
60
16
O18 ICE BANK CONTROLS
FOR SOFT DRINK DISPENSERS, DRINK VENDING MACHINES, AND ICE BUILDERS FOR THERMAL STORAGE
Uses a special water-filled bulb and transmission fluid to control ice thickness in applications utilizing a
refrigerated water bath with ice bank reserve capacity. Sensing element is a 76” capillary with bulb.
Order Number
018-100
Range
Fixed
Differential
Approximately 1/8” cce thickness
Electrical Ratings (full load)
120V
240V
17A
17A
Switch
Spst - opens low
A30 SERIES ICE MACHINE CONTROLS
REPLACEMENTS FOR ICE MACHINE APPLICATIONS
Temperature °F
Order Number
Description
Range
Differential
A22-1129
Bin level control
35 - 51
6
A22-4506
Ice harvest control
-19 - 22
8
Switch
spdt
spdt
Sensing Element (in)
48 capillary
72 capillary
ELECTRICAL RATING
Rating
Full load amps
Locked rotor amps
Pilot duty (VA)
Resistive loads amps
120V
20
80
500
25
240V
20
80
500
25
277V
16
60
500
-
DIRECT REPLACEMENT WATER COOLER CONTROLS
Small compact design. Laser-welded bellows for reliability. Computer calibrated. Patented switch for
high performance. Screwdriver adjustment.
Order Number
K-3001
Burnaby
Kitchener
Differential (°F ) Normal On (°F ) Normal Off (°F ) Cold Off (°F )
7
53
46
37
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Warm On (°F )
61
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Capillary (in)
48
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
31
RANCO REVERSING VALVES
V SERIES 4-WAY REVERSING VALVES
FOR UNITARY, SPLIT-SYSTEM AND WINDOW-TYPE HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS
Solenoid not included.
Order Number
V1-408060-170
V1-406060-270
V2-408060-170
V2-408060-270
V2-4100F0-370
V2-410060-470
V3-410080-770
V3-412080-870
V6-412080-170
V6-414080-170
V6-414120-170
V10-414080-170
V10-414120-170
V10-418140-170
V10-414080-270
V10-414120-270
V10-418140-270
V10-414140-470*
V12-4220T0-270
*Heat Recovery
Capacity (tons)
R22
R410A
0.4 to 1
0.5 to 1.7
0.4 to 1
0.5 to 1.7
0.75 to 2
0.9 to 2.2
0.75 to 2
0.9 to 2.2
1.0 to 2.5
1.3 to 2.5
1.0 to 2.5
1.3 to 2.5
1 to 2.8
1.3 to 3.1
1 to 3.0
1.3 to 3.5
1 to 5.5
1.3 to 6.7
1 to 5.5
1.3 to 6.7
1 to 5.5
1.3 to 6.7
3 to 8.5 (9.5 on 1/8)
3.8 to 10.1
3 to 8.5 (9.5 on 1/8)
3.8 to 10.1
3 to 9.5
3.8 to 11.7
4.5 to 8.5
5.7 to 10.1
4.5 to 8.5
5.7 to 10.1
4.5 to 9.5
5.7 to 11.7
3 to 8.5
3.8 to 10.1
6 to 12
6.3 to 15.0
Tube Sizes (ID - in)
Suction
High Pressure
1/2
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
5/8
3/8 OD
5/8
3/8
5/8
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
7/8
1/2
7/8
3/4
7/8
1/2
7/8
3/4
1 1/8
7/8
7/8
1/2
7/8
3/4
1 1/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
1 3/8
1 1/8 OD
Tube Style
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
SOLENOID COILS
Colour coded epoxy encapsulated, continuous duty, moisture resistant magnetic coils are designed to operate the pilot
valve controlling the reversing valves listed above. Included with the solenoid coil is a W29 wiring harness with 48” leads.
Order Number
L30-0024
L30-0120
L30-0240
L30-1114
Voltage (VAC)
24
120
280/240
24VDC
Colour Code
Red
Black
Green
-
Watts
50 Hz
6
6
6
9
60 Hz
4
4
4
9
RANCO HEAT PUMP CONTROLS
E15 SERIES TIMER-INITIATED HEAT PUMP DE-ICE CONTROLS
Provides field-adjustable timer control for de-icing of heat pump outdoor coils. Defrost cycle starts
every 30, 45 or 90 minutes. Interlock prevents more than one defrost cycle per time period and
temperature must be 28°F or lower to start. Termination temperature is adjustable 55°F to 78°F.
Order Number
E15-1501
E15-2501*
E15-2601
Voltage
120V
240V
240V
Switch
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
Sensing Element
42” capillary w/ 5/16” x 4 5/16” bulb
42” capillary w/ 5/16” x 4 5/16” bulb
60” capillary w/ 5/16” x 5 1/16” bulb
*. Use E15-2601.
MOTOR LOAD RATING: MAXIMUM FULL LOAD AMPS
Connected Spdt
120V
240V
277V
10A
10A
10A
Burnaby
Kitchener
32
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
120V
20A
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Connected Spst
240V
20A
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
277V
10A
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
RANCO TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
SINGLE STAGE CONTROL FOR PACKAGED TERMINAL AND HEAT/COOL THROUGH THE WALL UNITS
Order Number
C12-5010
Switch
spdt
Temperature Range
60 - 98
Differential
3
Sensing Element
36” capillary with 3/8” x 9” bulb
ELECTRICAL RATING
Rating
Pilot duty (VA)
Resistive loads amps
Full load amps
Locked rotor amps
125V
240
25
20
80
240V
240
20
80
277V
240
16
16
60
C12 ENERGY CONSERVATION CONTROLS
Helps prevent wide variations in room temperature by sensing discharge and return air temperature, and
limiting heat/cool to a narrow range.
Order Number
C12-9024
C12-9043
Dial Shaft
Adaptable
Adaptable
Switch
spdt
2-spdt
ELECTRICAL RATING
Rating
AC full load amps
AC locked rotor amps
Pilot duty (Vac)
Resistive loads amps
120V
20
80
240
25
Temperature °F
Range
Differential
67 - 83
4
68 - 86
4
C12-9024
240V
20
80
240
-
277V
16
60
240
16
Capillary
36” + bulb and 36” + bulb
36” + bulb and 36” + bulb
120V
20
80
240
-
240V
20
80
240
-
C17-9043
250V
25
277V
16
60
240
16
C17-100 TWO STAGE HEATING / COOLING CONTROL
This control replaces OEM controls on two-stage cooling and heat/cool units.
Temperature Range (°F)
Order Number
Switch
Cooling
Heating Differential (°F)
Sensing Element
C17-100
2 spdt
71 - 101
64 - 94
3.5
26” capillary with 3/8” x 8 9/16” bulb
ELECTRICAL RATING
Rating
Full load amps
Locked rotor amps
Pilot duty (VA)
Resistive loads amps
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
125V
20
80
240
-
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
240V
20
80
240
-
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
277V
16
60
240
16
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
33
THERMOSTAT GUARDS
ALLTEMP THERMOSTAT GUARDS
HI-IMPACT PLASTIC, CLEAR COVER AND OFF WHITE BASE
Horizontal and vertical mounting, heavy duty lock and key, complete mounting hardware.
Order Number
77-PG3
77-PG6
77-PG9
77-PG12
Base
Ring Solid
Ring Solid
Ring Solid
Ring Solid
Dimensions
3.75 x 3.5 x 2.62 - 4 x 4 x 2.5
5.25 x 4.62 x 3.12 - 5.75 x 5 x 2.81
6.31 x 3.62 x 3.06 - 6.62 x 4.12 x 2.75
8.18 x 4.62 x 3.56 - 8.5 x 5 x 3.87
Base
Ring Solid
Ring Solid
Ring Solid
Ring*
Solid*
Dimensions
5.31 x 4.31 x 3 - 5.62 x 5.12 x 2.87
6.31 x 3.62 x 3.18 - 6.62 x 4.12 x 3.75
6.75 x 4.5 x 3.43 - 7.18 x 5.25 x 3.43
6.12 x 3.81 x 3.12
6.37 x 4.25 x 3
METAL, OFF WHITE COLOR
Order Number
77-MG3
77-MG6
77-MG9
77-MG12R
77-MG12S
*. Hinged.
HONEYWELL
TG504 KEY LOCK® COVERS FOR T874 THERMOSTATS
Easy-to-install Key Lock cover replaces thermostat cover without removal or adjustment of
thermostat. No screws or mounting accessories are required. Ideal for office areas, lobbies, stores,
restaurants, clinics and other areas where protection of T874/Q674 is needed. Rugged molded plastic
cover allows good airflow for proper system performance.
Order Number
TG504A1033
Includes
Tumbler lock, one key, internal and external thermometer
*. Tradeline models.
Dimensions (in)
4 7/16 x 6 1/16 x 2 1/8
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Order Number
4074EDS
Description
Key and clear lens
TG509; TG510; TG511; TG512 SERIES VERSAGUARD UNIVERSAL THERMOSTAT GUARDS
Double wall construction… two walls are molded into the ring base. Air
vents in the outer wall allow the free circulation of air. A quarter inch away
is a solid inner wall. This patented barrier blocks the paper clips, letter
openers, pocket knives and other favourite tools “thermostat fiddlers”
usually insert through air vents in an attempt to change settings. The key
to Honeywell’s VERSAGUARD™ universal thermostat guards can only be
removed in the locked position. Once the key is out you know it’s locked.
The wallplate is made of opaque polystyrene.
Order Number
TG510A1001
TG510B1009
TG510D1005
TG511A1000
TG511B1008
TG511D1004
TG512A1009
TG512B1007
TG512D1003
Inside Dimensions (in)
Height
Width
4 7/16
4 7/16
4 7/16
4 7/16
4 7/16
4 7/16
5 1/16
6 1/16
5 1/16
6 1/16
5 1/16
6 1/16
5 7/8
8 3/8
5 7/8
8 3/8
5 7/8
8 3/8
Outside Dimensions (in)
Height
Width
Depth
5 7/8
5 7/8
2 1/2
5 7/8
5 7/8
2 1/2
5 11/15
5 11/15
2 7/16
6 1/2
7 1/2
2 15/16
6 1/2
7 1/2
2 15/16
6 3/8
7 3/8
2 7/8
7 1/4
9 3/4
3 3/8
7 1/4
9 3/4
3 3/8
7 1/8
9 5/8
3 1/4
Includes: 2 keys, mounting template, Honeywell monogram insert, all mounting hardware.
Burnaby
Kitchener
34
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Guard Cover
Clear acrylic
Opaque polystyrene
Painted metal
Clear acrylic
Opaque polystyrene
Painted metal
Clear acrylic
Opaque polystyrene
Painted metal
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Ring Base
Clear acrylic
Opaque polystyrene
Opaque polystyrene
Clear acrylic
Opaque polystyrene
Opaque polystyrene
Clear acrylic
Opaque polystyrene
Opaque polystyrene
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
Use With
T87/Q539
T874/Q674
T8600, T8085
T8600, T8085
T8600, T8095
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
S483B WINTER WATCHMAN
Used as a freeze warning device. Completes circuit to household lamp on temperature fall, indicating failure
of heating plant. Plugs directly into wall outlet. Lamp plugs into receptacle at bottom of Winter Watchman
device. Useful when house is unoccupied to notify a neighbour of a temperature drop so heating source
fault can be rectified before freeze-up occurs. Not precision calibrated for use as a thermostat.
Order Number
Temperature Range (°F)
Maximum Load (Resistive, watts)
S483B1002
30 - 60, adjustable
120
UL Listed, CSA Certified.
THE ROUND MERCURY FREE THERMOSTAT
IMPROVED DESIGN MAKES IT BETTER THAN EVER
Electronic Switch replaces mercury for environmentally friendly performance. Proven performance,
accuracy and reliability has made Honeywell the number one thermostat choice for homeowners. The
Round’s Classic design is the worlds most popular thermostat. Easy-to-see model has an enlarged
scale and raised designations that make seeing and setting the temperature easier than ever.
Precision accuracy, reliable temperature control eliminates temperature swings.
Order Number
T87K1015
T87N1018
Stages
Features
Heat Only
Electronic Switch; Proven Performance; Classic Design; Easy-to-see model; Precision Accuracy; 5-year warranty
1 Heat / 1 Cool Electronic Switch; Proven Performance; Classic Design; Easy-to-see model; Precision Accuracy; 5-year warranty
TS86A POWERPILE THERMOSTAT
For control of automatic, self-powered gas heating system. Use only with a millivoltage pilot generator.
Includes heating only wallplate and cover ring for covering old thermostat mounting marks. Mounts
using captive mounting screws included with thermostat.
Approximate dimensions: 3 1/4” x 1 1/2” D
Positive
Order Number
Application
Scale Range (°C)
Heat Anticipator (750 mV only)
Colour
OFF
TS86A1389
500 or 750 mV
Yes
10 - 30
Yes
Gold
Terminals
R, W, Y
T8700 SERIES ELECTRONIC ROUND PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS
Manual changeover from heat to cool eliminates unexpected system operation. °F or °C
temperature display for added model flexibility. Selectable heating cycle rate (1, 3, 6 or 9 cph) for
a variety of applications. Cooling cycle rate fixed at 3 cph (the standard setting for compressors)
for speedy installation. Setpoints permanently held in memory (no batteries needed) and retained
during power outages. Power-stealing for all equipment and application needs including gas,
oil and electric forced air; condensing gas furnaces; hydronic heat; and gravity and radiant heat
systems.
Order Number
T8775A1017
T8775C1013
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Application
Controls 2-wire heating-only systems
Controls gas, oil or electric heating and cooling systems
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Power Method
Powerstealing
Powerstealing
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Finish
Premier white
Premier white
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
35
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
MERCURY FREE-ECONOSTAT
THE ECONOMICAL CHOICE FOR MEETING MERCURY-FREE REGULATIONS
Meet all current and future mercury-free thermostat compliance needs with Honeywell’s Mercury-Free
Econostat. With a sleek, attractive appearance, and the same precision temperature control and reliable
performance as the original Econostat, the Mercury-Free Econostat is the perfect electromechanical
replacement choice for you and your customers. Easy to install; front wired with the same footprint as the
mercury-switching model. Attractive design; sleek, appealing look that pleases homeowners. Adjustable
Heat Anticipation; Dial in comfort based on your specific heating equipment. Junction Box Mounting;
saves time during installation. Versatile; choose between horizontal or vertical mount. Meets mercury free
thermostat requirements. 5-year warranty.
Order Number
T8034N1015
T834N1010
T834L1004**
T822K1026
T822K1034
T827K1017 Millivolt
Stages
1 Heat / 1 Cool
1 Heat / 1 Cool
1 Cool
1 Heat
1 Heat
1 Heat
System Switch
Heat-Off-Cool
Heat-Off-Cool
Cool-Off
Heat-Off
None
Heat-Off
* Canadian models have Celsius temperature scale.
** Dual Scale Fahrenheit and Celsius.
Mounting Orientation
Horizontal
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
T498 SERIES ELECTRIC HEAT THERMOSTATS
Rugged, plastic mounting base. Mount on standard 2” x 4” outlet box or 4” x 4” junction box.
UL listed and CSA certified.
Temperature ratings: Operating range: 40°F - 80°F, Differential: 3°F
Electrical ratings: Resistive: 22A @ 120/208/240 Vac; 19A @ 277 Vac
CSA performance ratings: T498A: 16A resistive @ 120/208/240/277V,
T498B: 14A resistive @ 120/208/240/277V
Element type: Bimetal
Order Number
T498A1794
T498A1927
T498A1786
T498A1935
T498B1686
Switch Action On Temperature Rise
SPST
SPST
SPST
SPST
DPST
Colour
Beige
White
Brush Gold
White
White
Contact your local Independent Supply branch, and find out how your company can have its name added on Honeywell thermostats.
TL8130 LINE VOLTPRO
The LineVoltPRO programmable thermostat provides electronic control of 208/240 Vac resistive rated
electric baseboard heaters, radiant ceiling heat, radiant floor heat, convectors and fan forced heaters.
Features: 7 day programmable - maintain the pre-set program schedule for up to 20% energy savings or
modify the schedule to fit your lifestyle. Electronic temperature control precision of ± 1°F saves up to an
additional 10% on heating bills. Large, clear backlit display is easy to read in various lighting conditions.
Soundproofed for quiet operation - reduces the clicking noise commonly heard with conventional
thermostats. Early start ensures programmed temperature is reached by programmed time. Heating
indicator at a glance confirmation that the heat is on. 5-year limited warranty.
Order Number
TL8130A1005
Burnaby
Kitchener
36
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Switch Action On Temperature Rise
SPST
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Electrical Ratings
16.7 Amps Max - 4000 watts at 240 VAC,
3470 watts at 208 VAC
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Setting Temperature Range
40 to 86°F
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T7350 COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT
Provide control of commercial single zone heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC)
equipment. 7 day programming (2 occupied/2 unoccupied per day), proportional plus integral
control, intelligent recovery, intelligent fan, automatic changeover, locking set point. All
subbases include two annunciation LEDs and remote sensor capability.
Order Number
T7350A1004
T7350B1002
T7350D1008
T7350H1009
T7350H1017
T7350M1008
Application
Conventional or heat pump
Conventional or heat pump
Conventional or heat pump
Conventional or heat pump
Modulating
Modulating
Heat
1
2
3
3
2
2
Cool
1
2
3
3
2
2
Features
Outdoor, discharge air capability
Humidity, occupancy, outdoor, discharge air capability
Humidity, occupancy, outdoor, discharge air capability
Humidity, occupancy, outdoor, discharge air capability
Humidity, occupancy, outdoor, discharge air capability
Auxiliary Relay
Yes
Yes
Yes
Isolated normally open
Isolated normally open
Yes
PRO 3000
BASIC NON-PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS
A basic thermostat with the convenience of an easy-to-read digital display. Features: slide
switches allow you to select the heat cool mode, and operate the fan; both current and set
temperature are easy to read in various lighting conditions; precise comfort control maintains
consistent comfort at the highest level of accuracy. Two year warranty.
Order Number
TH3110D1016
Stages
1H/1C
Display
Backlit
Upgrade Options
VisionPRO™ 8000; FocusPRO™ 5000
PRO 4000
5-2 DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS
A basic thermostat with the benefits of energy savings, an easy-to-read display and 5-2 day
programming. Features: built in instructions; programmable energy savings to save up to
33% on annual heating and cooling costs; display available in backlit or standard, making
both current and set temperature easy to read in various lighting conditions; easy-to-use
slide switches allow you to select the heat or cool mode, and operate the fan; 5-2 weekday/
weekend programming to fit your lifestyle; precise comfort control maintains consistent
comfort at the highest level of accuracy. Two year warranty.
Order Number
TH4110B1025
TH4110B1033
Stages
1H/1C
1H/1C
Display
Backlit
Standard
Upgrade Options
VisionPRO™ 8000; FocusPRO™ 6000
VisionPRO™ 8000; FocusPRO™ 6000
FOCUSPRO 5000
DIGITAL NON-PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS
A digital thermostat that offers the perfect blend of features, performance and value.
With the largest backlit screen in its class and easy-to-read digital display. Features:
easy-access battery replacement without removing or disassembling the thermostat;
large screen or standard display size options; large, clear backlit digital display is easy
to read in various lighting conditions; use as a 5-1-1 (weekdays, Saturday, Sunday) or
5-2 (weekdays, weekend) programmable thermostat, whichever best fits your lifestyle,
available in large screen or standard display size options; precise comfort control
maintains consistent comfort to the highest level of accuracy; easy-access battery
replacement with a flip-out door allows for easy battery replacement without removing or
disassembling the thermostat. Five year warranty.
Order Number
Stages
Display
Upgrade Options
TH5220D1037
Up to 2H/2C
Extra large
VisionPRO™ 8000; FocusPRO™ 6000
TH5110D1030
1H/1C
Extra large
VisionPRO™ 8000; FocusPRO™ 6000
TH5220D1011
Up to 2H/2C
Standard
VisionPRO™ 8000; FocusPRO™ 6000
TH5110D1014
1H/1C
Standard
VisionPRO™ 8000; FocusPRO™ 6000
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
37
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
FOCUSPRO 6000
5-1-1 DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS
Honeywell’s FocusPRO 6000 offers the perfect blend of features, performance and
value. With the largest backlit screen in its class and an easy-to-read digital display,
FocusPRO 6000 prominently displays both room and set temperature. Plus, you’ll
enjoy energy savings by setting the simple programming periods to fit your lifestyle.
Simplicity and comfort that’s easy to see and easy to program. Built in instructions for
programming. Large backlit digital display. Precise Comfort Control(+/-1°F) Maintains
consistent comfort to the highest level of accuracy.
Order Number
TH6220D1036
TH6110D1039
TH6220D1010
TH6110D1013
Stages
Up to 2H/2C
1H/1C
Up to 2H/2C
1H/1C
Display
Large
Large
Standard
Standard
Upgrade Options
VisionPRO™ 8000
VisionPRO™ 8000
VisionPRO™ 8000
VisionPRO™ 8000
VISIONPRO 8000 TOUCHSCREEN PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS
COMMERCIAL APPLICATIONS
Features: large, clear display with backlight shows the current and set temperature and
time, even in the dark; menu driven programming make setup effortless; touchscreen
interaction; real-time clock keeps time during power failures and automatically updates to
daylight savings; ‘saving changes’ notification lets you know when the schedule changes
have been saved; change/check reminders let you know when to service or replace
filters or batteries; various ‘hold’ options allow you to override the program schedule as
desired; speedy same-schedule programming – no need to copy multiple days; armchair
programming allows you to remove the thermostat from the wall for programming;
programmable fan offers increased air quality when combined with a Honeywell wholehouse air cleaner.
Switch Positions
Order Number
Changeover
System
Fan
TB8220U1003
Automatic ON
3 Heat 2 Cool
Auto Cool off Heat
TH8110U1011
Automatic/manual selectable
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto
Auto-On-Circ
(Em. Heat for heat pumps)
TH8320U1016
Automatic/manual selectable
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto
Auto-On-Circ
(Em. Heat for heat pumps)
TH8321U1014
Automatic/manual selectable
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto
Auto-On-Circ
(Em. Heat for heat pumps)
Finish
Premiere White
Premiere White
Premiere White
Premiere White
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
C7189U1005
C7089U1006
Burnaby
Kitchener
38
Description
Remote indoor sensor, negative temperature coefficient means resistance decreases as
temperature increases
Remote outdoor sensor, negative temperature coefficient means resistance decreases as
temperature increases
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Finish
Premier White
Premier White
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T8665A CHRONOTHERM® IV WIRELESS THERMOSTATS
PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT
Chronotherm® IV Plus RF Wireless Programmable Thermostat provides wireless control of 24 Vac
heating and cooling systems. Use with W8665A for single-zone applications or W8865E for zoning
applications. Features: No wires to thermostat allows easy installation; ideal for retrofit zoning;
use when current thermostat inconveniently located or to add a thermostat to a room addition;
easy-to-read large display with bright back-lighting; full seven-day flexible program capability; copy
key makes programming easy and faster; models available with programmable fan operation;
easy temporary setpoint changes for vacation mode; automatic or manual changeover; electric or
conventional heat fan operation; minimum-off time for cooling compressors and heat pumps protect
equipment; easy installation, set-up and system test; setpoints are permanently held in memory (no
batteries used) and retained during power outages.
Order Number
T8665A1002
System
Heat-Cool
Changeover
Automatic or Manual
W8665A
1
Zones
W8665E
Up To 3
Fan Selection
Heat-Off-Cool-Auto
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
W8665A1009
W8665E1000
Description
Required accessory for 1H/1C conventional single-zone systems
Required accessory for up to 3H/2C single stage, multistage,
or heat pump systems with up to three zones
T6574, T6575, T8574, T8575 DIGITAL FAN-COIL THERMOSTAT
All models are suitable for multiple applications, Changes in output wiring and external links
between wiring terminals can configure the thermostat for the appropriate application. The fan
can also be controlled from the thermostat. In some cases it is wired to run continuously and
can be switched off with the On/Off switch. Other models can be installed with fan running
continuously or cycling with the thermostat. Compressors and auxiliary electric heaters can be
controlled using a relay or contactor controlled by the thermostat. T8570 Series provides low
voltage control. Models are available for control of single stage air conditioner and various
fan-coil units: 2-pipe; 2 pipe with manual heat/cool changeover; 4 pipe with manual heat/cool
changeover; 4 pipe with automatic heat/cool changeover.
Setting Temp. Range
Switch Position
Order Number Application
(°F)
(°C)
System
Fan
T6574B1004
2 pipe fan coil, seasonal auto changeover,
50 to 90 10 to 32 ON-AUTO HI-MED-LO
constant or cycled fan, 120 Vac
T6574B3000
2 pipe fan coil, seasonal auto changeover,
50 to 90 10 to 32 ON-AUTO HI-MED-LO
constant or cycled fan, 277 Vac
T6575B1003
4 pipe fan coil, manual heat/cool changeover,
50 to 90 10 to 32 HEAT-COOL; HI-MED-LO
constant fan 120 Vac
ON-OFF
T6575B3009
4 pipe fan coil, manual heat/cool changeover,
50 to 90 10 to 32 HEAT-COOL; HI-MED-LO
constant fan 277 Vac
ON-OFF
T6575C1001
4 pipe fan coil, automatic heat/cool changeover, 50 to 90 10 to 32
ON-OFF HI-MED-LO
constant fan 120 Vac
T6575C3004
4 pipe fan coil, automatic heat/cool changeover, 50 to 90 10 to 32
ON-OFF HI-MED-LO
constant fan 277 Vac
T6575D1009
4 pipe fan coil, automatic heat/cool changeover, 50 to 90 10 to 32 ON-AUTO HI-MED-LO
constant or cycled fan 120 Vac
T6575D3005
4 pipe fan coil, automatic heat/cool changeover, 50 to 90 10 to 32 ON-AUTO HI-MED-LO
constant or cycled fan 277 Vac
T8574B2016
2 pipe fan coil, heat or cool, constant or cycled
50 to 90 10 to 32 ON-AUTO HI-MED-LO
fan, 24 Vac
T8575B2007
4 pipe fan coil, manual heat/cool changeover,
50 to 90 10 to 32 HEAT-COOL; HI-MED-LO
constant fan 24 Vac
ON-OFF
T8575C2005
4 pipe fan coil, automatic heat/cool changeover, 50 to 90 10 to 32
ON-OFF HI-MED-LO
constant fan 24 Vac
T8575D2003
4 pipe fan coil, automatic heat/cool changeover, 50 to 90 10 to 32 ON-AUTO HI-MED-LO
constant or cycled fan 24 Vac
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Changeover
Automatic optional with
external Aquastat® controller
Automatic optional with
external Aquastat® controller
Manual
Automatic, by room
temperature
Automatic, by room
temperature
Automatic, by room
temperature
Automatic, by room
temperature
Automatic, by room
temperature
Manual
Manual
Automatic, by room
temperature
Automatic, by room
temperature
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
39
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T651A SERIES MEDIUM DUTY LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTATS
For line voltage control of valves, motors, contactors, electric heat elements, duct furnaces and fan coil
units in heating/cooling systems. Automatic cooling and heating anticipation. Mount on standard vertical or
horizontal outlet box.
Order Number Application
Range (°C)
Switch Action on Temperature Rise
Includes
T651A3026
Heating and
7 to 28
SPDT - breaks heating and makes
Vertical scale plate with thermometer,
cooling
cooling on temperature rise
range stops and locking screws, wall
plate, high accuracy Dual Diaphragm
sensor.
T6051, T6052 SERIES HEAVY DUTY LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTATS
Used to control fan coils, fans, motor starters, valves, contractors and circulator motors in heating and/or
cooling systems. Provide good line voltage comfort control. Use with Q651A, B subbases for system and fan
switching. Removable setpoint knob locks setpoint and prevents tampering; with locking cover.
Electrical ratings: full load:
Heating (T6051A) or Stage 1 (T6052A): 16A @ 120 Vac, 8A @ 240 Vac
Cooling (T6051A) or Stage 2 (T6052A): 8A @ 120 Vac, 4A @ 240 Vac
Order Number
T6051A1057
Application
Heating/cooling
Switching
spdt
Mounting
Vertical mounting
1. Differential: Stage 1 Heat, Stage 2 Cool—2.5°F nominal; Stage 2 Heat, Stage 1 Cool—3.2°F nominal.
2. Celsius scaleplate.
3. Differential: Stage 1 (heat)—2.5°F nominal; Stage 2 (cool)—3.2°F nominal.
Temperature Ratings (°C)
Differential
Range
1.0
10 - 25
T631A-C SERIES FARM CONTROLLERS
Provide line voltage control of heating, cooling and ventilating systems in farm buildings or
storage areas. Use in barns, poultry houses, hog barns, pump houses, milk houses and crop
storage houses. Treated to resist corrosion. Slots in front and bottom of case provide maximum
air circulation over the coiled sensing element. SPDT snap switches permanently sealed against
corrosion. Easy mounting using screws through holes in back of case.
SPDT snap switch: 7.4A @ 120 Vac, 3.7A @ 240 Vac
SPDT 1 HP switch: 16A @ 120 Vac, 8A @ 240 Vac
Temperature Ratings Fixed Differential
Order Number Oper. Range °F Per Switch Interstage Max. Ambient Temp °F
Switch Type
T631B1070
35 - 100
2.0
3.5
125
2 spdt snap switches rated@1HP
T631A1063
-10 - 100
3.0
125
spdt snap switch
T631A1162
35 - 100
2.0
120
spdt snap switches rated@1HP
Finish
Red
-
1. Scale in Celsius. 2. Tradeline model.
T631F,G NEMA 4X CONTROLLERS
Provide line voltage control of heating, cooling and ventilating systems in farm buildings or
storage areas. Use in barns, poultry houses, hog barns, pump houses, milk houses and crop
storage houses. Treated to resist corrosion. Slots in front and bottom of case provide maximum
air circulation over the coiled sensing element. SPDT snap switches permanently sealed against
corrosion. Easy mounting using screws through holes in back of case.
SPDT snap switch: 7.4A @ 120 Vac, 3.7A @ 240 Vac
SPDT 1 HP switch: 16A @ 120 Vac, 8A @ 240 Vac
Full Load @ Vac SPDT
Temperature Ratings (°F)
Snap Switch (amps)
Order Number Operating Range Differential Switch
Switch Type
24
120
240
T631F1092
35 - 100
3.5
Snap switch with 1 HP rating
2.0
7.4
3.7
1. Scale in Celsius.
Burnaby
Kitchener
40
Full Load @ Vac SPDT
1 HP Switch (amps)
120
240
277
16
8
3
2. Tradeline model.
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
T475A SERIES OUTDOOR RESET CONTROLLERS
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
Operating controller for a hot water or warm air heating system. Used for line voltage, low voltage or
millivolt (Powerpile) switching. Maintains proper balance between heating medium temperature and
outdoor temperature. Raises medium control point automatically as outdoor temperature falls. Does
not replace safety high limit control and is not for use in system requiring resetting about 70°F outdoor
temperature.
Case: 5 5/8” H x 2” W x 2 1/4” D
Capillary length: Indoor 10’ Outdoor 30’
Differential, adjustable: 6-20°F
Set point range: 70-140°F
Switching action: SPDT
Order Number
Reset Ratio*
T475A1032
T475A1057
1.0 - 1.0
1.0 - 1.5
Outdoor Bulb Length
(3/8” diameter)
3 9/16
5 5/16
Includes
34886A Outdoor
121371P Immersion
Bulb Guard
Well Assembly^
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Electrical Ratings Full Load (amps)
120 Vac
240 Vac
8.0A
8.0A
5.1A
5.1A
* First number of reset ratio indicates outdoor temperature change; second number represents resulting control point change.
^ 1/2 NPT with 1 1/2” insulation.
3 Tradeline models.
T6031 SERIES REMOTE BULB TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
SPDT SWITCH ACTION
Order Number
T6031A1219
Thermostat Type
Refrigeration*
Temperature Range (°F) Differential (°F)
-30 - 90
3.5 - 12 adjustable
Capillary Length (feet)
8
* Ambient compensated for duct, tank, freezer or cooler.
2. Ambient compensated. High limit. For agricultural and industrial applications.
3. Heating/cooling. Marked warmer/cooler for space temperature control of room air conditioning units or radiator valves. Includes set point
adjustment knob, case and cover.
4. Senses supply water temperature in air conditioning equipment or outdoor temperature in ventilation systems.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
41
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T675, T678 SERIES CONTROLLERS
Remote bulb thermostats regulate temperature of air or liquids in ducts, pipes, tanks
and boilers. Suitable for applications requiring temperature control of air or liquids where
controller must be placed outside the sensing area. Typical uses include control of
dampers and valves in heating, cooling and heating-cooling systems. Controller can be
mounted in any position.
Switching:
T675A - SPDT switch breaks R-B and makes R-W at setpoint on temperature rise
T675B - SPST switch breaks at setpoint on a temperature fall
T678A - 2 SPDT switches operate in sequence. Right switch breaks R-B and makes R-W
at setpoint on a temperature rise: left switch breaks R-B and makes R-W if temperature
continues to rise through interstage differential.
Control Range
Order Number
T675A1045
T675A1102
T675A1136
T675A1243
T675A1425
T675A1441
T675A1458
T675A1508
T675A1516
T675A1524
T675A1532
T675A1540
T675A1565
T675A1706
T675A1722
T675A1771
T675A1854
T675B1002
T675B1010
T675B1028
T678A1015
T678A1080
T678A1163
T678A1361
T678A1437
T678A1445
T678A1478
T678A1494
T678A1627
T678A1692
°C
-18 to +38
71 to 127
-18 to +38
75 to 125
13 to 79
13 to 79
13 to 79
-18 to +38
-18 to +38
13 to 79
71 to 127
13 to 79
-18 to +38
-18 to +38
13 to 79
13 to 79
-12 to +43
-1 to +10
-1 to +10
-29 to +10
-18 to +38
71 to 127
-15 to +35
13 to 79
-18 to +38
13 to 79
-18 to +38
13 to 79
-18 to +38
15 to 75
Capillary
°F
0 to 100
160 to 260
0 to 100
167 to 257
55 to 175
55 to 175
55 to 175
0 to 100
0 to 100
55 to 175
160 to 260
55 to 175
0 to 100
0 to 100
55 to 175
55 to 175
10 to 110
30 to 50
30 to 50
-20 to +50
0 to 100
160 to 260
5 to 95
55 to 175
0 to 100
55 to 175
0 to 100
55 to 175
0 to 100
-
Length (ft)
20
20
20
5
20
20
5
5
5
20
5
5
20
5
5
5
5
10
20
10
20
5
20
20
5
5
5
5
10
5
Interstage Differential
Sensor Element
Stainless steel bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Stainless steel bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Fast response capillary
Fast response capillary
Fast response capillary
Fast response capillary
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Copper bulb
Fast response capillary
Fast response capillary
Averaging capillary
Copper bulb
°C
1.7 to 5.6 adj.
1.7 to 5.6 adj.
1.7 to 5.6 adj.
2 to 6.7 adj.
1.7 to 5.6 adj.
2 to 6.7 adj.
1.7 to 5.6 adj.
2 to 6.7 adj.
2 to 6.7 adj.
2 to 6.7 adj.
°F
3 to 10 adj.
3 to 10 adj.
3 to 10 adj.
3.6 to 12 adj.
3 to 10 adj.
3.6 to 12 adj.
3 to 10 adj.
3.6 to 12 adj.
3.6 to 12 adj.
3.6 to 12 adj.
Differential
°C
°F
1.7 to 5.6
3 to 10
1.7 to 5.6
3 to 10
0.6 fixed
1 fixed
1.7 to 5.6
3 to 10
2 to 6.7
3.6 to 12
2 to 6.7
3.6 to 12
0.6 fixed
1 fixed
1.7 to 5.6
3 to 10
0.6 fixed
1 fixed
0.6 fixed
1 fixed
1.7 to 5.6
3 to 10
2 to 6.7
3.6 to 12
1.7 to 5.6
3 to 10
1.7 to 5.6
3 to 10
2 to 6.7
3.6 to 12
0.6 fixed
1 fixed
0.6 fixed
1 fixed
Manual Reset
Manual Reset
Manual Reset
1.7 fixed
3 fixed
1.7 fixed
3 fixed
1.7 fixed
3 fixed
2 fixed
3.6 fixed
1.7 fixed
3 fixed
2 fixed
3.6 fixed
1.7 fixed
3 fixed
2 fixed
3.6 fixed
2 fixed
3.6 fixed
2
3.6
COPPER IMMERSION WELLS
Order Number
112622AA
112630AA
121371A
121371B
121371P
Connection
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
1/2 NPT
Insulation Depth
1 1/2
1
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
Bulb Diameter
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
3/8
Insertion / Maximum Bulb
4
4 1/4
3
3
3 1/2
Includes
Spring clip
Spring clip
Mounting clamp
Mounting clamp
Mounting clamp
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR REMOTE BULB TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Order Number
107408
Burnaby
Kitchener
42
Description
Heat-conductive compound for coating bulb to improve thermal response of bulb immersion well
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Use With
Remote bulb controllers
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T6984; T7984 SERIES ELECTRONIC MODULATING CONTROL THERMOSTATS
Typical applications include hydronic perimeter (heating and/or cooling), pressure-dependent
variable air volume (VAV) and bypass box with or without terminal reheat. P+I control action
provides accurate, stable, room temperature control. User-friendly setpoint knob. Output status
LED for installer checkout. DIP switch selectable 75°F setpoint for heating (high limit) and cooling
(low limit). Reheat models feature fast/slow response selection to match heating systems dynamics.
Night setback models feature 2 1/2 hour local timed override. Locking cover and range stops are
standard. Horizontal and vertical covers included.
Order Number
T6984A1067
Description
The microprocessor-based T6984 and 7984 electronic modulating thermostats provide proportional plus integral
(P+I) individual room control in zoned commercial heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems.
T7984 SERIES ELECTRONIC MODULATING CONTROL THERMOSTATS
PI control, accurate, stable room temperature, user-friendly setpoint knob, standard range stops,
locking cover, night setback on some units, vertical or horizontal formats available.
Order Number
T7984A1065
T7984C1061
Stage 1 (Cooling)
2 - 10 Vdc
-
Stage 1 H/C C/O
Dry contact or thermistor input
-
Sensor
Internal
Remote or internal
1. Same as T7984B1030 except 4–20 milliamp output
2. Same as T7984C1038 except 4–20 milliamp output
T7047 SERIES ELECTRONIC SPACE THERMOSTAT/SENSORS
Electronic return air temperature sensor for use with T7100, and T7300 Commercial Thermostats.
Thermistor senses return air temperature and sends modulating resistance signal to T7067B Electronic
Transmitter or W927 Electronic Sequencer, T7100 or T7300 Commercial Thermostat. Temperature
setpoint is done at electronic transmitter or W927 Electronic Sequencer with integral setpoint. Mounts in
return air stream with mounting bracket and screws provided.
Order Number
T7047G2008
Description
2-wire electronic thermostat
T7047C1025
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use
with W973 single zone system,
T7300A,B, T7400B
2-wire sensor; W9076A Temp.
Indicator
2-wire sensor. Without setpoint.
Taupe finish
Remote 2-wire sensor; for use
with T7300
T7047C1090
T7047C2007
T7047G1000
Sensor Resistance*
Nominal resistance 710 @ 75°F
1,420 ohms nominal at 75°F (24°C)
Less sensor
Remarks
Wall mount thermistor space temperature sensor,
without setpoint (Dual thermistor/resistor model)
for use in 2 location remote sensor averaging
network
Use with S963B1037 for remote setpoint. Use
with T7067B1006 (W973 applications)
Use with 194950B Sensor supplied with W9076A
1,420 ohm at 75°F (24°C)
710 ohm nominal at 75°F (24°C)
Use with Series 70 control systems
Two sensors must be used to average four
temperatures in one averaging sensor network
T7022 SERIES ELECTRONIC RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Electronic return air temperature sensor for use with T7100 and T7300 Commercial Thermostats
Thermistor senses return air temperature and sends modulating resistance signal to T7067B Electronic
Transmitter or W927 Electronic Sequencer, T7100 or T7300 Commercial Thermostat. Temperature
setpoint is done at electronic transmitter or W927 Electronic Sequencer with integral setpoint. Mounts in
return air stream with mounting bracket and screws provided.
Order Number
T7022A1010
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Use With
T7067B or W927
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Description
Electronic Return Air Temperature Sensor without set point adjustment
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Sensor Resistance
1,420 ohms nominal at 75°F
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
43
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T7067 THERMOSTAT AND TRANSMITTERS
T7067A THERMOSTAT AND T7067B TRANSMITTER CONTROL SPACE TEMPERATURE WHEN USED WITH W973 LOGIC PANEL
Separate heat and cool adjustable setpoint levers provide adjustable deadband from 3-30°F. Separate 116 Vdc voltage ramps provide independent heating and cooling signals to W973 Single Zone Logic Panel.
Two light-emitting diodes (LED’s) under T7067 cover for system checkout. One T7067 can control up to 6
W973 panels in parallel. Mount on standard 2” x 4” vertical outlet box or on a non-conductive flat surface.
All models include wiring plate and locking cover.
Order Number
T7067A1008
Description
Integral temperature sensor without thermometer
ACCESSORIES
Electronic return air temperature sensor for use with T7100 and T7300 Commercial Thermostats
Thermistor senses return air temperature and sends modulating resistance signal to T7067B Electronic Transmitter
or W927 Electronic Sequencer, T7100 or T7300 Commercial Thermostat. Temperature setpoint is done at electronic
transmitter or W927 Electronic Sequencer with integral setpoint. Mounts in return air stream with mounting bracket and
screws provided.
Order Number
T7047C1025
T7022A1010
Description
Remote Sensor, wall mount (for T7067B only)
Return Air Sensor, duct mount (for T7067B only)
T7080 ELECTRONIC DUAL SET POINT THERMOSTAT/TRANSMITTER
Used in W7080 control system to provide modulating space temperature control. Single 2-22 Vdc voltage
ramp provides heating/cooling signal to W7080 Load Analyzer. Outputs constant 12 Vdc when sensed
temperature is within deadband range. Ramp output decreases on call for heat: increases on call for
cooling. Operates on 24 Vdc supplied by W7080A Load Analyzer. Mounts on standard 2” x 4” outlet box or
on nonconductive flat surface.
Temperature Ratings (°F)
Order Number
Description
T7080A1019
Dual Set Point Zone Thermostat
Transmitter with integral sensor
Heating/Cooling
Deadband
Minimum 3 Maximum 30
Set Point
Adjustable Range
55 - 85
Includes
Wiring wallplate, locking cover
(without thermometer)
T921 SERIES PROPORTIONAL THERMOSTATS
Provide low voltage, 3-wire control for valve motors, damper motors and balancing relays in heating or
cooling system applications. Bellows element adjusts potentiometer slider to regulate motor operation.
Removable setting now prevents unauthorized tampering with setpoint.
Temperature Ratings (°F)
Order Number
T921A1522
Burnaby
Kitchener
44
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Operating Range
56 - 84
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Throttling Range
4.5
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Description
Access Faceplate Adapter for Mounting Horizontally
included. With contemporary cover
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T991A SERIES PROPORTIONAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
For modulating control or water or air temperature in ducts, tanks and similar applications.
Fast response models (for duct mounting) have coiled sensing element giving at least four times faster
response than standard models. Ambient temperature compensated for the case and tubing. Sensing
element capillary tubing allows remote mounting of sensing element. Setpoint may be read and adjusted
through cover. Throttling dial inside adjusts proportional throttling range.
Temperature Ratings (°F)
Order Number
Scale Range Throttling Range
T991A1004
T991A1012
T991A1061
T991A1186
T991A1194
T991A1210
T991A1244
T991A1426
T991A1764
0 - 100
0 - 100
160 - 260
55 - 175
55 - 175
59 - 167
55 - 175
0 - 100
0 - 100
Capillary Length (ft)
Bulb Size (in)
5
20
5
5
20
5
5
5
24
1/2 x 4 3/16
1/2 x 4 3/16
1/2 x 4 3/16
1/2 x 4 3/16
1/2 x 3 9/16
1/2 x 4 3/16
1/2 x 3 9/16
1/2 x 4 3/16
Averaging
3 - 30
3 - 30
3 - 30
3 - 30
3.5 - 36
3 - 30
3.5 - 36
3 - 30
3.5 - 36
Potentiometer
Includes
Resistance (ohms)
135
135
135
135
135
135
135
107324A duct bulb holder
135
107324A duct bulb holder
135
-
T991E,F SERIES PROPORTIONAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
Provide both on-off and modulating control of water or air temperatures in ducts, tanks and similar
applications; Micro Switch™ end switch cycles burner on and off at low fire; T991 then modulates
burner as required. Designed for use with V9055; can be used with any series 90 motor. Ambient
compensated. Setpoint adjustment on front of case. Switch makes 1°F above end of throttling range.
Mount using three holes in the back of case.
Temperature ratings: Ambient 125°F controller
Material: Copper (capillary)
Throttling range: fixed at 11°F
Potentiometer: 135 ohm
Differential: 4°F end switch maximum
Electrical ratings, full load: 2.6A @ 120 Vac; 1.3A @ 249 Vac
Pressure rating: 50 psi maximum for direct immersion bulb
Order Number
T991E1026
T991E1034
Temperature Setting Range (°F)
0 - 100
55 - 175
Capillary Length (ft)
5
5
Maximum Element Temperature (°F)
125
200
1. With factory installed stop at 240°F
2. Dual bulb model. Resets temperature control point according to change in outdoor air temperature. Reset ratio: 1 to 1.
3. Indoor set point
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
45
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T775 SERIES ELECTRONIC REMOTE TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
Some controllers require you to piece together separate modules to get the control features
you want, and those added relays can, well, add up. So can the added LCD display, and added
transformer module and more. The Honeywell T775 Electronic Standalone Controller puts an end
to add-on costs. All the features you need for a variety of applications are built right into the T775,
including the LCD display. You won’t have to worry about having the right modules in stock or
needing to piece them together. The T775 has it all inside: Easy-to-use Graphical Interface; Internal
Time Clock Scheduler; Up To Two Independent Modulating Outputs; NEMA 4X Enclosure Option;
Modulating High Or Low Limit Control; Optional Configurable Integral and Derivative Times; Reset
Models with Simplified Setup; Configurable Minimum Off Time; Sensor Calibration. Special Models:
Universal Model to Control Pressure, Humidity or Temperature; Special Sequencing Models for
Staging Up to 12 Relays with Up to Two Setpoints; Special Boiler Model.
MODELS FOR STANDARD APPLICATIONS
Order Number Description
Replaces
T775A2009
T775B2016
T775B2032
T775B2024
T775B2040
Standard
Standard-NEMA 4X
Standard
Standard-NEMA 4X
Standard
775A1001
T775M2006
T775M2022
T775M2048
Modulating
Modulating-NEMA 4X
Modulating
T775M2014
Modulating -NEMA 4X
T775M2030
Modulating
T775R2035
T775R2043
T775R2027
T775R2001
T775R2019
Reset Option
Reset Option
Reset Option
Reset Option
T775A1019, T775B1000
T775C1009, T775D1008
T775A1027, T775A1035, T775B1018,
T775B1026, T775B1040
T775E1015, T775E1023, T775E1056,
T775E1064, T775E1098
T775G1005, T775G1013, T775G1021,
T775G1039
T775E1114, T775F1022, T775F1055,
T775F1089
T775J1001, T775J1076
T775J1019, T775J1027, T775J1035
T775J1043, T775J1050,T775J1068
Relay
Outputs
1 SPDT
2 SPDT
2 SPDT
4 SPDT
4 SPDT
Analog
Outputs
Floating Sensor Inputs Sensors
Output1
Available
Included2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
None
2 SPDT
2 SPDT
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
4 SPDT
2
2
1
4 SPDT
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 SPDT
None
2 SPDT
4 SPDT
4 SPDT
1
2
2
2
2
1 One floating output eliminates two relay outputs.
2 50021579-001 included with non-NEMA 4X models, and T775-SENS-WR included with NEMA 4X models.
MODELS FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
Order Number Description
T775P20034
T775L2007
T775U2006
T775S2008
Replaces
Special boiler with reset
Stage sequencer with
reset option
Universal - humidity,
pressure etc.
Relay Analog Digital
Outputs Outputs Output
4 SPDT
4 SPDT2
T775A1006, T775A1022, 2 SPDT
T775A1048, T775A1063,
T775B1005, T775C1004,
T775D1003, T775E1002
Relay expansion module
4 SPDT
1
1 or 2
1 - 4 or 8 more relays possible with T775S2008 relay expansion module(s).
2 - Up to 2 independent non-sequenced relays are also available
3 - First input configurable for temperature 0-10 Vdc, or 4-20 mA; second input temperature only for reset.
4 - Includes dedicated pump output, equal run time, pump pre-purge and post-purge, WWSD and more.
Burnaby
Kitchener
46
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Dedicated Sensor
Sensors Output
Pump
Inputs
Included Reset
Output Available
yes
3
3
yes
yes
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
23
yes
Use with T77P or T775L
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
T775 SERIES ELECTRONIC REMOTE TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS
TEMPERATURE
COMPATIBLE COMPONENTS
Order Number
50021579-001
T775-SENS-WR
T775-SENS-WT
T775-SENS-OAT
C7031D2003
C7031J2009
Description
Standard temperature sensor for indoor applications
Water-resistant sensor with 5 ft leads
Water-tight sensor with 6 ft leads
Out air temperature sensor
5 inch immersion sensor
12 inch duct averaging sensor with four elements
C7046D1008
8 inch duct probe with mounting flange
C7100D1001
12 inch fast response, duct averaging sensor with flange
C7130B1009
Room mount sensor
Humidity transmitter, 2% RH accuracy, wall mount or duct
mount, with optional 20K ohm temp output
Humidity transmitter, 3% RH accuracy, wall mount, duct
mount or outdoor mount, with optional 20K ohm temp
output
Humidity transmitter, 5% RH accuracy, wall mount
Humidity transmitter, 5% RH accuracy, duct mount with
optional 20K ohm temp output
HUMIDITY
H7625A/B
H7635A/B/C
H7655A
PRESSURE
H7655B
P7640A
CO2
C7232
1
C76321
Differential pressure transmitter, 0-1.0, 0-0.5, 0-0.25, or 00.1 in w.c., uni- or bi-directional, panel mount with display
Application
Use With
Monitoring temperature of return air,
discharge air and mixed air
Outdoor air for reset
Hot or chilled water
All T775 Series
Duct discharge air
Duct discharge air mounts on flat duct or 2000 models
plenum surface
Averaging duct discharge air for use in
troubleshooting
Wall mount air temperature sensor
Humidity and temperature
Humidity
Humidity and temperature
Clean rooms, hospitals, fume hoods and
computer rooms
T775U2006
Non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) carbon dioxide sensor,
Ventilation and air conditioning systems
0-2,000 ppm adjustable, 0/2-10 Vdc or 0/4 to 20 mA
to
control the amount of fresh outdoor air
adjustable, one adjustable SPST relay output, wall or duct
supplied
to maintain acceptable levels
mount, LCD option and Honeywell logo option
Non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) carbon dioxide sensor, fixed of CO2 in the space (demand control
0-2000 ppm, fixed 0-10 Vdc output, wall or duct mount and
ventilation)
Honeywell logo option
1 - CO2 sensors are compatible but reading will be displayed in percent, not ppm or set for Pa units. And enter minimum and maximum PPM values.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
47
HONEYWELL ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULES
72 SERIES ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE
W7210A, D Solid State Economizer™ Logic Modules are used with solid state C7400
Enthalpy Sensors or C7650A Dry Bulb Temperature Sensors and Honeywell 72 Actuators.
Order Number Description
W7210A1001 Economizer Logic Module operates Series 72 actuators. Optional remote minimum position pot.
W7210D1005 Economizer Logic Module operates Series 72 actuators. Optional remote minimum position pot.
High enthalpy limit.
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
S963B1128
Description
Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer to provide remote control of damper position
72 SERIES ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE
W7212, W7213 and W7214 Economizer Logic Module are used with Demand Control Ventilation
(DCV) and solid state C7400 Enthalpy Sensors or C7650 Dry Bulb Temperature Sensors.
Order Number Description
W7212A1009 Economizer Logic Module operates Series 72 actuators. Accepts inputs from discharge or mixed
air temperature sensors. Can be used with C7400 Enthalpy Sensor or C7650 Dry Bulb Sensors
and C7232 CO2 Sensors for demand control ventilation.
72 SERIES ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE
Use with C7400, or C7650 and C7150B or C7046 Sensors; Demand Control Ventilation
(DCV) sensor C7232 CO2 sensor (2-10 Vdc); and Honeywell Series 72 actuators, or M7415
Damper Actuator.
Order Number Description
W7215A1006 Economizer Logic Module operates Series 72 Actuators. Can accept remote minimum position
damper position potentiometer and/or analog input from one carbon dioxide sensor for indoor air.
72 SERIES ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE
W7459 Solid State Economizer Logic Module are used with M7415 and M8405 dedicated
Economizer Actuators to proportion outdoor and return air dampers in economizer systems.
Order Number Description
W7459A1001 Economizer Logic Module. Optional remote minimum position potentiometer
W7459A1019 Economizer Logic Module.
W7459A1035 Economizer Logic Module with resistor jumper to allow operation with a temperature activated
switch to limit minimum position to 50% maximum open. Optional remote minimum position
potentiometer.
W7459C1007 Economizer Logic Module, works with M8405 Damper Actuator.
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
C7400A1004
C7650A1001
Description
Solid state enthalpy sensor 4 - 20 mA output
Solid state temperature sensor
72 SERIES ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULE
Use with C7400 or C7650 and C7150B or C7046 Sensors; indoor air quality (IAQ) sensor (2-10 Vdc);
and Honeywell Series 72 Actuators or M7415 Damper Actuator to proportion outdoor and return air
dampers for economizer and ventilation control in commercial HVAC equipment
Order Number Description
W7460A1008 Economizer Logic Module operates M7145 actuators. Can accept remote minimum position
damper position potentiometer and/or analog input from one carbon dioxide sensor for indoor air.
W7460B1006 Economizer Logic Module operates M7145 actuators. Can accept remote minimum position
damper position potentiometer and/or analog input from one carbon dioxide sensor for indoor air.
Burnaby
Kitchener
48
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
W973 SERIES LOGIC PANELS
HONEYWELL ECONOMIZER LOGIC MODULES
Control heating, cooling and economizer operation in commercial air conditioning and heat pump
equipment. Panels can be used with staged gas, oil, or electric heat; modulating gas, hot water, or steam
heat; and direct expansion or modulating chilled water cooling. Modulating dc current signal controls
economizer heating or cooling valve motors.
Order Number
W973A1017
W973B1016
Modulating
Economizer with
Modulating Low Limit
Yes
Yes
Modulating
Heating Output
Modulating
Cooling Output
Heating Stages*
Cooling Stages*
No
Yes
No
Yes
2
3
2
3
*. W975 Satellite Sequencer can be used to increase number of on-off stages to 10 heat or 10 cool, maximum.
2. W973A1041 provides 4°F economizer offset between economizer and stage 1. Special scaleplate included.
3. W973J1009 provides 4°F interstage differential between stage 2 and stage 3 for load control and heat reclaim application.
HONEYWELL SENSORS
C7150B SERIES MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Mixed Air Sensor for duct or discharge dire with a 3000 ohms @ 25C NTC sensor.
Order Number Description
C7150B1004
Sensor Type
Electronic temperature sensor 3000 ohms @ 25C MTC
Temperature
Range °F
40 to 110 °F
Maximum Ambient
Temperature °F
250 °F
C7400B SERIES MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Enthalpy Sensor for supply duct or return air with a 4-20 mA output sensor.
Order Number Description
C7150B1004
Sensor Type
Solid State Enthalpy Sensor
4029 mA output
Temperature
Range °F
-25 °F to 125 °F
Maximum Ambient
Temperature °F
250 °F
C7046 SERIES DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSORS
ELECTRONIC DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR USE WITH W973 LOGIC PANEL
Electronic discharge air temperature sensors, C7046A, B sensing element precisely measures
temperature changes, C7064D is a platinum 1000 ohm sensor, no settings or calibration required
solid state components not affected by dust or dirt, fast reacting, rugged aluminum insertion probe,
mounts on duct or plenum surface with integral mounting flange, or in a 2” x 4” junction box.
Operating range: 40°F - 150°F
Ambient range: 250°F
Probe length: 8”
Order Number Description
C7046A1004
C7046C1000
Electronic discharge air temperature sensor without set point
Single point sensing and quick response time
Insertion
Length
8
8
Sensor Resistance
(Nominal)
3000 ohms @ 77°F NTC
3000 ohms @ 77°F NTC
Sensitivity
per °F (ohms)
70
70
C7100 SERIES AVERAGING DISCHARGE SENSORS
C7100A and D platinum positive temperature coefficient (PTC) sensing element, C7100B
intended for use as zone discharge, hot deck, cold deck and/or remote return air temperature
sensor with the W7080 electronic dual set point multi-zone control system, C7100C1003
intended for use with T775 electronic remote temperature controller, no settings or calibration
required, C7100B negative temperature coefficient (NTC) carbon type, thermistor-resistor
sensing element, mounts on duct wall or plenum surface with integral mounting flange, or in a
2” x 4” junction box, may be used as replacement for C7046B discharge air sensor if physical
constraints permit.
Electrical terminals: 1/4” Male Quick Connect
Ambient Range: 250°F
Order Number
C7100A1015
Burnaby
Kitchener
Operating Range (°F)
40 - 220
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Insertion Length
13
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Resistance in ohms @ 77°F
3484
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Commonly used with
W7100, W7600, W7620
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
49
HONEYWELL CARBON DIOXIDE CONTROLLER
C7232; C7242 SERIES CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) SENSORS AND CONTROLLERS
Stand-alone carbon dioxide (C02) sensors for use in determining ventilation necessity with HVAC controllers.
The sensor measure the C02 concentration in the ventilated space or duct. The sensor are used in
ventilation and air conditioning systems to control the amount of fresh outdoor air supplied to maintain
acceptable levels of C02 in the space. Non-Dispersion-Infared (NDIR) technology used to measure carbon
dioxide gas. Gold-plated sensor provides long-term calibration stability. C7232 provides voltage output based
on C02 levels. C7242 provides voltage output based on C02 and temperature levels. Proportional plus
Integral (P+I) control algorithm. Used for C02 based ventilation control. Digital input with programmable delay
time for occupancy function using a sensor, push-button, or switch.
Outputs
Order Number
Mounting
Display
Analog
Relay
C7232A1008
Wall
Yes
(1) 0-10 Vdc
(1) spst
C7232B1014
Duct
No
(1) 0-10 Vdc
(1) spst
HONEYWELL TEMPERATURE SENSORS
C7031 SERIES ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Electronic temperature sensors used with DDC system. Solid state thermistor element provides
accurate sensing of temperature changes, not affected by dust, dirt, or vibration. Primary sensor
models can be used with a remote setpoint.
Order Number
C7031B1009
C7031C1007
C7031D1047
C7031F1000
C7031G1016
C7031J1001
Operating Range
Application
Sensor Type
(Element - °F)
Duct discharge air, hot water
Primary
40 - 240
Duct discharge air
Primary
40 - 240
Hot water discharge sensor
Primary
80 - 230
Outdoor reset of discharge air
Secondary
-40 - 110
Outdoor reset of room temperature Secondary
-40 - 110
Duct discharge air
Primary
40 - 180
Element Insertion
Length for
Diameter
Bulb
5
.4
18
.4
5**
.5
144
-
Ohms
Sensitivity
Sensor
per °F
Resistance*
4.2
1,772
4.2
1,772
4.2
1,977
13.6
947
2.2
1,715***
4.2
1,772
*. @ 74°F.
**. Plus 3″for insulation depth.
***. @ 95°F.
C7130 WALL MOUNT TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Primary sensor for use with R7380(J,L), Indicating Controller and W7100 Discharge Controllers In
indoor spaces. Requires no setting or calibration, platinum positive temperature coefficient (PTC)
sensor can be located up to 300’ from controller, interchangeable with C7031A bulb sensor and
C7100A averaging discharge sensor, case is designed for indoor wall or outlet box mounting.
Dimensions: 2 1/2 x 4” case
Mounting: mount on wall or 2” x 4” outlet box
Order Number
C7130A1001
Storage Range (°F)
-40 - 150
Operating Range (°F)
-40 - 100
Resistance in Ohms @ 77°F
3,484
1. C7013A1019 is white.
C7170 SERIES CAPSULE TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Primary electronic temperature sensor for the R7380(J,L), W7100 and W7505 load inputs for
immersion, strap-on and duct mounting. Requires no setting or calibration, sensor can be located
up to 1,195’ from controller, pigtail leads.
Order Number
C7170A1010
Burnaby
Kitchener
50
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Insertion
Length
2.625
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Operating
Range (°F)
-40 - 257
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Resistance in
Ohms @ 77°F
3,484
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Commonly used with
R7380J, L, W7100, W7600, W7620
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL HUMIDITY SENSORS
C7600 SERIES SOLID STATE HUMIDITY SENSORS
Used with any controller capable of processing a 4-20mA or 2-10 Vdc signal.
Provides humidity sensing through a long-lasting thick-film capacitive polyimide sensing element
that is both accurate and stable over time. Vents in top cover provide for airflow to humidity sensing
element inside. Remains operational after exposure to all outdoor air humidity extremes.
Operating temperature: 32°F - 125°F
Operating humidity: 10 - 90% RH
Humidity sensitivity: ±3% at calibration
Airflow time constant: 500 fpm/100 sec.
Order Number Application
Sensor Type
C7600C1008
Duct-mount 4 - 20 mA directly
proportional
C7600A1002
Humidity
C7600B2008
Humidity
Electrical
(2) 1/4” quick
connect terminals
Supply Voltage
16 - 28 Vdc or 20 - 32
Vac, 50/60 Hz
H x W x D (in)
3 5/32 x 3 7/8 x 1
4 - 20 mA inversely
(2) 1/4” quick
proportional
connect terminals
2 - 10 Vdc directly (3) 22 gauge wires
proportional
3 5/32 x 3 7/8 x 1
Commonly Used With
XL15, XL10; CVAHU
(models B and C); W7600;
Excel Plus; H775
W7600
3 1/4 x 2 x 1 5/8
H775
AUTOMATIC AIR VENT
The Honeywell Braukmann EA122A Automatic Air Vent purges air from high pressure mains and
equipment in hot or cold closed water systems.
Order Number
EA122A1002
Description
Automatic air cent with built-in shutoff valve and
leakage guard, oil resistant.
Automatic air vent with built-in shutoff valve. EPDM
seat disc and O-ring.
EA122A1028
Application
Hydronics
Connection Size (in)
1/8
Water Treatment
1/8
H8908 HUMIDISTAT / DEHUMIDISTAT
The H8908B Humidistat and H8908C Dehumidistat (humidity controllers) provide automatic low
voltage control of humidifiers and dehumidifiers or ventilators, respectively, in central heating and
air conditioning systems. They have a SPST, snap-acting, dust-proof switch and are designed for
wall or surface duct mounting.
Order Number
H8908B1002
H8908C1000
Application*
Humidification
Dehumidification
Operating Humidity Range (% RH)
10 to 60% RH
20 to 80% RH
H46 SERIES HUMIDITY AND DE-HUMIDITY CONTROLLERS
Positive ON-OFF settings permit manual operation of controlled equipment. Impact-resistant,
molded plastic cover mounts on wall. Fully enclosed, dust free, SPST, snap-acting switch.
Sensing element of thin, moisture sensitive nylon ribbon provides reliable operation even when
ambient temperature conditions change.
Order Number
H46C1166
H46D1214
Burnaby
Kitchener
Application
Dehumidification
Humidification
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Operating Humidity
Range (% RH)
20 to 80% RH
10 to 60% RH
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Colour
Premier White
Premier White
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Description
Wall mounted Dehumidistat
Wall mounted Humidistat
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
51
HONEYWELL HUMIDITY CONTROLLERS
H69 HUMIDITY CONTROLLERS
Mount in return air duct of a forced air heating system to control a central humidifier or dehumidifier.
External knob on front of case provides control point adjustment. Humidity sensing element is
moisture resistant nylon ribbon wound around three bobbins.
Fixed differential: 4 – 6% RH Element insert length: 7 1/2”
Sail length: 12” cut to fit 9”, 10”, or 11” duct
Application
for Control of
Humidification or
dehumidification
equipment
Order Number
H69A1014
Switching Action
Spdt: terminals R-W break on RH
rise to set point; R-B make at set
point; on RH fall, R-B break at set
point minus differential
Humidity Ratings,
Electrical Electrical Ratings Full
Operating
Connections Load 120/240 Vac
35 - 65% RH
Screw and
7.5A/3.0A
push-in wire
terminals
H600 HUMIDITY CONTROLLER
Operates humidification equipment on RH fall or dehumidification equipment on RH rise.
Sensing element of thin, moisture sensitive nylon ribbon provides reliable operation even when ambient
temperature conditions change. Fully enclosed, dust free, SPDT, snap-acting switch. Removable setting
knob prevents tampering. Mount vertically on 2” x 4” junction box (not to be duct mounted). Includes
alternate scale and faceplate for horizontal mounting.
Humidity Ratings
Electrical Rating (Full Load)
Electrical Rating (Full Load) Humidifier
Dehumidifier (R-Y)
(R-B)
Order Number Operating Range Fixed Differential
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
H600A1014
20 - 80% RH
5% RH
7.5A
3.8A
4.4A
2.2A
AUTOMATIC HUMIDITY CONTROL
Features: automatic control for bypass flow-through, powered flow-through, steam and drum
humidifiers in central heating systems; automatic control for dehumidification using heat/energy
recovery ventilators or dehumidifiers; patented Honeywell HumidiCalc+™ software eliminates
the need for an outdoor sensor on most common single-stage, gas or oil forced air equipment;
combination temperature and humidity sensor accurately determines the dew point at the
control location; equipment connection can eliminate the need for a current sensing relay on the
blower; simple duct mount requires only a 3/4” circular duct opening for sensors; with the use of
C7089H Outdoor Temperature System, also provides automatic humidity control in heat pump
and multistage systems; automatically adjusts humidity level based on the frost factor set by the
homeowner; frost factor input allows for variances in furnace oversizing, window insulation and
average daily climate temperature; system status light indicates normal operation, test mode
and fault indication.
Electrical Ratings
Order Number
H1008A1008
Burnaby
Kitchener
52
Power
Consumption
18-30 Vac, 60 Hz 2.5 VA at 27 Vac
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Power Supply
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Relay Contacts
Relay Contacts Thermostat /
- Inductive
- Resistive
Furnace Load
2A full load, 10A
2A
11 mA maximum
locked rotor at 24 Vac
at 24 Vac
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Humidity Ratings (°F)
Operating
Storage
45 - 88
-40 - 150
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL HUMIDITY CONTROLLERS
H705 SOLID STATE ENTHALPY CONTROLLER
Provides solid state enthalpy changeover control in economizer systems.
Consists of a W7459A solid state economizer logic module and a C7400 solid state enthalpy
sensor on a mounting plate. Mounts in any position in outdoor air duct. Use enthalpy setpoint
to select desired combination of air temperature and humidity. Reliable solid state humidity
sensing element. Thermistor temperature sensing element. Maximizes use of outdoor air for
free cooling. Use in electronic and electromechanical systems.
Order Number
H705A1003
Application
Includes
Electronic or
W7459A and C7400
electromechanical systems
Switching
Spdt - Terminals 2 and 1 make with enthalpy increase above setpoint;
terminals 2 and 3 make with enthalpy decrease
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
S963B1128
Description
Minimum position potentiometer
H775 SERIES ELECTRONIC REMOTE HUMIDITY CONTROLLERS
Provides humidity control for ducts, greenhouses, computer rooms, printing and photographic
laboratories, and other applications where electronic accuracy, as well as remote sensing is desired.
Uses C7600B or C7600C Humidity Sensors or any humidity sensor providing either a 2-10 Vdc or
4-20 mA output. Adjustable switching differential. Liquid crystal display indicates sensed percent RH,
mode and output status. Adjustable throttling range of 1-15% RH. (Set throttling range equal to time
constant of sensor in minutes.)
Order Number
H775A1006
H775A1022
H775A1048
H775A1063
H775B1005
H775C1004
H775D1003
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Control Modes
Staged on/off
Staged on/off
Staged on/off
Staged on/off
Staged on/off
Staged on/off or floating P+l
Modulating (4-20 mA) P+l
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Inputs
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Spdt Relay Output Stages
1
2
3
4
2
4
2 auxiliary
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
53
HONEYWELL AQUASTATS
L4006, L6006 AQUASTAT CONTROLLERS
IMMERSION TYPE CONTROLLERS FOR LIMITING OR REGULATING TEMPERATURES OF LIQUIDS IN BOILERS OR TANKS
Immersion type controllers for limiting or regulating temperatures of liquids in boilers or tanks.
Totally enclosed Micro Switch™ snap-acting switches operate on temperature rise to setpoint.
Visible control point scale and external adjustment screw permit easy setting. Horizontal or
vertical insertion of the sensing element. Direct or well immersion of the sensing element. Remote
bulb model may be used to sense air temperature in ducts and in outside air sensing applications.
Bulb: copper 3/8” x 2 7/8”
Full Load
Order Number Description
L4006A1009
High or low limit
L4006A1017
High or low limit
L4006A1959
High or low limit
L4006E1042
High limit
L6006A1145
Circulator, high
or low limit
-
L6006C1034
Switch Action
spst, contacts break
on temperature rise
spst, contacts break
on temperature rise
spst, contacts break
on temperature rise
spst, contacts break
on temperature rise
spdt
spdt
Temp.
Range (°F)
100 - 240
Midscale
Diff. (°F)
5 fixed
100 - 240
5 - 30
adjustable
2 fixed
40 - 180
110 - 290
1 1/2” insulation
120
Vac
8.0A
240
Vac
5.1A
Locked Rotor
120
240
Vac
Vac
48.0A 30.6A
1 1/2” insulation
8.0A
5.1A
48.0A 30.6A
1 1/2” insulation
2.6A
1.3A
15.6A
7.6A
2.6A
1.3A
15.6A
7.8A
8.0A
5.1A
48.0A 30.6A
-
-
Includes
Manual reset 2 7/8” sensing bulb, stop
factory-set @ 240°F
5 - 30
3” insulation, stop
adjustable
factory-set at 240°F
5 - 30
adjustable
100 - 240
60 - 200
-
-
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR AQUASTAT® HYDRONIC CONTROLS
Order Number Description
107408
Heat-conductive compound, 4 oz can
Use With
Immersion well assemblies
L4008, L6008 REMOTE BULB AQUASTATS
For limiting or regulating temperatures of boiler water or liquid in tanks.
Can also sense duct or outside air temperature. Remote temperature sensing element detects and
responds rapidly to temperature changes. Totally enclosed Micro Switch™ snap-acting switch. Visible
control point scale and external adjustment screw permit easy setting. Horizontal or vertical mounting of
the remote element into boiler, tank or other container. Case mounts to a vertical surface.
Bulb size: 3/8’ x 2 7/8” copper
Case: 5 5/8” H x 2” W x 2 1/8” D
Full Load: 8.0A @ 120 Vac, 5.1A @ 240 Vac
Locked Rotor: 48.0A @ 120 Vac, 30.6A @ 240 Vac
Inductive Current: 0.25A @ 1/4 - 12 Vdc
Description
Switch Action
L4008A1015
L4008A1130
High or low limit
High or low limit
Contacts break on temp rise
Contacts break on temp rise
100 - 240
130 - 270
Ambient
Temp. at
Element (°F)
5 - 30 adjustable
265
5 - 30 adjustable
265
L4008B1013
L4008E1040
Circulator
-
Contacts break on temp rise
Contacts break on temp rise
100 - 240
110 - 290
5 - 30 adjustable
Manual reset
265
345
L6008A1093
Circulator and low limit
Spdt
-30 - 70
5 - 30 adjustable
125
Order Number
Burnaby
Kitchener
54
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Temp.
Midscale Diff. (°F)
Range (°F)
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Includes
5 1/2’ capillary
10’ capillary; factory-set
stop at 200°F
5 1/2’ capillary
5 1/2’ capillary; factory-set
stop at 250°F
5 1/2’ capillary; factory-set
stop at 250°F
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL FAN AND LIMITS
L4029 SERIES HIGH LIMIT CONTROLLERS
Opens line or low voltage circuit and shuts off fan if air temperature reaches set point.
Manual reset. May be used as a fire stat in ductwork. Positive lockout of burner in case of fan failure.
Flat bimetal strip inserted directly into airstream actuates snap-acting, SPST, normally closed switch.
Max Ambient Temperature (°F)
Order Number
Temperature Cutout Setting °F
At Switch
At Element
Element Length (in)
L4029E1011
135 (fixed)
190
350
3
L4029E1029
200 (fixed)
190
350
3
L4029E1045
240 (fixed)
190
350
3
Note: Limit controller only; do not use as starting switch.
Differential: Switch can be manually reset after approx. 25°F temperature drop.
L4064 FAN AND LIMIT CONTROLLERS
FOR CONTROL OF HIGH LIMIT AND FAN MOTOR IN ALL TYPES OF FORCED AIR HEATING SYSTEMS
Insertion
Element
5
Order Number Description
L4064B2947
L4064B2954
L4064B2962
L4064D1010
Turns fan on and off according to plenum temperature, helical bimetal
sensing element, high limit stop factory set at 200°F, manual fan
switch, replaces L4064A, B, E
Turns fan on and off according to plenum temperature, helical bimetal
sensing element, high limit stop factory set at 200°F, manual fan
switch, replaces L4064A, B, E
Turns fan on and off according to plenum temperature, helical bimetal
sensing element, high limit stop factory set at 200°F, manual fan
switch, replaces L4064A, B, E
Replaces L4064D
L4064L1129
With special high temperature range and manual reset limit, manual
fan switch, replaces L4064R
L4064R1134 Turns fan on and off according to plenum temperature, helical bimetal
sensing element having special high temperature range suitable for
gravity heating systems such as wood burning furnaces, manual fan
switch, replaces L4064J
L4064R1142 Turns fan on and off according to plenum temperature, helical bimetal
sensing element having special high temperature range suitable for
gravity heating systems such as wood burning furnaces, manual fan
switch, replaces L4064J
L4064R1159 Turns fan on and off according to plenum temperature, helical bimetal
sensing element having special high temperature range suitable for
gravity heating systems such as wood burning furnaces, manual fan
switch, replaces L4064J
L4064W1197 With 24 Vac bimetal heater, time assist switch turns on fan motor 20 to
90 seconds after call for heat, high limit factory set at 200°F, manual
fan switch, replaces L4064T, Y
L4064W1205 With 24 Vac bimetal heater, time assist switch turns on fan motor 20 to
90 seconds after call for heat, high limit factory set at 200°F, manual
fan switch, replaces L4064T, Y
L4064W1213 With 24 Vac bimetal heater, time assist switch turns on fan motor 20 to
90 seconds after call for heat, high limit factory set at 200°F, manual
fan switch, replaces L4064T, Y
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Mounting
Includes
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
11 1/2
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
8
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
2 1/2
Surface
11 1/2
Surface or rigid
bracket
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
Small case, strain relief,
mounting bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
8
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
5
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
5
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
8
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
11 1/2
Surface or rigid
bracket
Small case, strain relief,
mounting screws
11 1/2
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
55
HONEYWELL FAN AND LIMITS
L4068 SERIES FAN CONTROLS
Operates furnace fan motor according to air temperature in all types of forced air heating systems.
Flat bimetal element, inserted into the airstream, actuates a snap-acting switch. Manual switching for
continuous fan operation. Push-in terminals. UL listed and CSA Certified.
°F Adjustable
Switch Action on
Element Length
With Case
Order Number
Fan Differential
Fan Off Range
Temp. Rise
(in)
and Cover
L4068C1091
spst - makes
20 - 50
80 - 120
3
No
L4068C1109
spst - makes
20 - 50
80 - 120
7
No
L4068E1047
spst - makes
20 - 50
80 - 120
3
Yes
L4068E1054
spst - makes
20 - 50
80 - 120
7
Yes
L4068F1078
spst - makes
20 - 50
80 - 120
3
No
L4068F1086
spst - makes
20 - 50
80 - 120
7
No
L4069 SERIES LIMIT CONTROLLERS
Used as a high temperature burner cutout on all types of warm air furnaces.
Order Number
L4069A1060
L4069A1078
L4069C1173
L4069C1181
Element Length (in)
7
3
3
7
With Case and Cover
Yes
Yes
No
No
Range (°F)
180 - 250
180 - 250
180 - 250
180 - 250
TRANSFORMERS
HONEYWELL AT SERIES TRANSFORMERS
FOR ANY 24V CIRCUIT IN HEATING/COOLING CONTROL SYSTEMS
NEMA STANDARD
Primary
Order Number
AT72D1725
AT72D1733
AT72D1956
Voltage
(50/60 Hz)
120V
208/240V
120V
Secondary
Voltage
Connections (in)
Connection
(open circuit)
9 leadwires
26.5
Screw terminals
9 leadwires
26.5
Screw terminals
9 leadwires
26.5
9” leadwires
Mounting
Output Rating
Multimount, foot, plate or knockout mounting
Multimount, foot, plate or knockout mounting
Transformer all above 4” x 4” mounting plate
for panel mounting, leadwires threaded
through plate
40 VA
40 VA
40 VA
GENERAL PURPOSE
AT20B1056
Voltage
(50/60 Hz)
120V
AT120A1004
Primary
Secondary
7 leadwires
Voltage
(open circuit)
-
120/208/240V
9 leadwires
27
screw quick
connects
Screw terminals
AT140A1018
120/208/240V
9 leadwires
27
Screw terminals
AT175A1008
120/208/240V
9 leadwires
27.5
Screw terminals
Order Number
Burnaby
Kitchener
56
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Connections (in)
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Connection
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Mounting
Output Rating
Conduit nipple mounting
20VA
Multimount. foot, plate or knockout
mounting
Multimount. foot, plate or knockout
mounting
Transformer all above 4” x 4” mounting
plate for panel mounting, leadwires
threaded through plate
20 VA
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
40 VA
75 VA
306.373.9227
TRANSFORMERS
WHITE-RODGERS TRANSFORMERS
Order Number Description
S82A-310
Hub mount, 120 - 24 Vac, 60 Hz, 20 VA, 10” leads (line), screw/spade terminals (load)
S84A-310
Hub mount, 120 - 24 Vac, 60 Hz, 40 VA, 10” leads (line), screw/spade terminals (load), with plate
90-T SERIES 24 VOLT SECONDARY CLASS 2 TRANSFORMERS
MULTI-MOUNT (CLOSED CONSTRUCTION) UNIVERSAL MOUNTING WITH PLATE
50/60 Hz Connections: Leads
Order Number
90-T40M1
90-T40M3
90-T50M3
Mars Number
50,302
50,304
50,314
Jard Number
4011M
4031M
5031M
VA
40
40
50
Primary
120V
120/208/240V
120/208/240V
Secondary
24V
24V
24V
Jard Number
4011F
4021F
4031F
VA
40
40
40
Primary
120V
208/240V
120/208/240V
Secondary
24V
24V
24V
VA
75
Primary
120/208/240V
Secondary
24V
FOOT-MOUNT (OPEN CONSTRUCTION)
Order Number
90-T40F1
90-T40F2
90-T40F3
Mars Number
50,352
50,353
50,354
FOOT-MOUNT (MANUAL RESET, OPEN CONSTRUCTION)
Order Number
90-T75C3
Mars Number
50,321
Jard Number
7541F
JARD MAGNETICS 2 75 VA TRANSFORMERS
NON-INHERENTLY LIMITED CLOSED CONSTRUCTION CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTED
Order Number Description
7541STC
End bell mounted (Style C)
VA
75
Primary (Input)
120/208/277/575 Vac
Secondary (Output)
24 Vac
CLOSED CONSTRUCTION WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER
NON-INHERENTLY LIMITED CLOSED CONSTRUCTION CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTED
Order Number
5041C
Description
Features a UL recognized manual
reset circuit breaker
VA
50
Primary (Input)
120/208/240/480
Secondary (Output)
24 Vac
HONEYWELL 70 VA & 175 VA TRANSFORMERS
Heavy duty, multi-tapped transformers, potted and encased in heavy sheet metal box with removable cover. UL listed.
Temperature ratings: Maximum ambient: 100°F Dimensions: 4 11/16” H x 9 11/16” W x 4 13/16” D
Order Number
AT92B1006
AT92C1005
*. 100% power factor.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Primary
240/480 Vac
120/240/480 Vac
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Secondary
120/240 Vac
17/24 Vac
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Output*
70 VA @ 120V, 100 VA @ 240V
175 VA @ 17V, 250 VA @ 24V
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
57
HONEYWELL SWITCHING RELAYS
R4222, R8222, R4228, R8228 SWITCHING RELAYS
For use in refrigeration and air conditioning equipment, appliances, vending machines and similar applications. UL listed.
Order Number
R4222D1013
R4222D1021
R8222B1067
R8222D1014
R8222N1011
*. Spst. NC model available.
Switching
dpdt
dpdt
spdt
dpdt
dpdt
Coil Voltage (50/60 Hz)
120V
208/240V
24V
24V
24V
Pole 1-2-3
Power
Power
Power
Power
Pilot Duty
Pole 4-5-6
Power
Power
None
Power
Pilot Duty
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
R4222, R8222
Full Load
Locked Rotor
Resistive - A and C models all others
Horsepower
120 Vac
12
60
20.8/15
3⁄4 HP
208/240/277 Vac
6
35
20.8/15
3⁄4 HP
480 Vac
3
18
38,270
3⁄4 HP
CONTROL CENTERS
R4225, R8225 SERIES FAN RELAYS
Order Number
R4225A1008
R8225A1017
R8225D1003
Switching
spdt, one NO, one NC
spdt, one NO, one NC
dpst, 1 main NO, 1 auxiliary NO
R8285 SERIES CONTROL CENTERS
Transformer powers low voltage control systems and provides overload protection. Low voltage terminal
board provides convenient connection for thermostat and heating/cooling equipment wiring. Mounts on
standard 4”x 4” junction box. Relay is easily replaced without disturbing wiring.
Electrical ratings: Full load: 12A @ 120 Vac; 6A @ 240 Vac
Switching
Order Number
Action
R8285A1048
spdt
R8285B1038
dpdt
Electrical Ratings, Power Supply
Leadwire Colour Code
Includes
VA
Primary
Secondary
Application
Black: common, red: NO
R8222B
contact, brown: NC contact
Pole 1: black: common, red: R8222D
NO contact, brown: NC contact
- pole 2: violet: common,
red/yellow: NO contact, yellow:
NC contact
40
120V
26.5V
For single-or two-speed fan motor
40
120V
26.5V
For “total comfort” applications with
electronic air cleaner, humidifier and
blower motor
1. One power rated, one pilot duty.
2. N,O., N.C.
Burnaby
Kitchener
58
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
CONTROL CENTERS
R8239 SERIES CONTROL CENTERS
NEMA standard Type D transformer powers low voltage control systems. Provides overload protection
for transformer. Convenient connections for thermostat and heating-cooling equipment wiring. Mount
on standard 4” x 4” junction box. Can be mounted in any indoor locations without additional enclosure.
Relay is easily replaced without distributing wiring.
Full load:
12A @ 120 Vac, 6.9A @ Vac
Coil voltage: 24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
Dimensions: 4 1/2” H x 4 3/16” W x 3 3/32” D above mounting plate,
4 1/2” H x 4 3/16” W x 5/8” D below mounting plate
Inrush: 20 VA maximum, 17 VA nominal
Sealed:
10 VA maximum, 9 VA nominal
Wattage:
5 Watts (5.3 Watts for R8222D)
Pickup voltage: 18V maximum, 16V nominal
Order Number
R8239A1003
R8239A1011
R8239D1007
Transformer
Switching Includes Replaceable Relay Primary
Secondary
spdt
R8222B
120V
27V
spdt
R8222B
208/240V
26.5V
dpst
R8222U
120V
27V
Application
Single-or 2-speed fan
Single-or 2-speed fan
Single-speed fan with an auxiliary circuit
WHITE-RODGERS FAN RELAYS
8A04 SPDT FAN RELAYS
PERMITS CONTROL OF SINGLE- OR TWO-SPEED FAN MOTOR
Contact Rating NO
(Black-Red)
Order Number
8A04-1
8A04A-1
Contact Rating NC
(Black-Brown)
Coil Input Switch
Coil Current
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
Voltage
Action
24 Vac, 60 Hz spdt
0.28A
16.0 FLA 96.0 8.0 FLA 48.0 9.8 FLA 58.8 6.9 FLA 41.4
LRA
LRA
LRA
LRA
0.28A
16.0 FLA 96.0 8.0 FLA 48.0 9.8 FLA 58.8 6.9 FLA 41.4
120 Vac, 60 spdt
Hz
LRA
LRA
LRA
LRA
Mounting: by means of mounting tabs or 1/2″ conduit hub.
RELAY AND TRANSFORMER FAN CONTROL CENTERS
A one package transformer and relay combination are rugged controls for remote mounting. Incorporates the recently
developed over/under bobbin wound energy-limiting, class 2 transformer and fan relay on a common plate for mounting
on a standard 4” junction box.
Transformer Primary
Transformer Secondary
120 Vac
240 Vac
Order Number Volts
Connections
Volts
Connections
Relay
FLA
LRA FLA
90-113
120
Colour-coded leads, pre-stripped
24 Terminal board with 5 screw terminals spdt 13.8A 82.8A 6.9A 41.4A
FAN CENTER WITH DPST RELAYS
INTERNAL 24V TRANSFORMER POWERS UP TO 35 VA OF EXTERNAL LOADS
Contact Rating NO Contacts
8A05A-101
120 Vac, 60 Hz
DPST
Thermostat
Current
0.28A @ 24V
8A05A-4
120 Vac, 60 Hz
DPST
0.13A @ 24V
Order Number Input Voltage
Switch Action*
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
16.0 FLA
96.0 LRA
16.0 FLA
96.0 LRA
8.0 FLA
48.0 LRA
-
10.0 FLA
60.0 LRA
10.0 FLA
60.0 LRA
7.0 FLA
42.0 LRA
*. Black with yellow stripe (common), red (normally open), brown (normally closed). Note: Mounted to 4″× 4 junction box.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
59
HONEYWELL PRESSURE CONTROLLERS
L404, L604 SERIES PRESSURETROL® CONTROLLERS
Provide operating control, automatic or manual reset limit protection for pressure systems up to 300
psi (2,068 kPa). Use with steam, air, noncombustible gases, or other fluids non-corrosive to pressure
sensing element. Mounting 1/4” NPT female threads or surface mount through base of case. Provide
dustproof, trouble-free mercury switching; L404F has a snap-acting switching. Trip-free mechanism
on manual reset models so the limit function of the controller cannot be defeated by jamming the
reset lever. Adjustments are made by screws on top of case.
Operating Range
Subtractive Differential*
Surge Pressure
Order Number
psi
kPa
psi
kPa
psi
kPa
L404A1586
2 - 15
14 - 103
1-6
7 - 41
25
172
L404C1139
5 - 50
35 - 345
4 - 12
28 - 83
85
586
L404C1147
10 - 150
69 - 1,034
8 - 16
55 - 110
225
1,151
L404C1162
2 - 15
14 - 103
1-6
7 - 41
25
172
L404C1113
5 - 50
85
* Differential at midscale
** On pressure rise
3 Phos-bronze bellows
Electrical Ratings: Full Load: 120 Vac/8.0A, 240 Vac/5.1A. 120 Vdc/2.4A, 240 Vdc/1.2A (L404 Series); 120 Vdc/2.0A, 240 Vdc/1.0A (L604 Series)
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
14026
Description
Siphon loop
L91 SERIES PROPORTIONAL PRESSURETROL® CONTROLLERS
Modulating pressure operating control for regulation of liquid or air and other non-corrosive gases. Use
with steam, air, noncombustible gases, or other fluid non-corrosive to the brass or phos-bronze (300
psi models) bellows. Do not use with combustible mediums or any medium chemically harmful to phosbronze bellows (10-300 psi models) or brass bellows (all other pressure range models).
Control Range
Surge Pressure
Differential At Midscale
Order Number
psi
kPa
psi
kPa
psi
kPa Adjustable Potentiometers
Main Setting Means
L91B1035
0 - 15
0 - 103
20
138
1 - 12
7 - 83
Yes
1
Screw adjustment top of case, with
mounting lugs on back of case
PRESSURE GAUGE D06 SERIES
Order Number
M39A108
M39A116
Burnaby
Kitchener
60
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
0 - 207 kpa (0 - 30 psi) range pressure gauge
0 - 414 kpa (0 - 60 psi) range pressure gauge
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
M436A, M836 SERIES DAMPER MOTORS
HONEYWELL DAMPER MOTORS
Spring return motors for two-position back draft, outdoor air changeover, zone or minimum position
damper control. Operate outdoor air dampers for combustion or makeup air in residential and light
industrial applications. Operate changeover dampers for heating and cooling systems. Operate
minimum position dampers for ventilation and similar applications. Spring returns motor to start
position on power failure. Drive shafts located on both sides of motor. Adjustable auxiliary switch for
cascading motors or operating auxiliary equipment. Thermal breaker for overload protection during
lifting stroke or if motor stalls.
Nominal
Nominal
Damper
Voltage
Maximum Breakaway
Order Number Description
Opening Opening Time
Blade Area
(60 Hz)
Load Torque Torque*
Current
(seconds)
(sq ft)
M436A1090
Spring return motors for two position back draft,
120 Vac
0.38A
30
20
30
outdoor air changeover, zone, or minimum position
damper control.
M436A1116
Use with two-wire thermostats or other spst
120 Vac
0.37A
30
20
30
13
controllers, thermal breaker for overload protection
during the lifting stroke or if motor stalls
M436A1124
Use with two-wire thermostats or other spst
240 Vac
0.19A
30
20
30
13
controllers, thermal breaker for overload protection
during the lifting stroke or if motor stalls
1.85A
30
20
30
13
M836A1042
Use with spst controllers without heat anticipation, 24 Vac
thermal breaker for overload protection during the
lifting stroke or if motor stalls
M836B1033
Use with spst controllers which have heat
24 Vac
1.34A
25
15
30
10
anticipation
* Maximum torque available to overcome large loads such as a seized damper or valve. Not to be used continuously at this rating.
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
16254AC
1985845H
7640JL
7640JP
Description
Flat mounting plate for M436, M836 motors
Mounting bracket for M436, M836 motors
Bag assembly, drive lever and clamp for crank arm drive
Coupling bag
M4185 MODUTROL IV MOTORS
TWO-POSITION, SPRING-RETURN MOTORS USED TO OPERATE DAMPERS AND VALVES
Two-position, spring-return motors used to operate dampers and valves. Replaces M445A,
D;M845A, C, E; and M865B motors. Integral helical spring returns motor shaft to normal
position (full closed for M4185) on power interruption. Crankshaft: Double-ended, 3/8”
square. CSA Certified.
Power
Voltage*
Order Number
W
VA
Torque (lbs/in)**
Timing (sec)*** Stroke (degrees)
(50/60 Hz)
M4185E4006
120/208/240
25
30
60
30 - 60
90 - 160
M4185E4014
120
25
30
60
30 - 60
90 - 160
Includes
1 spdt auxiliary switch, NC
1 spdt auxiliary switch, NC
*. Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers.
**. Normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional
large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED
CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
***. Shorter timing applies to 90° stroke.
Auxiliary switch ratings: One Contact, Full Load: 7.2A @ 120V, 3.6A @ 240V; 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
M884, M886 VERSADRIVE TWO-POSITION ACTUATORS
Designed for use in residential and light industrial damper applications.
Order Number
M884A1000
M884B1017
M886A1013
M886B1004
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Standard, with no auxiliary switch
Standard, with 1 auxiliary switch
With power failure return-to-closed feature; no auxiliary switch
With power failure return-to-closed feature and 1 auxiliary switch
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
61
HONEYWELL DAMPER MOTORS
M684B/M686B VERSADRIVE ACTUATOR
Versadrive 3-position actuators are part of a family of full service, medium torque
actuators that are used to control zone and economized dampers.
Order Number
M684B1003
M686B1008
Description
Standard, for SPDT controller, 3-position, bidirectional medium torque, 24V complete with 1
auxiliary switch
Standard, for SPDT controller, 3-position, battery power failure return to closed feature, medium
torque 24V complete with 1 auxiliary switch
M SERIES DAMPER ACTUATORS
Spring return, 25 lbs-inch damper actuators provide SPDT floating, two-position, three-position or
modulating control of economizer systems, ventilation dampers and combustion air dampers. M6415
suitable for use with direct digital control (DDC) systems. Synchronous motor. Spring returns motor
shaft to normal position on power interruption. Single ended drive shaft with crank arm supplied.
Uses Q298B Linkage.
Approximate Dimensions: 4 1/2” H x 5” W x 5 3/16” D
Temperature Rating: -25°F - 125°F @ 25% duty cycle
Electrical Rating: 24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
Order Number
M7415A1006
M7415B1004
M8405A1006
M8415A1004
Power
8 VA
8 VA
7 VA
7 VA
Open Rotation
CCW
CW
CCW
CCW
Spring-Return
CW
CCW
CW
CW
Torque (lbs/inch) Timing (seconds)* Stroke (degrees)
25
90
90 fixed
25
90
90 fixed
25
90
90 fixed
25
90
90 fixed
*. With 60 Hz power.
2. Use with Programmable Commercial Thermostats, either the T7400/W7401 Standard or T7400/W7411 Heat Pump System.
3. Up to 3 motors may be driven from circuit.
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
C7150B1004
Q709A1005
4074EGR
Description
Thermistor sensor, 3K ohm @ 77°F
Minimum position switch, actuator mounted
Motor crank arm
Used With
M7415A
M7405, M7415
M7405, M7415, M8405, M8415
M7284Q MODUTROL IV MOTORS
PROPORTIONAL MOTORS USED TO OPERATE DAMPERS AND VALVES
Proportional Motors used to operate dampers and valves. Used with proportional controller to position
damper or valve at any point between full closed and full open in response to 4 – 20 mA current output
signal from controller adapter bracket. Crankshaft: Double ended 3/8” square. UL Listed, CSA Certified.
Power
Voltage*
Torque
Stroke
Order Number
W VA**
Timing (sec)
Input Signal
Includes
(50/60 Hz)
(lbs/in)***
(degrees)
M7284Q1009
120
23
29
150
30
90
4 - 20 mA w/adjustable zero and span 2 auxiliary switches
M7284Q1017
120
23
29
150
60
160
4 - 20 mA
2 auxiliary switches
*. Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers.
**. VA figures listed are for 60 Hz. Values will be higher by 5 VA at 50 Hz.
***. Normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional
large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
4. M7285 motors have helical spring that returns motor shaft to closed position on power interruption. Auxiliary switch ratings: One Contact, Full
Load: 7.2A @ 120V, 3.6A @ 240V; 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact.
Burnaby
Kitchener
62
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL DAMPER MOTORS
M847 SERIES TWO-POSITION DRAFT DAMPER ACTUATORS
Use with two-wire 24V room thermostats or other low voltage controllers to operate the draft
damper on solid fuel furnaces or boilers and other similar light duty applications. Low voltage,
spring-return damper actuator. Equipped with mounting bracket for wall, duct or direct appliance
mounting to control draft damper through an actuator arm or chain linkage arrangement. Actuator
wheel rotators in a clockwise direction (when facing the wheel) when energized.
Temperature Rating: Ambient 40°F - 125°F
Maximum torque at actuator wheel: 30 in. oz
Rotation: Clockwise
Return: Spring return
Order Number
M847A1031
M847A1049
Linkage
Volts (60 Hz)
38” chain
Linkage arm
24 Vac
24 Vac
Power
Consumption
8 VA
8 VA
Heat Anticipator
Setting
0.32A
0.32A
Nominal Stroke
(degrees)
45
45
Timing (sec)
Open (powered) Closed (spring)
20 maximum
20 maximum
20 maximum
20 maximum
M9164 SERIES MODUTROL IV MOTORS
Reversing, proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves. Replaces M934 motors.
Available with fixed or adjustable stroke; refer to order table. All M9164 motors have an electronic
drive circuit. One series 90 controller can drive up to six Modutrol motors using 4074BYK Resistor Bag
Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board Kit. Interface modules available for series 70 (electronic) control.
Crankshaft: Double-ended 3/8” square. UL Listed, CSA Certified.
Temperature ratings: Ambient -40°F - 150°F @ 25% duty cycle
Auxiliary switch rating: one contact, full load: 7.2A @ 120V, 3.6A @ 240V; 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac
on opposite contact
Electrical Ratings
Power Supply*
Torque
Timing
Stroke
Order Number
W
VA
Includes
@ 50/60 Hz
(lbs/in)**
(sec)***
(degrees)
M9164A1070
24 Vac
14
15
35
60
160
M9164D1009
24 Vac
14
15
35
30 - 60
90 - 160
220738A adapter bracket
*. Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. Separate transformer may be
required for 24V models for proper system operation.
**. Normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large
loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING.
***. Shorter timing applies to 90° stroke.
M9175; M9185; M9186 SERIES MODUTROL IV MOTORS
Reversing, proportional spring-return motors used to operate dampers and valves when used in a
series 90 control circuit. M9185, M9186 replaces M945A, D, F and M955 motors; M9175 replaces
W965 and M975 motors. Integral helical spring returns motor shaft to normal position (full closed
for M9175 and M9185, full open for M9186) on power interruption. Available with fixed or adjustable
stroke. All M9175, M9185 and M9186 motors have an electronic drive circuit. One series 90
controller can drive up to six Modutrol motors using 4074BYK Resistor Bag Assembly or 221508A
Resistor Board. Interface modules available for series 70 (electronic) control. Crankshaft: Doubleended, 3/8” square. UL Listed, CSA Certified.
Temperature Ratings: ambient: -40°F - 150°F @ 25% duty cycle
Auxiliary Switch Ratings: one contact, full load: 7.2A @ 120V, 3.6A @ 240V; 40 VA pilot duty,
120/240 Vac on opposite contact
Electrical Ratings
Order Number
50/60 Hz
W
VA
Torque (lbs/in)
Timing (sec)
Stroke (degrees)
Includes
M9185D4008
24 Vac
23
24
60
60
160
M9185E4005
24 Vac
23
24
60
30 - 60
90 - 160
1 spdt auxiliary switch
*. Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage model shipped with internal transformer.
2. Shorter timing applies for 90° stroke.
3. M9186G drives to full open position when powered with control wiring not connected.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
63
HONEYWELL DAMPER MOTORS
M9184; M9194 SERIES MODUTROL IV MOTORS
Reversing, proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves. Replaces M944A, C,
D and M954 motors. Available with fixed or adjustable stroke. All M9184 motors have an
electronic drive circuit. One series 990 controller can drive up to six Modutrol motors using
4074BYK Resistor Bag Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board Kit. Interface modules available
for series 70 (electronic) control. Crankshaft: Double-ended, 3/8” square. Models available with
tapped (8-32) shafts for Flame Safeguard applications. UL Listed, CSA Certified.
Temperature ratings: Ambient -40°F - 150°F @ 25% duty cycle
Auxiliary switch ratings: one contact, full load: 7.2A @ 120V, 3.6A @ 240V; 40 VA pilot duty,
120/240 Vac on opposite contact
Electrical Ratings
Order Number
@ 50/60 Hz
W
VA Torque (lbs/in)** Timing (sec) Stroke (degrees)
Includes
M9184D4009
24 Vac
18
19
150
30 - 60
90 - 160
220738A adapter bracket to match
height of Mod III motors, 2 cams
M9184E4006
24 Vac
18
19
150
30 - 60
90 - 160
M9194D1003
24 Vac
18
19
300
120 - 240
90 - 160
-
M9484D, E, F SERIES MODUTROL® IV MOTORS
Reversing, proportional motors used to drive burner firing rate valves, dampers, or auxiliary equipment.
Replaces M941A, C, D motors. Designed for flame safeguard applications in commercial and industrial
oil or gas burner systems. Vibration resistant electronic drive circuit. Regulated by 3-wire proportional
controller. Stroke is field selectable to 90°F to 160°F
Dimensions: 7 3/16” (H) x 5 5/8” (W) x 7 5/16” (D)
Crankshaft: Double-ended, 3/8” square
Ambient: -40°F - 130°F @ 25% duty cycle
Switch Ratings (one contact):
Full load: 7.2A @ 120V, 3.6A @ 240V
Locked Rotor: 43.2A @ 120V, 21.6A @ 240V
Electrical Rating: 24V @ 50/60 Hz
Dead Weight Load on Shaft:
Power end: 200 lbs
Auxiliary end: 100 lbs
Order Number
M9484D4006
M9484E4003
M9484F4001
Timing (sec)
90° Stroke 160° Stroke
30
60
30
60
30
60
Torque*
Nominal Running
Breakaway
150
300
150
300
150
300
Auxiliary Switch
0
1
2
Auxiliary Switch Setting
8 degrees
54 degrees and 8 degrees
* Normal running torque. Breakaway torque is 2X normal running torque and is the max. torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as
a seized damper or valve. Motor not to be used continuously at breakaway torque rating.
# Selectable for 10 degrees.
~ Switch set @ 7 degrees, with tapped shaft.
^ Switch set @ 7 degrees and 1 set @ 57 degrees of 90 degree stroke. With tapped shaft.
Q7130; Q7230; Q7330; Q7630 INTERFACE MODULES
For converting series 90 Modutrol IV motors to series 70 (electronic) control.
Mounts in wiring box of any series 90 Modutrol IV motor (M91XX model numbers). Allows for easy,
cost effective system upgrades. Module mates to quick-connect terminals and provides screw
terminals for field-wiring connections. Solid state circuitry with surface-mount components. Plastic
enclosure provides easy handling and protection for circuitry. Reversing switch for replacing models
that rotate counterclockwise with an increase in control signal (electrically NC models).
Order Number
Q7130A1006
Q7330A1004
Q7630A1001
Burnaby
Kitchener
64
Module with Modutrol IV Motor
Module with Modutrol IV Motor When Used With
Replaces These M700 Motors
Replaces These M7000 Motors Modutrol IV Motors
Provides selectable voltage M734H1034, M734H1000, M734H1018,
M7164G1006 M7164G1014
M9164D1009
ranges: 4 - 7, 6 - 9 or 10.5
M734H1026, M734J1015, M734J1031,
M7164G1022 M7164A1009
M9184D1013
- 13.5 Vdc
M734J1023, M734J1056, M734J1007,
M7164A1017 M7164B1007
M9186G1006
M734J1072, M744D1011, M744D1003,
M7184A1005 M7186G1000
M9185D1004
M745G1007, M745P1007
M7185A1001
Provides interface to W936 M734D1004, M734D1012, M734D1038,
M7364A1007 M7364A1015
M9164D1009
control
M744A1006, M744A1014, M745A1003,
M7364A1023 M7384A1003
M9184D1013
M745A1011
M7384A1011 M7385A1002
M9185D1004
M7385A1010
M7685A1009 M7685A1017
M9185D1004
Provides 3-wire 14 - 17 Vdc M745L1027, M745L1035, M745L1043,
M7685A1009 M7685A1041
control with minimum position M745H1006, M745L1001, M745L1019
M7685A1033
capability
Description
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL ACTUATORS
S05 SERIES SPRING RETURN DIRECT COUPLED ACTUATORS
Features: control for air damper applications; brushless DC submotor with electronic stall protection; selfcentering shaft adapter; access cover to facilitate connectivity; metal housing with mechanical end limits; fieldinstallable auxiliary switches; spring return direction field-selectable; hub includes position indicator; manual
winding capability with locking function; models available with combined floating/modulating control in a single
device; models available with adjustable zero and span; models available with line-voltage auxiliary switches;
UL Listed Canada/US and CE compliant; all models are plenum-rated per UL873.
Rated Torque
Return Torque
Stall Torque
Supply
Input
Rotation to
Order Number lb/in
Nm
lb/in
Nm
lb/in
Nm
Control Signal Feedback
Voltage
Impedance
Open
MS4105A1002
44
5
44
5
75
8.8
120 Vac
2 position,
By orientation
+/-10%
SPST
MS7505A2008
44
5
44
5
75
8.8
24 Vac,
(0)2-10 Vdc, 2-10 Vdc
145K ohm By orientation,
+/-20%
floating
by switch
MS8105A1008
44
5
44
5
75
8.5
24 Vac,
2 position,
By orientation
+/-20%
SPST
ML6161; ML7161 DIRECT-COUPLED, NON-SPRING RETURN DAMPER ACTUATORS
Used to control dampers in applications such as variable air volume (VAV) terminal units, and
for mounting on ball valves. Superior A/C synchronous submotor for consistent timing and
actuator longevity. Eliminate need for limit switches or mechanical stops by providing magnetic
coupling. All models include manual declutch lever and bag assembly with two minimum position
setscrews. Mount directly 3/8” or 1/2” square or round damper shaft. Selectable 45°, 60° and 90°
stroke in either clockwise or counterclockwise direction.
Stroke: selectable 45°, 60°, and 90°
Torque: 35 lbs/inch running
Power: 24V @ 60 Hz
Ambient Temperature Range: 32°F - 125°F
Order Number
ML6161A2009
ML6161B2024
ML6161B2032
ML7161A2008
Timing
90 seconds
90 seconds
7 minutes
90 seconds
Control Signal
Spdt floating and two-position
Spdt floating and two-position
Spdt floating and two-position
2 - 10 Vdc or 4 - 20 mA
1. Timing shown is for 90° stroke.
2. For use with T8078 Floating Thermostat in 60° damper applications.
Includes
Replaces
Output for feedback; 4074ENJ assembly; manual declutch lever ML6161A1001
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever
ML7161A1000
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
201052A
205820A
205846
205849A
205856B
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
One spdt auxiliary switch package
3-point mounting kit
Crank-arm accessory
Hub insert, 5/8”, round or square, with set screws
Hub insert, 3/4”, round or square, with retaining ring
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
65
HONEYWELL ACTUATORS
ML6174; ML7174 SERIES NON-SPRING RETURN DIRECTCOUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS
Used to control dampers in applications such as variable air volume (VAV) terminal units; suitable
for use with SPDT floating thermostats, electronic systems; and for mounting on ball valves.
Can be used with commercial zone damper in W7600 commercial zone system. Compatible with
Honeywell W7620 terminal unit controller. Magnetic coupling eliminates the need for mechanical
stops or limit switch adjustments by limiting stall torque to 130 lbs/inch maximum. Mount directly
on 3/8” – 1/2” round and square damper shafts. 90 second timing models are suitable for use with
pressure independent VAV systems. Seven minute timing models are suitable for use with pressure
dependent VAV systems. ML6174 models replace ML6464s.
Approximate Dimensions: 3 3/8” W x 5 9/16” H x 2 1/2” D
Ambient Temperature Ratings: 20°F - 125°F; de-rated timing to -20°F
Power Consumption (maximum @ 24 Vac): ML6174 2.3 W, 0.10A 2.4 VA; ML7174: 5.2W, 0.22A,
5.4 VA Pilot duty: 50 VA, 24 Vac
Order Number
ML6174B2019
ML7174A2001
Torque
(lbs/in)
70
70
Control Mode
Timing (sec)
Control Signal
Includes
Series 60
Series 70
90
90
Spdt floating and two-position
4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever
4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever
ML6984 DIRECT COUPLED VALVE ACTUATOR
The ML6984 is a self-contained, self-adjusting, motorized linkage that mounts directly onto V5011
two-way or V5013 three-way valves and provides up to 25 mm (1”) of linear travel (stem lift). For
use with low voltage 3-wire SPDT Series 20 (on-off); Series 60 (floating) electromechanical (dry
contacts); or electronic (triac output) controllers.
Order Number
Voltage/Hz
ML6984A4000
24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Ambient Temperature
Range (°F)
32 - 131
Mounting
Direct coupled
Electrical
Torque/Force
Connections
Screw terminals 160 lb force
Description
272629A is used with
ML6984A1006 when
replacing V2045A1038
Q298B DAMPER LINKAGE
May be used to link shafts of two dampers together. Includes pushrod, ball joints and bushings
for 1/4” – 1/2” diameter shafts.
Order Number
Q298B1065
Damper Arms
2
Ball Joints
2
Pushrod
1 (24”)
Q605 SERIES DAMPER LINKAGES
Connects Modutrol motor to standard damper or set of dampers to provide control of duct airflow.
Linkages include ball joints, motor crank arm and damper arm for 1/2” diameter shaft.
Order Number
Q605A1070
Damper Arms for
1/2″ Diameter Shaft
External duct mount with bracket
1
Motor Mounting
Ball Joints
2
Motor Crank Arm
Length (in)
2.5
DAMPER PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
Order Number Description
221455A
Adjustable crank arm, 3 3 /8”
26025B
Damper crank arm for 3/8” shaft, elongated slot for linkage connection,
slot scaled for 40-50-60-75-90
26026B
Damper crank arm assembly for 1/2” shaft
26026G
Damper crank arm for 1/2” shaft, elongated slot for linkage connection,
slot scaled for 40-50-60-75-90
27518
Ball joints for 5/16” pushrod
A27520K
Pushrod, 36”
A27520L
Pushrod, 48”
7616BR
Motor crank arm
Burnaby
Kitchener
66
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Use With
Modutrol IV motors
Dampers
Dampers
Q605
Dampers, damper linkages
Dampers
Dampers
Modutrol motors, dampers
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL ACTUATORS
DAMPER PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
RESISTOR KITS
Order Number
4074BYK
4074EDC
Description
Resistor kit
Resistor kit
Use With
Up to 6 Modutrol motors in unison
One M954, M955 motor from a 4-20 mA controller
TRANSFORMERS
Order Number
198162AA
198162EA
Description
Internal transformer, 120/208/240 Vac primary
Internal transformer, 120 Vac primary
Use With
Modutrol IV motors
-
Q5001 SERIES VALVE LINKAGE FOR MODUTROL IV MOTORS
The Q5001 valve linkage connects a Modutrol motor to a 2 or 3-way valve. It is used primarily on
V5011 or V8013 steam and water valves. Q5001 valve linkage is applicable to 2 way or 3 way
valves in modulating or two-position service. Linkage requires no adjustment when used with
Honeywell valves and Modutrol IV motors. Q5001 valve linkage replaces Q601 and Q618 valve
linkages. Linkage mounts directly to the valve bonnet; motor mounts to linkage bracket. Easy-toread position indicator. Valve stem lift height cam selectable. Over travel permits tight close-off
without excessive motor strain. Available brackets make linkages adaptable to many valve bodies.
Models available with 80 lbs, 160 lbs, and 320 lbs stem force. Reversible cams on the Q5001 allow
field selection of normally open or normally closed valve operation. All models have anti-spin. Note:
motor will add up to 2 1/8” to depth. Ambient Temperature Ratings: -40°F - 150°F air temp., -40°F
- 337°F valve bonnet temperature
Stroke: 160 degree rotation for motor Bonnet Connection: Setscrew
Connections: Stem: button and clip
Approximate Dimensions: 5 13/16” x 10 1/4 - 10 1/4” x 8 13/64”
Order Number
Q5001D1000
Q5001D1018
Bonnet Size (in)
138
1 3/8
Stem Force (lbs)
80 - 160
160 - 320
Lift Adjustment (in)
3/4 fixed
3/4 fixed
ELECTRIC ZONE VALVE
Order Number
MV110C1004
MV110S1006
Description
24V, normally closed-functional replacement for MV110C810
24V, normally closed with end switch-functional replacement for MV110S818
Q181 SERIES AUXILIARY POTENTIOMETERS
Control one to four Modutrol (series 90) motor(S) from one master motor.
Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. Mounts on master motor and operates controlled
motors in unison or in sequence. Controls motors with mechanical balance relay and solid state drive
circuit. Use with 24V motors.
Order Number
Q181A1007
Q181A1015
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Number of Motors Controlled
1
2
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Cover
Yes
Yes
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
67
HONEYWELL
Q209 MANUAL POTENTIOMETERS
USED TO LIMIT MINIMUM POSITION OF PROPORTIONING MODUTROL MOTORS
Mounts directly in motor; all wiring is accomplished within motor
wiring compartment. Colour-coded lead wires.
Order Number
Q209A1022
Q209A1030
Q209C1012
Q209E1002
Q209E1010
Q209F1001
Q209F1019
Includes
150 ohm Potentiometer, leadwires and bracket
300 ohm Potentiometer, leadwires and bracket
300 ohm Potentiometer, leadwires and bracket
150 ohm Potentiometer, factory mounted
on a wiring cover box
150 ohm Potentiometer, factory mounted
on a wiring cover box
150 ohm Potentiometer, internally mounted.
Plugs into quick connect terminals on the motor
150 ohm Potentiometer, internally mounted.
Plugs into quick connect terminals on the motor
Used With
M744, M745, M941, M944, M945, M954, M955
M744, M745, M941, M944, M945, M954, M955
M744, M745, M941, M944, M945, M954, M955
-
Q308, Q314 SERIES PILOT BURNERS
Non-primary aerated, insert orifice type pilot burners.
For main burner ignition with Q340 or Q390 thermocouple for pilotstat safety control operation.
Order Number
Q314A3513
Q314A4586
Q314A6094
Q314A6102
Type Of Gas
Natural
Natural, LP
Natural, LP
Natural, LP
Direction of Front Tip
(F) Front
(F) Front
(L) Left
(K) Right
Q327A PILOT BURNERS
Primary-aerated, spud orifice type pilot burners for ramin burner ignition with Q340 or Q390
thermocouple for pilotstat safety control operation. Use with Q313 Thermopile Generator for
750 mV Powerpile applications.
Order Number
Q327A1626
Type of Gas
Natural, LP
Mounting Bracket
B
Includes
Natural gas orifice; LP gas orifice; 1/4” cc inlet fitting
Q310, Q313 REPLACEMENT THERMOPILE GENERATORS
FOR USE WITH PILOT BURNERS Q303, Q305, Q308, Q314, Q324, Q327
For use with pilot burners Q303, Q305, Q314, Q324, Q327. Provide power for a millivolt, self-powered
control system. Eliminate the need for an outside power source. Easy push-in installation. Includes
spade terminals. Individually skin-packed; each unit ordered represents one thermopile generator.
Order Number
Q310B1043
Open Circuit Output
270 - 350 mV
Includes
Terminal block, 39” leads, push-in clip, thermopile attaching nut
FOR USE WITH PILOT BURNERS Q314, Q324, Q327, Q377, Q379, Q382
Order Number
Q313A1188
Q313A1402
Q313B1005
Burnaby
Kitchener
68
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Open Circuit Output
600 - 750 mV
600 - 750 mV
600 - 750 mV
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Includes
35” leads, push-in clip, 1/2” thermopile attaching nut
35” leads, PG9 adapter
35” leads, terminal block
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
Q340/370/390/Y540 SERIES THERMOCOUPLES
HONEYWELL THERMOCOUPLES
Q340 UNIVERSAL 30 MV THERMOCOUPLES
Replaces almost any 30 mV thermocouple. Average operating life of ten years. Add
the 392451-1 or 393200-1 ECO Adapter to hook up a high limit switch in series with
the thermocouple.
Order Number
Q340A1405
Q340A1413
Q340A1421
Q340A1439
Q340A1447
Y540A1004
Y540A1012
Lead Length (in)
18
24
30
36
48
36
24
Q370 SERIES FIREPLACE THERMOCOUPLES
Order Number
Q370A1014
Lead Length (in)
36
Q390 THERMOCOUPLES
Order Number
Q390A1046
Q390A1053
Lead Length (in)
24
30
PILOT TUBING AND FITTINGS
ROBERTSHAW ALUMINUM PILOT TUBING
A 1435 alloy is used with a .035 wall thickness, the tubing is rated at 90 psi with an 11,000 tensile
9,500 yield and a 25% elongation.
Order Number
11-193
Size (in)
1/4
Length (ft)
50
Size (in)
1/4
7/16
Length (ft)
5
5
Description
1/4” tubing size
Quantity per Package
15
TUBING WITH FITTINGS
Order Number
11-293
11-016
4590 SERIES FITTINGS
BREAKAWAY FERRULES
Order Number
4590-069
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
69
HONEYWELL IGNITORS AND SENSORS
Q345A SERIES IGNITER-SENSORS
Non-primary aerated combination pilot burner and igniter. Used with the S86, S860, S8610 or S8670 in
intermittent pilot systems. Includes pilot burner with bracket, ceramic-insulated Kanthal flame rod/spark
igniter and group strap. Temperature Ratings: at electrode tip 1,775°F maximum, at ceramic insulator
1,250°F maximum.
Order Number
Q345A1305
Q345A1313
Q345A1321
Tip Style
Sprays straight
Sprays left
Sprays right
Type of Gas
Natural
Natural
Natural
Mounting Bracket
B
B
B
Includes
1/4” cc inlet fitting
1/4” cc inlet fitting
1/4” cc inlet fitting
Q347A SERIES SPARK IGNITERS
Produces spark for direct ignition of main burner. Consists of inner Kanthal electrode with ceramic
insulator, bracket and Kanthal ground strap. Used with S87C, D, K S89E, F and Q354A.
Electrical Connections: 1/4’ diameter stud for ignition cable
Mounting: (1) 3/16” slot (3) 3/16” untapped screw holes
Maximum Temperature Range (°F)
Electrode Length
Ground Strap
Order Number Spark Gap (in)
Electrode Tip
Ceramic Insulator
bracket to tip (in)
Orientation
Q347A1004
5/32
1,775
1,250
21/32
Standard
IGNITOR FLAME ROD ASSEMBLY
Order Number
Q3400A1024
Q3400A1081
Used With
SV9500, SV9600, Field replacement for Q3450, Q3480 hot surface pilot burner
SV9500, SV9600, Field replacement for Q3450, Q3480 hot surface pilot burner
Q624 SOLID STATE IGNITION TRANSFORMERS; 22042, 101079 IGNITION TRANSFORMERS
IGNITE PILOTS ON COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL GAS BURNERS
Order Number
Voltage (60 Hz)
Maximum Output Voltage
Q624A1014
120 Vac
15,000V Peak
Primary Rating (@ 120 Vac)
66 VA
Q633A PLATE-MOUNTED RELAY RECEPTACLE
FOR INSTALLING R4222, R8222 AND R4228, R8228 RELAYS ON JUNCTION BOXES.
Use with appropriate relay and AT72D1691 SUPER TRADELINE transformer.
Order Number
Q633A1007
Includes
Relay receptacle, cover and eight leadwires
Plate (in)
4x4
Q652 SERIES SOLID STATE SPARK GENERATORS
Used to ignite gun-type oil burners and power gas burners in commercial and industrial applications.
Lightweight, 1 lbs. Includes dial high voltage electrodes for oil applications and a single high voltage
electrode for gas applications. For use only with interrupted gas pilots and oil burners with electrode
spacings between 0.029” and 0.125”. Mount in space used by conventional ignition transformer.
Prevent detection of the ignition spark when properly applied in a flame detection system with the
C7027, C7035 or C7044 Minipeeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector.
Approximate Dimensions: 4.1” x 2.6” x 2” Duty Cycle: 20%, 45 seconds on, 180 sec off
Temperature Ratings: -40°F - 113°F
Order Number
Q652B1006
Burnaby
Kitchener
70
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Electrode
Single
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Fuel
Gas
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Voltage
120V @ 60 Hz
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Output Voltage
14,000 Peak
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Power Consumption (watts)
40
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL FLAME DETECTORS
C554 SERIES CADMIUM SULFIDE FLAME DETECTORS
PHOTOCONDUCTIVE FLAME SENSING DEVICE FOR SEQUENCING OIL BURNER SYSTEMS
On flame failure, the light sensitive cadmium sulfide cell, in conjunction with flame sensing
circuitry, causes the Protectorelay control to shutdown the main oil burner. Two-piece model; cell
plugs in. Use with Protectorelay Oil Primary Controls such as R4166, R4184, R8182, R8184,
R8185 and R8404.
Order Number
Description
C554A1463
30” leadwires
*. See mounting bracket dimensions above.
2. Includes 2 Flag 1/4” quick connects.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Order Number
120320
Description
Replacement cad cell 12.0 mA minimum sensitivity at 2’ candles
C7008 SERIES FLAME RODS AND HOLDERS
Miniature “spark plug” type flame rod holder with threaded base, snap-on cover and Kanthal
A-1 flame rod. Used with Honeywell flame safeguard controls requiring rectification-type flame
detector. For use with gas only. May be used with or without cover. Flame rod may be cut to
desired length. Mounting: 1/4” NPT male. Rajah electrical connector.
Overall Dimensions Without Flame Rod (in)
Order Number
Flame Rod Length (in)
Length
Diameter
C7008A1174
12
3 3/4
7/8
C7008A1182
24
3 3/4
7/8
C7012 SOLID STATE PURPLE PEEPER® ULTRAVIOLET FLAME DETECTORS
Solid state electronic flame detectors for use with appropriate Honeywell relays and amplifiers.
Sense ultraviolet radiation produced by combustion of gas, oil, coal, or other fuels.
Mounting: C7012A,E: Mounting flange with either 3/4” or 1” NPT internal threads
(depending on mode) for attaching to sighting pipe.
C7012C,F: Pipe union with 1” NPT Integral threads for attaching to sighting pipe.
Dimensions: Lead length: 8’ (2.4 m)
Power:
C7012A,C: 2.5W, C7012E,F: 7W
Order Number
Description
C7012E1104
Use only with Dynamic Self Check flame safeguard
controls* Field-replaceable viewing window, ultraviolet
sensing tube, self-checking coil and shutter
Use only with Dynamic Self Check flame safeguard
controls* Field-replaceable viewing window, ultraviolet
sensing tube, self-checking coil and shutter
C7012F1052
Voltage
(50/60 Hz)
120 Vac
Pipe
Mounting (in)
3/4 NPT
120 Vac
1 NPT
Housing
Violet, cast-aluminum
cover**
Explosion-proof violet,
2-piece cast-aluminum
Ratings
Ambient (°F)
20 - 175
20 - 175
*. Dynamic Self Check models are R4138A/B, R4181A, R4126/R4127 with R7256B, R4150 with R7253B, and R4057C/D/E, R4138C/D, or R4140 with R7247C Amplifier.
**. Mounting flange (with heat block) and faceplate are separate to provide heat insulation and seal-off. Meets NEMA 4 standards.
C7027A SERIES MINIPEEPER ULTRAVIOLET FLAME DETECTORS
Compact flame detectors for use with RA890G, R7023C, R7795A, and C, R4075, R4138, R4140,
BC7000, BCS7700 and 7800 Series flame safeguard controls with ultraviolet amplifiers, mounts
on a 1/2” sighting pipe by using an integral collar, wires in parallel for difficult sighting applications,
seals against pressure as high as 5 psi when correctly installed, allows for blast tube mounting due
to compact size.
Order Number
C7027A1023
C7027A1031
C7027A1049
C7027A1064
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Ambient Temperature Range (°F)
0 - 215
-40 - 215
0 - 215
-40 - 215
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Lead Length (ft)
6
6
6
24
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
71
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
RA890 SERIES PROTECTORELAY PRIMARY CONTROLS
RA890F STANDARD MODELS
Non-programming primary control provides solid state, electronic flame safeguard protection for
industrial and commercial single or dual fuel burners. With isolated SPDT alarm terminals.
Seconds
Order Number
Voltage
Safety Switch Timing
Flame Failure Response Time*
RA890F1338
120V @ 50/60 Hz
30
0.8
RA890F1346
120V @ 50/60 Hz
30
3.0
RA890F1353
240V @ 50/60 Hz
30
0.8
RA890F1379
240V @ 50/60 Hz
15
0.8
RA890F1247
120V
30
3.0
RA890F SERIES 2, ALARM
Order Number
RA890F1270
RA890F1288
Voltage
120V @ 50/60 Hz
120V @ 50/60 Hz
Safety Switch Timing
15
15
Seconds
Flame Failure Response Time
0.8
3.0
Safety Switch Timing
15
15
15
Seconds
Flame Failure Response Time
0.8
3.0
3.0
Safety Switch Timing
15
Seconds
Flame Failure Response Time
2.5
RA890G SERIES 3
Order Number
RA890G1229
RA890G1260
RA890G1286
Voltage
120V @ 50/60 Hz
120V @ 50/60 Hz
240V @ 50/60 Hz
RA890H, RA890J SERIES
Order Number
RA890H1052
Voltage
120V
* 3 second response is recommended for nonrecycling ignition cutoff service.
^ For use with flame rods, rectifying photocells and C7012A,C Purple Peeper Ultraviolet Flame Detectors.
~ Used for interrupted ignition with intermittent pilot on gas burners; interrupted or intermittent ignition on oil burners. Uses C7027,
C7035 or MInipeeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector for flame sensing.
NOTE: Installation, also specify Q270A1024 base.
121708; 123514; 203659 FLAME SIMULATORS
Features: heavy duty handle with built-in lift hook; heavy duty cast body; wide-mouth oil reservoir port for easier filling
that doubles as pump exhaust; large sight glass for easy oil monitoring; large oil drain valve; metal with high resiliency
rubber foot pads for added stability and skid resistance; built-in vacuum indicator gauge.
Use With
Order Number Description
Plug-In Amplifier Model
Flame Safeguard Controls
123514A
Rectification (test jack in G circuit)
R4075B; R4181A
R4138A, B
R8169B
R7253A (green)
R4126, R4127
R7257A (green)
R4150
R7247A (green)
Q518A, Q519A multiburner modules R4075C, D, E; R4138C,
D; R4140; BC7000
123514B
Ultraviolet (minipeeper flame detectors)
RA890G
R7290A (purple)
R4795
R7255A (purple)
R4126, R4127
R7259A (purple)
R4150; Q518A, Q519A multiburner modules
R7249A (purple)
R4075C, D, E; R4138C, D; R4140; BC7000
Burnaby
Kitchener
72
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
RA890H SELF-CHECKING PROTECTORELAY CONTROLS
PROVIDES SOLID STATE, ELECTRONIC, FLAME SAFEGUARD PROTECTION
Non programming, self-checking primary controls for intermittent pilot applications. For use on
industrial and commercial single or dual fuel burners. May be used for continuous (standing) pilots
only if an automatic (electrically operated) pilot valve is used, and the pilot is shut down and reignited
prior to burner start; cannot be used for interrupted pilot applications without external circuitry.
Rectifying flame rod is recommended. Can be used with rectifying photocell or C7012A, C Purple
Peeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector.
Order Number
RA890H1052
Description
Directly replaces most RA890B,C,E,F models; mounts on same Q270A subbase
Voltage (50/60 Hz)
120 Vac
* 3 second response is recommended for nonrecycling ignition cutoff service.
^ For use with flame rods, rectifying photocells and C7012A,C Purple Peeper Ultraviolet Flame Detectors.
~ Used for interrupted ignition with intermittent pilot on gas burners; interrupted or intermittent ignition on oil burners. Uses C7027, C7035 or MInipeeper Ultraviolet Flame
Detector for flame sensing.
NOTE: Installation, also specify Q270A1024 base.
FSP1535 TESTER
Provides quick operational check of Honeywell RA890 or R4795 non-programming primary
controls. Includes indicator lights that visually represent functions of ignition, pilot and main valve
as unit as unit simulates system operation. Eliminates need to operate entire system. Tests units
with rated voltage 100-240V, 50/60 Hz by connecting line cord to the rated voltage.
Order Number
FSP1535
Voltage
120 Vac
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Used With
RA890, R4795
R182, R482, R882 HYDRONIC SWITCHING RELAYS
ENCLOSED INTERMEDIATE RELAYS
Switch
Control Coil Voltage Relay Coil
Action
Circuit
(50/60 Hz)
Current
24V thermostat control of line voltage devices 120 Vac
dpdt 2- or 3-wire
24 Vac
0.35A
Controlled by a line voltage controller
120 Vac
dpdt
2-wire
120 Vac
0.07A
Controlled by a line voltage controller
208/240 Vac dpdt
2-wire
208/240 Vac
0.04A
Order Number Application
R182C1051
R482C1071
R482C1089
50/60 Hz
RA19A, RA89A, C, RA832A, R845A HYDRONIC SWITCHING RELAYS
Provides intermediate switching of a line voltage device from a low voltage controller. Integral transformer
provides voltage power for control circuit.
Order Number Application
RA89A1116
RA832A1082
For switching one line voltage load
For switching two line voltage loads
having a common power source
50/60 Hz
Switch Action
120
120
spst
dpst: one pole line
voltage, the other low
voltage or millivoltage
Control
Coil
Current
Circuit Voltage
2-wire
24
0.40A
2-wire
24
0.40A
CONTRACT RATINGS
Contract Ratings
Full Load
Locked Rotor
Resistive
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
RA19A, RA89A
120 Vac
240 Vac
10.2A
5.1A
61.2A
30.6A
10.0A
6.0A
RA832A*, ~, R845A~, ^
120 Vac
240 Vac
7.4A
3.7A
44.4A
22.2A
10.0A
6.0A
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Calgary
North Bay
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
RA89C
120 Vac
8.0A
-
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
240 Vac
4.0A
-
306.373.9227
73
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
R841 SERIES ELECTRIC HEATING RELAYS
Use with two-wire, 24 Vac thermostat to control electric heating equipment such as baseboard,
ceiling cable and duct heaters.
Order Number
R841C1144
R841C1169
R841D1028
Switch
Action
1 spst
1 spst
1 spst
Voltage
50/60 Hz
347V
208/240V
24V
Heat Anticipator
Current
0.2A
0.2A
0.2A
Description
With integral transformer
With integral transformer
Controls one load, requires external 24V transformer
Electrical Ratings: Full Load: 14A @ 120 Vac, 7A @ 208/240/277 Vac. Resistive: 22A @ 120/208/240 Vac; 19A @ 277 Vac.
Includes: 1/2” male conduit bushing.
R7289, R7290 SERIES FLAME SAFEGUARD AMPLIFIERS
Solid state, plug-in units allow use of rectification or ultraviolet flame detection. Use with R4795A, D
Flame Safeguard Primary controls and appropriate flame detector.
Order Number
R7289A1004
R7289A1012
R7289A1020
R7290A1001
R7290A1019
R7290A1027
Failure
Response
Rectification (green)
3.0
Rectification (green)
0.8
Rectification (green)
3.0
Ultraviolet (purple)
3.0
Ultraviolet (purple)
0.8
Ultraviolet (purple)
3.0
Type
Use with
Rectifying photocell, flame rod or C7012A, C Purple Peeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector
Rectifying photocell, flame rod or C7012A, C Purple Peeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector
Rectifying photocell, flame rod or C7012A, C Purple Peeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector
Use with C7027A, C7035A or C7044A Minipeeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector
Use with C7027A, C7035A or C7044A Minipeeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector
Use with C7027A, C7035A or C7044A Minipeeper Ultraviolet Flame Detector
R4795 SERIES PRIMARY CONTROLS
Provides solid state, electronic flame safeguard protection for commercial and industrial single
or dual fuel burners. Use with rectification or ultraviolet type flame detectors depending on the
interchangeable, plug-in amplifier being used. Recycles once after flame failure to re-establish
pilot before lockout. Include manual push-to-reset safety switch in a dust-resistant enclosure.
Includes SPDT alarm contacts.
Required Components (Order Separately)
Voltage
Alarm
Plug-In
Order Number
Mounting Base
Plug-in Purge Timer
50/60 Hz) Contacts (spdt)
Amplifier
R4795A1016
120
Yes
Q270A1024 permits
1, 2, 4, or 5 ST71A1000, 7 seconds; ST71A1042, 10 seconds;
recessed or surface
ST71A1018, 30 seconds; ST71A1026, 60
mounting
seconds; ST71A1034, 90 seconds
R4795A1040
220
Yes
Q270A1024 permits
1, 2, 4, or 5 ST71A1000, 7 seconds; ST71A1042, 10 seconds;
recessed or surface
ST71A1018, 30 seconds; ST71A1026, 60
mounting
seconds; ST71A1034, 90 seconds
Burnaby
Kitchener
74
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
R78 SERIES FLAME SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator, and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
R7847A1025
Rectification
Plug-In Flame Signal Amplifiers
Failure
Colour Self-Checking
Response
(sec)
Green
No
0.8 or 1.0
R7847A1033
Rectification
Green
No
2.0 or 3.0
Gas, oil, coal
R7847B1023
Rectification
Green
Dynamic
Ampli-Check®
0.8 or 1.0
Gas
R7847B1031
Rectification
Green
Dynamic
Ampli-Check®
2.0 or 3.0
Oil
R7848B1006
Infrared
Red
2.0 or 3.0
Gas, oil, coal
R7849A1015
R7849A1023
R7849B1021
Ultraviolet
Ultraviolet
Ultraviolet
Purple
Purple
Purple
Dynamic
Ampli-Check®
No
No
Dynamic
Ampli-Check®
0.8 or 1.0
2.0 or 3.0
2.0 or 3.0
Gas, oil
Gas, oil
Gas, oil
Order Number
Type
Applicable Flame Detectors
Fuel
Type
Gas
Models
Rectifying flame rod
C7004, C7007, C7011*,
holder
complete assemblies: C7008,
C7009, Q179
Ultraviolet (purple
C7012, C
peeper)
Rectifying flame rod
C7004, C7007, C7011*,
holder
complete assemblies: C7008,
C7009, Q179
Rectifying flame rod
C7004, C7007, C7011*,
holder, photocell~, complete assemblies: C7008,
or ultraviolet (purple C7009, Q179, C7003, C7010,
peeper)
C7013, C7014, C7012A, C
Infrared (lead sulfide)
C7015
Ultraviolet (minipeeper)
Ultraviolet (minipeeper)
Ultraviolet (minipeeper)
C7027, C7035, C7044^
C7027, C7035, C7044^
C7027, C7035, C7044^
R7247, R7248, R7249, R7476 FLAME SAFEGUARD AMPLIFIERS
Solid state plug-in units respond to flame detector signal and indicate presence of flame. For use
with BC7000, R4140, R4075C, D, E and R4138C, D safeguard controls and appropriate flame
detector and FSP5075A1, FSP5075A3 flame amplifier modules.
Plug-in Flame Signal Amplifiers
Applicable Flame Detectors
Order Number
Type
Amplifier
Self-Checking
Colour
Failure
Response
(sec)
2-4
Fuel
Type
Models
Gas
Rectifying Flame Rods
Rectifying Flame Rods
Holders*: C7004, C7007,
complete assemblies: C7005,
C7008, C7009, Q179
Holders*: C7004, C7007,
complete assemblies: C7005,
C7008, C7009, Q179
C7012E or F
R7247A1005
Rectification
Green
No
R7247B1003
Rectification
Green
Dynamic
Self-Check^
2-4
Gas
R7247C1001
Rectification
Green
2-4
Gas, oil, coal
R7248A1004
R7249A1003
Infrared
Ultraviolet
Red
Purple
Dynamic
Self-Check^
No
No
2-4
2-4
Ultraviolet (Purple
Peeper)
Gas, oil, coal Infrared (lead sulfide)
Gas, oil, coal Ultraviolet (Minipeeper)
C7015
C7027, C7035
* Order flame rod separately. See instruction sheet for holder.
^ Dynamic Self-Check circuitry tests all electronic components in flame detection system (amplifier and detector) 60 to 240 times a minute during burner operation and shuts
down burner if detection system fails.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
75
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
R7258 SERIES FLAME SAFEGUARD AMPLIFIER
ALLOWS USE OF RECTIFICATION, INFRARED AND ULTRAVIOLET FLAME DETECTION
Solid state, plug-in units used with Q518, Q519 and W688A Flame Safeguard Multiburner modules and
appropriate flame detectors. Flame failure response time: 3 seconds (nominal).
Order Number Detection Type / Colour Code
R7258A1001
Infrared (red)
For Use With
C7015 infrared (lead sulfide) flame detector (for gas, oil, or coal)
ST7800A SERIES PLUG-IN PURGE TIMER CARDS
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge Card. Options include
Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First Out Expanded Annunciator, and ZM7800
Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or
semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics.
Order Number
ST7800A1021
ST7800A1039
ST7800A1054
ST7800A1062
Prepurge Time (sec)
10
30
60
90
R7795 SERIES PRIMARY CONTROLS
Provides solid state, electronic, flame safeguard protection for commercial and industrial single or dual
fuel burners. Includes flame signal amplifiers that are colour coded: purple for ultraviolet and green for
rectification. Requires a plug-in prepurge timer of 1.5, 7, 10, 30, 60 or 90 seconds. Mount on a Q795A
Wiring Subbase with two captive screws. Include line voltage airflow switch to prove airflow from the
start of prepurge through the run period. Prevent start-up with lockout if flame or a flame simulating
failure exists. Require manual reset after safety switch lockout. Field-selectable recycle or lockout on
flame failure.
Order Number
R7795A1001
Voltage
Pilot
(50/60 Hz) Function
120
Intermittent
R7795B1009
R7795C1007
R7795D1005
Burnaby
Kitchener
76
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
120
120
120
Intermittent
Interrupted
Interrupted
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Flame Detection System
Plug-in Prepurge Timer
(Order Separately)
Type
Use with Sensor
Number
Seconds
Mounting Subbase
U.V.
C7027A, C7035A
Minipeeper
ST795A1007
1.5
Q795A1004 (4 sides)
ST795A1015
ST795A1023
ST795A1031
ST795A1049
ST795A1056
ST795A1007
7
10
30
60
90
1.5
Q795A1012 (No Sides)
ST795A1015
ST795A1023
ST795A1031
ST795A1049
ST795A1056
ST795A1007
7
10
30
60
90
1.5
Q795A1012 (No Sides)
ST795A1015
ST795A1023
ST795A1031
ST795A1049
ST795A1056
ST795A1007
7
10
30
60
90
1.5
Q795A1012 (No Sides)
ST795A1015
ST795A1023
ST795A1031
ST795A1049
ST795A1056
7
10
30
60
90
Q795A1012 (No Sides)
Rectification
U.V.
Rectification
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Flame rod, rectifying
photocells, C7012A,C
C7027A, C7035A
Minipeeper
Flame rod, rectifying
photocell, C7012A,C
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Required Components
(Order Separately)
Q795A1004 (4 sides)
Q795A1004 (4 sides)
Q795A1004 (4 sides)
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
R7795 SERIES PRIMARY CONTROLS
REQUIRED COMPONENTS
Order Number
Q795A1004
Q795A1012
ST795A1007
ST795A1015
ST795A1023
ST795A1031
ST795A1049
ST795A1056
Description
4 sided subbase
Open sided subbase for panel mounting
1.5 second plug-in purge timer
7 second plug-in purge timer
10 second plug-in purge timer
30 second plug-in purge timer
60 second plug-in purge timer
90 second plug-in purge timer
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
198365A
198365B
Description
Remote reset cover (Series 1)
Remote reset cover (Series 2)
R8330D ELECTRIC FURNACE SEQUENCER
One control switches a fan and up to 3 elements on and off in sequence. Isolated fan
switch has positive interlock to assure fan is on when the element is on and fan is off when
the last element is off. Replaces any of the fan models in our line and many competitive
devices. Combination rating on the first element switch allows replacing devices having fan
and first element controlled by the same switch without rewiring furnace. Auxiliary switch
controls a second R8330 in applications with more than three elements. Timings meet EEINEMA and ARI 280 standards.
Cycle Time
Order Number Stages Switches
ON
OFF
Voltage
Pilot Duty Rating
Includes
R8330D1039
3
4
2 mins
4 mins 0.4A @ 24 Vac 62.5 VA @ 24 Vac
Mounting hardware, terminal adapter,
replacement quick-connects, jumper leadwires
UL Listed. CSA Certified.
PROTECTORELAY
One-piece, stack-mounted oil burner primary control that cycles the burner on and shut down the
burner on flame loss or system malfunction.
Order Number Description
RA116A1063
Intermittent ignition, use with 2 or 3 wire thermostat, ignition rating of 360 VA, 120V input
RM7800E,G,L,M PROGRAMMERS
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Seconds
(PFEP) Pilot Flame
(MFEP) Main Flame
Order Number
Description
Postpurge
Establishing Period
Establishing Period
RM7800G1018
Automatic programming control
4 or 10
10, 15 or intermittent
15
with display; 60 Hz
RM7800L1012
Automatic programming control
4 or 10
10, 15 or intermittent
15
with display; 50/60 Hz
RM7800M1011
Automatic programming control
4 or 10
10 or intermittent
15
with display; 60 Hz
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Replaces
BC7000L; PM720G
BC7000L; PM720L
BC7000L; PM720M
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
77
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
7800 SERIES BURNER CONTROLS
MICROPROCESSOR BASED INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM FOR GAS, OIL OR COMBINATION FUEL SINGLE BURNER APPLICATION
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number Description
RM7838A1014 Semi-automatic industrial primary relay module with display, 60 Hz
RM7890A1015 Automatic primary control w/4 or 10 second PFEP, recycle or lockout on flame failure, and 5 leds,
includes dust cover, 60 Hz
RM7895A1014 Primary control with intermittent pilot, selectable 4 or 10 second PFEP, lockout or recycle on flame
failure and loss of airflow, 5 leds, includes dust cover, 60 Hz
RM7895C1012 Interrupted primary relay module without AFSC, 60 Hz
RM7840G1014 Automatic programming control w/o display, 60 Hz
RM7840M1017 Automatic programming control w/o display, 60 Hz
RM7800G1018 Automatic programming control with display, 60 Hz
RM7800L1002 Automatic programming control with display, 60 Hz
RM7800M1011 Automatic programming control with display, 60 Hz
Q7800A1005 Universal wiring subbase, plastic panel mount
Q7800B1003 Universal wiring subbase, metal Burner mount
R7847A1025 Rectification amp: .8 second flame failure response time
R7847A1033 Rectification amp: 3 second flame failure response time
R7847B1031 Rectification amp: 3 second flame failure response time
R7847C1005 Dynamic self-check rectification amp: 3 second flame failure response time
R7848A1008 Infrared amp: 3 second flame failure response time
R7848B1006 Dynamic Ampli-Check™ infrared amp: 3 second flame failure response time
R7849A1023 Ultra-violet amp: 3 second flame failure response time
R7849B1021 Dynamic Ampli-Check™ UV amp: 3 seconds
ST7800A1005 Purge timer: 2 seconds
ST7800A1013 Purge timer: 7 seconds
ST7800A1021 Purge timer: 10 seconds
ST7800A1039 Purge timer: 30 seconds
ST7800A1047 Purge timer: 40 seconds
ST7800A1054 Purge timer: 60 seconds
ST7800A1062 Purge timer: 90 seconds
ST7800A1070 Purge timer: 2.5 minutes
ST7800A1146 Purge timer: 30 minutes
S7800A1001 Keyboard display module
S7810A1009 Remote mounting of keyboard display module, personal computer communications interface and
remote reset. Used with 7800 Series relay modules
S7820A1007 Remote reset module to reset 7800 Series relay module
S7830A1005 W5” x H5” x D31/32”, first-out expanded annunciator
Q7700A1014 W9” x H8” x D4 7/8”, communication interface base unit
QS7800A1001 Communication interface control bus module
A7800A1002 Tester
DSP2672
Demonstrator
Replaces
R4138A, C
R7795C, D
R4140G
R4140M
BC7000 & PM720G
BC7000 & PM720L
BC7000 & PM720M
R7247C
R7248A
R7248B
-
Q7700 NETWORK INTERFACE UNIT
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number
Q7700A1014
Burnaby
Kitchener
78
WxHxD
Electrical Ratings
9 x 8 x 4 7/8
Voltage and Frequency:
120 Vac (+10/-15%), 60
Hz (+/-10%) ControlBus
Communication: RS485
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Signal
Direct Terminal Hookup
Characteristics
RS232C Port 25 “D” pin connector:
Telephone
RS232C Connection, PINS 1
Local communications RJ11 6-position Phase Shift Ground: Protective. 2 Transmit
two-wire standard telephone jack:
Keying (PSK) Data (TD) 3 Receive Data (RD)
Remote communications
1200 baud
7 Ground: Signal
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Electrical Connectors
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
RM7838 SERIES SEMI-AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMER
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number
Description
RM7838A1014
Semi-automatic industrial primary relay module with display, 60 Hz
Pilot Flame Establishing
Period (PFEP - seconds)
4 or 10
Replaces
R4138A, C
RM7840E, G, M PROGRAMMERS
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Seconds
Pilot Flame Establishing
Main Flame Establishing
Order Number Description
Postpurge
Period (PFEP)
Period (MFEP)
RM7840G1014 Relay module without display, 60 Hz
4 or 10
10, 15 or intermittent
15
RM7840M1017 Relay module without display, 60 Hz
4 or 10
10, 15 or intermittent
15
Replaces
R4140G
R4140M
RM7890A, B PRIMARY CONTROLS
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number
Description
RM7890A1015
RM7890B1014
Automatic primary relay module
Automatic primary relay module, shutter drive
Pilot Flame Establishing Period
(PFEP - seconds)
4, 10 or 30
4 or 10
Replaces*
RA890F,G,H
RA890F,G,H
RM7895A, C FULL FUNCTION PRIMARY CONTROLS
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Flame Period
Order Number Description
RM7895A1014 Intermittent primary relay module
RM7895C1020 Intermittent primary relay module with delayed main valve, fixed
10 second PFEP, termination of spark upon detection of flame
Pilot
Main
4 or 10
4 or 10
No
10
Airflow Switch
Check (AFSC)
No
No
Replaces*
R7795A,B
R7795C,D
Q7800A,B 22-TERMINAL UNIVERSAL WIRING SUBBASES
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator, and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semi-automatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number
Q7800A1005
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Universal wiring subbase, panel mounting
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
79
HONEYWELL FLAME SAFEGUARD
S7800 SERIES KEYBOARD DISPLAY MODULES
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number*
S7800A1001
Description
Keyboard display module.
S7810A DATA CONTROLBUS MODULE
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number Description
S7810A1009
Data ControlBus™ module with 203541 ControlBus™ 5-wire electrical connector.
Used With
7800 Series relay modules
S7820A REMOTE RESET MODULE
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number Description
S7820A1007
Remote reset module to reset 7800 Series relay module with 203541 ControlBus™
5-wire electrical connector.
Used With
7800 Series relay modules
S7830A FIRST-OUT EXPANDED ANNUNCIATOR
The RM7800 series consists of a Relay Module, Subbase, Amplifier, Display Module and Purge
Card. Options include Communication Interface, Control Bus Module, Remote Display Module, First
Out Expanded Annunciator and ZM7800 Software Manager. Mutual approved (pending). Functions
provided by the RM7800 series include automatic or semiautomatic burner sequencing, flame
supervision, system status indication, system or self diagnostics and troubleshooting aid.
Order Number Description
S7830A1005
Monitors series string of limit, control and interlock contacts for commercial/industrial
burners.
Use with
7800 Series relay modules and
Q7800A,B subbases
ST71 PLUG-IN PURGE TIMERS
Field replaceable to increase flexibility, for use with R4795.
Temperature Ratings: -20 – 115 °F @ 50 Hz, -20 – 125°F @ 60 Hz
Order Number
ST71A1018
Burnaby
Kitchener
80
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Purge Timing (sec)
30
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL IGNITION CONTROL MODULES
S8610U UNIVERSAL INTERMITTENT PILOT MODULE
Field service replacement for most Honeywell, Robertshaw, Johnson and UTEC (HSC)
intermittent pilot ignition modules. Provides electronic control of most intermittent pilot ignition
systems used on gas-fired furnaces, boilers and other heating appliances. Replaces most of the
following intermittent pilot modules: Honeywell S86, S90, S8600 and S8610; Robertshaw SP715,
SP715A, SP735, SP735A, SP735L; Johnson GSA, G60, G65, G67, G600, G770.
Order Number
S8610U3009
Maximum Shutoff
Features
Time (sec)
Configurable to 100% pilot gas shutoff and lockout on loss of pilot flame. Includes remote reset, automatic vent damper plug.
15 or 90 sec
Use in systems with combination igniter-sensor (single rod or sense) or separate igniter and sensor (dual rod
or remote sense)
S87 SERIES DIRECT SPARK IGNITION MODULES
Provides electronic control of direct spark ignition systems used on gas furnaces, boilers, and other
heating appliances. Control ignition sequence and gas control operation. Generate high voltage potential
for main burner ignition. Lockout after one trial for ignition if main burner fails to ignite. Reset from
thermostat after lockout. Use modules (except S97C) with any combination gas control designed for direct
spark applications and rated at 2.0A or less.
S87B1016
S87B1024
S87C1014
Lockout
Timing
11
21
11
S87C1030
21
S87D1012
11
S87K1016
6
Order Number
Description
Use With
Uses a single electrode for spark ignition and flame sensing. Includes optional alarm output
Uses a single electrode for spark ignition and flame sensing. Includes optional alarm output
Uses separate electrodes for spark ignition and flame sensing. For use only with Honeywell
gas controls designed for DSI application. For direct replacement of S825C
Uses separate electrodes for spark ignition and flame sensing. For use only with Honeywell
gas controls designed for DSI application. For direct replacement of S825C
Uses separate electrodes for spark ignition and flame sensing. Includes optional alarm output.
For direct replacement of S825C, D
Dual rod, 30 second prepurge
Q347A Spark Igniter
Q347A Spark Igniter
Q347A Spark Igniter and
Q354A Flame Sensor
Q347A Spark Igniter and
Q354A Flame Sensor
Q347A Spark Igniter and
Q354A Flame Sensor
-
Other components needed for a complete DSI system:
—Q347 Spark Igniter.
—Q354 Flame Sensor (S87C,D,K systems only).
—VR8205 or VR8305 Combination Gas Control, or any 24 Vac dual valve rated at 2.0A or less and designed for DSI applications; S87C requires a Honeywell combination
gas control designed for DSI applications.
—24 Vac thermostat.
—High limit temperature controller.
—24V transformer.
S8910U UNIVERSAL HOT SURFACE IGNITION MODULE
The S9200U1000 can be used with conventional thermostats as well as the EnviraCOM enabled
VisionPRO IAQ and FocusPRO. The S9200U1000 Universal Integrated Furnace Control is
intended for residential natural or liquid propane fueled furnaces only. Main burner ignition using a
120V hot surface igniter. Flame rectification circuit to monitor flame presence.
Order Number
S8910U1000
Surface Igniter (Vac)
120
Provides
One or three ignition trials
Rectification Type Flame Sensing
Local (single rod), remote (dual rod)
Temperature Range (°F)
-40° to 175° F
S9200U1000 UNIVERSAL HOT SURFACE IGNITION INTEGRATED FURNACE CONTROL
The S9200U1000 can be used with conventional thermostats as well as the EnviraCOM enabled
VisionPRO IAQ and FocusPRO. The S9200U1000 Universal Integrated Furnace Control is
intended for residential natural or liquid propane fueled furnaces only. Main burner ignition using a
120V hot surface igniter. Flame rectification circuit to monitor flame presence.
Order Number
S9200U1000
Burnaby
Kitchener
Surface Igniter (Vac)
Provides
Rectification Type Flame Sensing Temperature Range (°F)
120
Three, two tries if flame is not sensed
Remote sense only
-40° to 175° F
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
81
HONEYWELL ELECTRONIC FAN TIMERS
ST9101; ST9103; ST9120; ST9141 SERIES ELECTRONIC FAN TIMERS
Central appliance wiring point simplifies appliance assembly and service. Fixed or filed-adjustable
heat fan on delay; field-adjustable heat fan off delay.
Order Number
ST9103A1002
ST9120U1003
ST9120G4038
Description
A single circuit board providing
combustion air blower control, two speed
circulating air blower control, oil primary
control, limit circuit inputs, thermostat
wiring terminations, and central appliance
wiring point for an oil fixed furnace
Electronic Fan Timer with 30 fixed heat
fan on, adjustable heat fan off, fixed 4
second cool fan on and 100 second cool
fan off
Integrates control of combustion blower
and circulating fan operations in a gas
warm air appliance
Replaces
ST9103A1002
Application
Multi position oil furnace*
Integrates control of
ST9120C3000, ST9120C4008,
ST9120G2008, ST9120G2016, combustion blower and
ST9120G2024, ST9120G4004, circulating fan operations
for a gas warm air
ST9120G4012, ST9120G4038,
appliance
ST9120B1005, ST9101A1006,
ST9101A1014, ST9120A2004,
ST9101A1022, ST9120C1012,
ST9120B1020, ST9120C2002,
ST9120C2010, ST9120C2028,
ST9120C3018, ST9120C4040,
ST9120C4057, ST9120C5005,
ST9120C5013, ST9120D3009,
ST9120G2032
ST9120C3000, ST9120C4008, Heil/Tempstar/Acroaire/
ST9120C4016, ST9120C4040, Comfortmaker/Skymark
ST9120G2008, ST9120G2016, gas furnaces and rooftop
applications
ST9120G2024, ST9120G4004,
ST9120G4012, ST9120G4038.
* These applications are distributed under multiple brand names.
Important: These controls are configured for application to specific appliance models. They are intended for direct replacement of OEM installed controls only - see order table.
Do not attempt to apply these controls except as a direct replacement for the specific Honeywell models noted in the order table. Follow the wiring diagram located on the appliance
when replacing these controls. Set the heat fan on and off delay switches to the same settings as the settings on the replaced control, or according to the appliance table.
HONEYWELL THERMOSTATS
THERMOSTATIC RADIATOR VALVE CONTROLLERS
Order Number
T100B1035
T104A1040
T104B1038
T104B1046
T104C1036
Burnaby
Kitchener
82
Control Range (°F)
48 - 79
48 - 79
48 - 79
48 - 79
48 - 79
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Use with Valve
V100
V110
V110
-
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Description
Remote sensor, remote setpoint, one 2M capillary, replacement for T100B1019
Direct mount, integral sensor replaces T104A154, T104-251, T104-351
Remote mount, 2M (6’ 8”) capillary, replaces T104B152, T104Z-2512
Remote mount, remote setpoint, 5M (16’) capillary, replaces T104B160, T104Z-2515
Remote mount, double capillaries 1.4M (4’ 6”) each, replaces T104C144, T104ZC-251
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL ZONE VALVES
V4044 SERIES LINE VOLTAGE ZONE VALVES
On-off and diverting valves consist of an actuator motor and valve assembly for controlling the flow
of hot or cold water and some models for steam. Manual opener (on all models, except straightthrough, normally open valves) for valve operation on power failure; valve returns to automatic
position when power is restored. All models may be installed without disassembling the valve.
Compact construction for easy installation. Complete actuator may be removed or replaced without
breaking line connections or draining the system. Motor may be replaced without the valve body or
draining the system. Suitable for heating and cooling applications.
Order Number
V4044A1001
1. Steam only.
Valve Body Pattern
2-position diverting
2. Bottom inlet.
De-energized position
Port A normally closed
Flow Capacity Rating
4.0 Cv
3. Includes integral spdt changeover Aquastat controller.
Pipe Connections
1/2 sweat
Control Circuit
3.4 kV
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR ZONE VALVES
Order Number
272704B
40003918-002
Description
Zone valve adapter 3/4” sweat; 2/package
Zone valve head assembly adapter kit
V8043, V8044 SERIES LOW VOLTAGE ZONE VALVES
On-off and diverting low voltage valves consist of an actuator valve assembly for controlling
the flow of hot water and some models for steam. Complete power head may be removed or
replaced without breaking line connections or draining the system. Motor may be replaced
without removing the valve body or draining the system.
Order Number
V8043C1033
V8043C1058
V8043D1031
V8043D1064
V8043D1080
V8043D1156
V8043F1119
V8043F1135
V8043G1018
V8043G1026
V8043G1034
V8043G1109
V8043G1133
Valve Body Pattern De-Energized Position
Straight-through
Normally open
Straight-through
Normally closed
Straight-through
Normally open
Straight-through
Normally open
Straight-through
Normally open
Straight-through
Normally open
Straight-through
Normally closed
Straight-through
Normally closed
Straight-through
Normally closed
Straight-through
Normally closed
Straight-through
Normally closed
Straight-through
Normally closed
Straight-through
Normally closed
1. Order fittings separately (4074EJA, 4074EJB, 4074EJC).
3. Includes 6 sweat fittings (2 ea. 4074EHP, 4074EHM, 4074EHN).
5. Steam only.
Flow Capacity Rating
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
3.5 Cv 3.0 kV
Pipe Connections (in)
1/2 OD flare
3/4 sweat
3/4 NPT
3/4 sweat
1/2 OD flare
1/2 sweat
1 sweat
3/4 sweat
3/4 sweat
1 sweat
1/2 OD flare
3/4 NPT
1/2 OD flare
2. Includes end switch: Running 4.4A, Inrush 26.4A.
4. Terminal block connector.
6. Includes integral spdt changeover Aquastat controller.
Control Circuit
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
24 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Order Number
272708B
40003916-011
40003916-012
40003916-013
Description
Adapter, inverted flare to 3/4” sweat, for inverted flare V8043 valves, replaces 272594A
Replacement head assembly, removable head style, 24V 50/60 Hz, normally closed, 2–18” leads, w/strain relief,
less adaptor kit, for V8043Z/C. Replaces 272772EAB when used with 40003918-002
Replacement head assembly, removable head style, 24V 50/60 Hz, closed, 4–18” leads, w/strain relief, with auxiliary sw,
less adaptor kit, for V8043E1, replaces 272772EAB when used with 40003918-002
Replacement head assembly, removable head style, 24V 50/60 Hz, normally closed, w/terminal board, less adaptor kit, for
V8043F. Replaces 272772FAB when used with 40003918-002
V4046 SERIES MAGNETIC OIL CONTROL VALVES
For on-off control of oil flow to domestic oil burner equipment. Power interruption closes the valve
immediately. Mount directly in pipe line or on support bracket.
Electrical connections: (2) 36” lead wires
Valve pattern: straight-through
Temperature rating: Ambient 32-115°F
Oil weight: no heavier than No. 2
Pipe size: 1/3” NPT
Oil Flow Capacity
Order Number
gph
l/s
Voltage (60 Hz)
V4046A1116
5 - 35
0.005 - 0.04
120
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
83
HONEYWELL GLOBE VALVES
V5011 2-WAY SINGLE SEATED VALVES
DIRECT ACTING, HOT WATER
Used for two-position or modulating control of steam and water and glycol solutions (to 50%
concentration) in heating or cooling systems.
Order Number
V5011N1057
V5011N1065
V5011N1073
V5011N1081
V5011N1099
V5011N1057
V5011N1065
V5011N1073
V5011N1081
V5011N1099
Pipe Size NPT (in)
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Cv
7.3
11.7
18.7
29.3
46.8
7.3
11.7
18.7
29.3
46.8
Pipe Size NPT (in)
1 1/4
1 1/4
Cv
18.7
18.7
DIRECT ACTING, STEAM
Order Number
V5011N2071
V5011N2071
V5013 3-WAY MIXING & DIVERTING VALVES
MIXING, FLOW ENTERS PORTS A AND B AND EXIT PORT AB
Used for 2-position or modulating control of water and glycol solutions (up to 50%
concentration) in heating or cooling systems. Not suitable for combustible gases; valves
require a Q5001 Linkage and control motor or MP953 Pneumatic Valve Actuator or ML864/
ML7984 Direct Coupled Actuator to position the valve; constant total flow through full plug
travel; sprint-loaded, self-adjusting, Teflon cone or Teflon/rubber packing allows a wide
range of water temperature and pressure; stainless steel stem prevents corrosion; Class
IV) 0.01% of Cv) leakage rating.
Order Number
V5013N1063
V5013N1089
V5013N1063
V5013N1089
Pipe Size NPT (in)
1
1 1/2
1
1 1/2
Cv
11.7
29.3
11.7
29.3
Stroke
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
V5011, V5013 REPACK & REPACK/REBUILD KITS
Includes packing, spacer, follower and spring for V5011 and V5013 Valves. Used to repack leaking V5011
Valves with metal discs and all V5013 Three-Way Valves. They also can be used to repack V5011 Valves
with rubber or Teflon discs if the disc and stem assembly are known to be in good repair. Otherwise, use the
appropriate rebuild kit for complete repair of V5011 Valves with rubber or Teflon discs and threaded ends.
Order Number
14003294-004
Burnaby
Kitchener
84
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Use With
V5011A,F/V5013A,F
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Valve Size (in)
1/2 - 1 1/4
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Stem Size (in)
1/4
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL GAS VALVES
V4046; V8046 SERIES PILOT GAS VALVES
Provides on-off control of natural, LP and manufactured gases to pilot burners in industrial and
commercial applications. Magnetically operated, normally closed. Provides instantaneous action when
energized. On power failure, valve closes in one second maximum. Use in any position, directly in pipe
line or on support bracket. Replace the solenoid coil without removing the valve body from the piping
connections. Straight-through valve pattern. Available in line voltage or low voltage models.
Temperature ratings: -40 - 125°F
Operating pressure: 10 psi maximum
Capacity*
Order Number
V4046C1005
V4046C1021
V4046C1054
Voltage
120 Vac 110 Vac
120 Vac 110 Vac
120 Vac 110 Vac
Frequency
60 Hz 50 Hz
60 Hz 50 Hz
60 Hz 50 Hz
Pipe Size^ NPT (in)
1/8
1/4
3/8
*. Cf/h natural gas 1000 BTU/cu.ft. 0.64 sp. gr. at 1″p.d. (m3/hr. nat. gas 37.3 MJ/m3, 0.64 sp gr at 0.25 kPa p.d.) ^. Female inlet and outlet.
cfh
20
20
67
m3/hr
0.57
0.57
1.9
V4055 SERIES ON-OFF FLUID POWER GAS VALVE ACTUATORS
ON / OFF FLUID POWER GAS VALVE ACTUATORS
Use with V5055 valve to control gas supply to commercial and industrial burners. Use where smooth
light-off is important. One-second maximum closing time. Always displays the valve position, when
open a red indicator appears and closed a yellow indicator appears. Mount in any position directly to
valve bonnet with three setscrews. Provides final safety shutoff service when used with V5055 valve.
Order Number
V4055A1007
V4055A1031
V4055A1064
V4055D1019
Description
Normally used with V5055A, B valve bodies, low pressure
Normally used with V5055A, B valve bodies, low pressure
Normally used with V5055A, B valve bodies, low pressure
Low pressure ~
Voltage
120 Vac/60 Hz
120 Vac/60 Hz
120 Vac/60 Hz
120 Vac/60 Hz
Opening Time* (sec)
26
13
26
13
Includes
Damper shaft
Damper shaft
*. Can also be used at 50 Hz; however, opening time will increase by 20%
^. Rated for final safety shutoff service when used with V5055 valve. Indicators on valve and actuator provide constant visual indication of valve position.
~. Includes Factory Manual “Proof of Closure” and UL “Valve Seal Overtravel Interlock” switch. Meets Factory Manual and UL requirements when used with V5055C valve bodies.
4. Includes Factory Manual “Proof of Closure” and UL “Valve Seal Overtravel Interlock” switch. Meets Factory Manual and UL requirements when used with 4″V5055C and V5055E
valve bodies.
5. Provides manual reset, safety shut-off function as required on FM, IHEA-IRI and NFPA 86A,B,C industrial furnace, ovens, and kilns. Mounts on V5055 valve. Indicator on valve
and actuator provides visual indication of valve position.
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
Order Number
133568
133569
Description
Auxiliary switch bag assembly
Valve closed indication switch bag assembly (do not use with V5034 valve body)
V4062 SERIES OFF-LO-HI FLUID POWER GAS VALVE ACTUATORS
Control gas supply for commercial and industrial burners. Valve opens to low fire position when power is
applied; valve opens all the way on demand. Provides final safety shutoff service when used with V5055
valve. One-second maximum closing time. Displays the valve position with a red indicator when open and
a yellow indicator when closed. Mount in any position directly to valve bonnet with three setscrews. Use
with Q5055A Adapter Assembly to replace ITT General actuators on ITT General V710 gas valves.
Order Number
V4062A1008
V4062D1002
Description
HI-LO-OFF actuator, low pressure
HI-LO-OFF actuator, low pressure
Opening Time (sec)
26
26
Includes
Damper shaft
Damper shaft
1. Actuator can be used with all V5055 bodies; best control and low fire repeatability will result with V5055B with characterized guide.
2. Includes Factory Mutual “Proof of Closure” and UL “Valve Seal Overtravel Interlock” Switch. Meets Factory Mutual and UL requirements when used with V5055C valve bodies.
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
133568
133569
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Auxiliary switch bag assembly
Valve closed switch indication bag assembly (must be used with V5055C or E)
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
85
HONEYWELL GAS VALVES
V9055 SERIES MODULATING FLUID POWER GAS VALVE ACTUATORS
Control gas supply for commercial and industrial burners. Opens valve to low fire position when
power is applied, then modulates to meet fire rate controller demand. Includes integral shaft to drive
combustion air damper in unison with valve. One-second maximum closing time. Always display the
valve position, when open a red indicator appears and closed a yellow indicator appears. Mount in
any position directly to valve bonnet with three setscrews. Use with Q5055A adapter assembly to
replace ITT General actuators on ITT General V710 gas valves.
Temperature ratings, ambient: -40 - 125°F
Adjustment, low flow: 5-50% of actuator stem travel
Opening time: 26 seconds
Switch ratings, full load: 9.8A @ 120V
Order Number
V9055A1055
Description
Modulating-OFF actuator for use with V5055B^ valve bodies, low pressure
Voltage (60 Hz)*
120 Vac
Includes
Damper shaft
*. Can also be used at 50 Hz; however, opening time (26 sec.) will increase by 20.
^. Actuator can be used with all V5055 valve models; however, best control and low fire repeatability will result with V5055B with characterized guide.
V48, V88 SERIES DIAPHRAGM GAS VALVES
Solenoid-operated diaphragm valves provide slow opening and fast closing for controlling fuel
gases. Close firmly with diaphragm that is both weight and spring loaded. Close on power
failure; recommended for final shutoff service. Set opening time with various sized bleed
orifices or adjustable bleed valve. Use with LP, natural or manufactured gases. Made with
cast aluminum in straight-through valve pattern. Optional valve position indicator available for
1 1/4” and larger valves.
Temperature ratings, ambient: V48A, F; V88A -32 - 125°F, V48J; V88J -32 - 150°F
Bleed tapping: 1/8-27 NPT or 1/8-28 BSP.P1.
Valve closing time: one second maximum for 3/4 – 1 1/2” valves
Valve opening time: five seconds maximum at 2 oz per inch pressure
Electrical ratings, power consumption: 9W, 15VA maximum
Capacity*
Order Number
Pipe Size (in)
cfh
m3/hr
Voltage
Maximum Sustained Pressure (psi)
V48A2169
1
1,021
28.9
120V @ 60 Hz
1/2
V48A2177
1 1/4
2,100
59.5
120V @ 60 Hz
1/2
V48A2243
2
4,178
118.3
120V @ 60 Hz
1
V88A1618
1
1,021
28.9
24V @ 50/60 Hz
1/2
V88A1626
1 1/4
2,100
59.5
24V @ 50/60 Hz
1/2
V88A1659
3/4
668
18.9
24V @ 50/60 Hz
1/2
V88A1634
1 1/2
2,400
67.9
24V @ 50/60 Hz
1/2
*. Includes natural gas, mixed air-natural gas, LP gas-air.
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
126590
Description
Adjustable bleed valve assembly
V4943/V8943; V4944/V8944 DIAPHRAGM GAS VALVES
Rapid opening, fast closing, LP or NG, two wire thermostat (line voltage), valve closes on power
failure, recommended for final shutoff service.
Voltage and frequency: V8943/V8944 series: 24V, 50/60 Hz V4944B, C, L, N: 12 VA maximum
Temperature rating, ambient: -40 – 150°F
Thread type: NPT
Material: Die-cast aluminum valve body
Maximum operating pressure: 0.5 psi
Order Number
V8944B1035
V8944N1020
Pipe Size (in)
1 1/2
1 1/4
Opening Time (sec)
3–25
<6
Pressure Regulation
Two stage
Two stage
Type of Gas
Natural*
Natural*
Number of Leadwires
3
3
*. Includes natural gas, mixed air-natural gas, LP gas-air.
Burnaby
Kitchener
86
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL GAS VALVES
V5055 SERIES INDUSTRIAL GAS VALVES
Safety shutoff valves used with V4055, V4062 and V9055 fluid power actuators to control gas
flow to commercial and industrial burners. Use with natural or LP gases. Mount directly in gas
supply line. Include 1/4” NPT upstream and downstream taps and plug; 4” models have only
flanged connections.
Temperature ratings, ambient: -40 - 150°F; -40 - 125°F when used with V9055
Valve Capacities
Order Number Description
Pipe Size (in)
cfh
m3/hr
V5055A1020
Low pressure ON-OFF (with quick-opening guide)
1 1/2
1717
48.6
V5055A1038
Low pressure ON-OFF (with quick-opening guide)
2
3620
102.5
V5055B1002
Low pressure characterized guide (provides slowly
1
960
27.2
increasing gas flow on opening)
V5055B1028
Low pressure characterized guide (provides slowly
1 1/2
1717
48.6
increasing gas flow on opening)
V5055B1069
Low pressure characterized guide (provides slowly
2
3620
102.5
increasing gas flow on opening)
VALVE-ACTUATOR PRESSURE RATINGS
Safety shutoff valves used with V4055, V4062 and V9055 fluid power actuators to control gas
flow to commercial and industrial burners.
Order Number Pipe Size (in)
Capacity
V5055Z1004
1 NPT
960 cf/hr; 27.2 m3/hr
V5055Z1012
1 1/4 NPT
1406 cf/hr; 39.8 m3/hr
V5055Z1020
1 1/2 NPT
1717 cf/hr; 48.6m3/hr
V5055Z1038
2 NPT
3620 cf/hr; 102.5 m3/hr
V5055Z1046
2 1/2 NPT
4250 cf/hr; 120 m3/hr
V5055Z1053
3 NPT
5230 cf/hr; 148 m3/hr
V5055Z1228
4 Flanged 10200 cf/hr; 288.8 m3/hr
V5055Z1343
3/4 NPT
665 cf/hr; 18.8 m3/hr
V5055B1002
1 NPT
960 cf/hr; 27.2 m3/hr
V5055B1010
1 1/4 NPT
1406 cf/hr; 39.8 m3/hr
V5055B1028
1 1/2 NPT
1717 cf/hr; 48.6 m3/hr
V5055B1069
2 NPT
3620 cf/hr; 102.5 m3/hr
V5055B1077
2 1/2 NPT
4250 cf/hr; 120 m3/hr
V5055B1085
3 NPT
5230 cf/hr; 148 m3/hr
V5055B1150
4 Flanged
9180 cf/hr; 259.9 m3/hr
V5055B1234
3/4 NPT
665 cf/hr; 18.8 m3/hr
V5055C1000
V5055C1018
V5055C1026
V5055C1034
V5055C1042
V5055C1059
2 NPT
2 1/2 NPT
3 NPT
1 NPT
1 1/4 NPT
1 1/2 NPT
3620 cf/hr; 102.5 m3/hr
4250 cf/hr; 120 m3/hr
5230 cf/hr; 148 m3/hr
960 cf/hr; 27/2 m3/hr
1406 cf/hr; 39.8 m3/hr
1717 cf/hr; 48.6 m3/hr
Max. Operating Diff. Pressure (psi)
V4055A,D; V4062 V4055B or E Description
5
15
On-off safety shut-off
5
15
On-off safety shut-off
5
15
On-off safety shut-off
5
15
On-off safety shut-off
5
15
On-off safety shut-off
5
15
On-off safety shut-off
3
5
On-off safety shut-off
5
15
On-off safety shut-off
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
5
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with characterized guide for
slow opening, HI-LO-OFF, or modulating service
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with Valve Seal Overtravel
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with Valve Seal Overtravel
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with Valve Seal Overtravel
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with Valve Seal Overtravel
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with Valve Seal Overtravel
5
15
On-off safety shut-off with Valve Seal Overtravel
V51E SERIES BUTTERFLY GAS/AIR VALVES
Provide modulating control of natural, manufactured, LP gases of air. Use in commercial and industrial installations where
large amounts of gas must be closely controlled. Not for use as safety shut-off valve. Adaptable to most modulating jobs.
Gas Capacity Fully Open*
Order Number
Pipe Size (in)
cfh
m3/h
Use With
V51E1018
2
9,210
260.7
Modutrol motor with Q100B linkage
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
87
HONEYWELL GAS VALVES
V400 LINE VOLTAGE; V800 LOW VOLTAGE; VS820 MILLIVOLTAGE COMBINATION GAS CONTROLS
Provides control of continuous pilot gas-fired central furnaces and boilers. Add separate energy
cut-off (ECO) or use VR400 or VR800 where codes call for dual shutoff. AGA and CGA certified;
UL recognized. Includes: externally removable Pilotstat power unit; pilot flow adjustment screw.
Complete safety shutoff on pilot flame failure. Lite-Rite (OFF-PILOT-ON) lighting sequence. ECO
connector for V800 models.
Order Number Application
Description
V400A1095
Colour-coded black to
identify 120V operation, 36”
leadwire
Colour-coded blue to
identify 24V operation,
current draw: 0.2A
Colour-coded blue to
identify 24V operation,
current draw: 0.2A
Colour-coded blue to
identify 24V operation,
current draw: 0.2A
Colour-coded blue to
identify 24V operation,
current draw: 0.2A
Colour-coded red to identify
Powerpile operation, red
pigtail power unit lead
Colour-coded red to identify
Powerpile operation, red
pigtail power unit lead
Colour-coded red to identify
Powerpile operation, red
pigtail power unit lead
Colour-coded red to identify
Powerpile operation, red
pigtail power unit lead
V800A1088
V800A1161
V800A1179
V800C1052
VS820A1054
VS820A1187
VS820A1336
VS820C1100
Automatic 120V
control, use with 30 mV
thermocouple
Automatic 24V control,
use with 30 mV
thermocouple
Automatic 24V control,
use with 30 mV
thermocouple
Automatic 24V control,
use with 30 mV
thermocouple
Automatic 24V control,
use with 30 mV
thermocouple
Self-powered automatic
control, use with 750
mV pilot generator
Self-powered automatic
control, use with 750
mV pilot generator
Self-powered automatic
control, use with 750
mV pilot generator
Self-powered automatic
control, use with 750
mV pilot generator
Inlet - Outlet (in)
3/4 x 3/4
Capacity
Pressure
Includes Reducer
Gas
(cfh)*,^ Regulator* (in)
Bushings^ (in)
335 cfh
3 1/2 WC
Natural Two 3/4 x 1/2; one
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 3/4
335 cfh
3 1/2 WC
Natural Two 3/4 x 1/2; one
1/2 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
-
3 1/2 WC
Natural
-
3/4 x 3/4
-
3 1/2 WC
Natural
-
3/4 x 3/4
335 cfh
3/4 x 3/4
335 cfh
3 1/2 WC
1/2 x 1/2
-
3.5 WC
-
-
3/4 x 3/4
335 cfh
11.0 WC
LP
Two 3/4 x 1/2; one
1/2 x 3/8
3/4 x 3/4
335 cfh 0.9 WC Step; 3.5 Natural Two 3/4 x 1/2; one
WC full rate
1/2 x 3/8
0.9 WC step; Natural Two 3/4 x 1/2; one
31/2 WC full rate
1/2 x 3/8
Natural Two 3/4 x 1/2; one
1/2 x 3/8
*. 1,000 BTU/cu.ft., 0.64 specific gravity Natural gas @ 1″WC pressure differential.
^. Use of reducer bushings resulting in 3/4″× 1″inlet-outlet size reduces capacity to 503 cfh; use of reducer bushings resulting in 3/4″× 3/4″inlet-outlet size reduces capacity to 450 cfh.
~. Straight through only. No side outlets.
4. 4-terminal block.
Burnaby
Kitchener
88
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
HONEYWELL GAS VALVES
VR8200 SERIES CONTINUOUS PILOT DUAL AUTOMATIC VALVE COMBINATION GAS CONTROLS
Combination gas controls for use in 24 Vac, gas-fired, standing pilot appliances with capacities from
20-200 cfh. Controls include manual valve, two automatic operators and servo pressure regulator.
Provides dual seated safety shutoff. Compatible with ECO adapter.
Order Number
VR8200A2322
VR8200H1236
Inlet-Outlet AGA Certified
Pressure
Gas
Includes
(in)
Capacity (cfh)* Regulator (in)
1/2 x 1/2
200
3.5 WC
Natural
Convenience terminals
1/2 x 1/2
200
3.5 WC
Natural Slow open regulator and convenience terminal
*. Capacity based on 1,000 BTU/cu.ft., 0.64 sp.gr. Nat. gas at 1″WC pressure drop.
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
393691
Description
Natural to LP conversion kit
VR8205 DIRECT IGNITION DUAL AUTOMATIC COMBINATION GAS CONTROLS
COMBINATION GAS CONTROLS FOR USE WITH HOT SURFACE/DIRECT SPARK SYSTEMS IN 24 VAC, GAS-FIRED APPLIANCES
Controls include manual valve, two automatic operators and servo pressure regulator. Used with S89E,
F and S87C, D Control Modules. Provide dual-seated safety shutoff. Solenoid operated first automatic
valve opens on thermostat call for heat; closes when call for heat ends. Diaphragm operated second
automatic valve opens under control of the regulator; closes if gas or power supply is interrupted. Meets
codes requiring dual safety shutoff. Wiring connections are accessible from top of the control.
Inlet-Outlet
(in)
1/2 x 1/2
Order Number
VR8205A2024
AGA Certified
Capacity (cfh)
150
Pressure Regulator
(in)
3.5 WC
*. Use of 1/2” x 3/8” reducer bushings reduces capacity to 130 cfm [3.7 m3/hr].
Gas
Natural
Pressure
Regulator
Standard
Includes
1/2” x 3/8” reducer bushing*
VR8304 SERIES INTERMITTENT PILOT DUAL AUTOMATIC VALVE COMBINATION GAS CONTROLS
For use in 24 Vac, natural gas-fired, intermittent pilot appliances with capacities from 20-415 cfh. Use
with S86F, H, S860D; S8600F, H and S90A, B control modules. Solenoid operated first automatic
valve opens on thermostat call for heat; closes when call for heat ends. Diaphragm-operated second
automatic valve opens under control of regulator, closes if gas or power supply is interrupted.
Capacity*
cfh
m/hr
VR8304M2501
VR8304M4515
Inlet-Outlet
(in)
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
240
300
7.4
8.5
VR8304P4504
3/4 x 3/4
300
8.5
Order Number
Pressure
Regulator (in)
3.5 WC
3.5 WC
Pressure
Regulator
Standard
Standard
0.9” WC Step~
3.5” WC full rate
Standard
Includes
393691 natural to LP gas conversion kit
Two 3/4” x 1/2” reducer bushings^; 393691
natural to LP gas conversion kit
-
*. Capacities based on 1,000 BTU/cu.ft., 0.64 sp. gr. Nat. gas @ 1″WC pressure drop.
^. Use of 3/4″× 1/2″ reducer bushing reduces capacity to 270 cfh.
~. Step pressure is not adjustable.
Note: Mounting: 0–90° in any direction from upright position of gas control knob, including vertically.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
89
HONEYWELL GAS VALVES
SV9500; SV9501; SV9502 SERIES SMARTVALVE SYSTEMS
Combines gas flow control and electronic intermittent pilot sequencing functions into a single
unit. Suitable for a wide range of gas fired appliances including furnaces, rooftop furnaces,
boilers, unit heaters, infrared heaters, space heaters and commercial cooking units.
Order Number
Inlet/Outlet (in)
SV9502H2522
1/2 x 1/2
SV9501M2528
1/2 x 1/2
Pressure
Opening
Regulator (in)
3.2 WC
Slow
3.5 WC
Standard
Gas
Replaces
Natural SV9500H2609*, SV9500H2724*,
SV9500H3607^ ~ *, SV9500H3615# ~*,
SV9501H2409*, SV9501H2417^ *,
SV9502H1706
Natural SV9500M2603, SV9500M2629,
SV9500M2637, SV9500M2045,
SV9500M2652, SV9500M2674,
SV9500M2678, SV9500M2682,
SV9500M2686, SV9500M2690,
SV9500M2736, SV9500M2835,
SV9500M3601, SV9500M3619,
SV9500M3635, SV9500M6604,
SV9501M2031, SV9501M20562,
SV9501M2700, SV9501M
*. Replacement control includes prepurge time not included with original control.
^. Regulator setting in replacement control differs from original. Adjust to rated pressure as necessary for optimum performance.
~. Required 3/4″ straight flange (part no. 393690-14, order separately).
#. Shipped by Honeywell as LP gas only; may have been converted to natural gas. Use Natural to LP gas conversion kit included in necessary.
@. Requires vent fitting (part no. 392877, order separately).
Note: This control is for direct replacement of OEM installed control only. Do not attempt to apply this control except as a direct replacement for the specific Honeywell model.
Use Y8610 to convert standing pilot systems to electronic ignition systems.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Order Number
Q3400A1024
395466
396085
Description
Replacement igniter / flame rod assembly - 30” leadwires
Smartvalve system 3-wire flame current measuring kit
Smartvalve system 4-wire input voltage test harness
HONEYWELL FLOAT VALVES
VF270 SERIES FLOAT VALVE
Less Float.
Order Number
VF270C1011
VF270C1003
VF270C1019
Maximum Safe Operating Pressure (psi)
Description
Normal Float Size Next Larger Float Size Dimensions (in)
3/4” float valve
90
120
1 1/4 x 25
1/2” float valve
90
120
1 1/4 x 24
1” float valve
90
120
1 1/2 x 29
STAINLESS STEEL FLOAT
Order Number
F170S104
F170S112
F170S120
Burnaby
Kitchener
90
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
1/2” stainless steel float for VF270
3/4” stainless steel float for VF270
1” stainless steel float for VF270
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
ROBERTSHAW THERMOSTATS
300 SERIES ELECTRONIC WALL THERMOSTATS
Deluxe digital models, non-programmable; locking cover, keypad lock, selectable °F and
°C readout. Remote indoor and outdoor sensing capability. Short cycle protection during
normal operation. Built in anticipation.
DELUXE DIGITAL MODELS, NON-PROGRAMMABLE
Order Number
300-201
300-202
300-203
300-204
300-205
300-206
300-207
300-208
300-209
Application
1 Heat/1 Cool
3 Heat/2 Cool or 2 Heat/1 Cool heat pumps
2 Heat/2 Cool or 2 Heat/1 Cool
Heat only
Cool only
1 Heat/1 Cool
1 Heat/1 Cool heat pump
2 Heat/1 Cool heat pump
Single setpoint 1 Heat/1 Cool zone control
Description
Automatic changeover, Gas or electric heat
Automatic changeover, Adjustable balance points
Automatic changeover, Gas or electric heat
Gas heat
With fan switch
Gas or electric heat
Automatic changeover, Gas or electric heat
Automatic changeover, Adjustable balance points
Automatic changeover, Narrow fixed deadband
DELUXE PROGRAMMABLE MODELS
Order Number
300-224
300-225
300-226
300-227
300-229
300-230
Application
1 Heat/1 Cool
1 Heat/1 Cool
2 Heat/1 Cool heat pumps
3 Heat/2 Cool or 2 Heat/1 Cool heat pumps
2 Heat/2 Cool or 2 Heat/1 Cool
Cool only
Description
5–2 day programming, gas or electric heat
7 day programming, gas or electric heat
5–2 day programming, adjustable balance points
7 day programming, adjustable balance points
7 day programming, gas or electric heat
5–2 day programming, with fan switch
ACCESSORIES
Order Number
10-528
10-529
10-531
10-546
Description
Indoor sensor, can be interconnected with up to six indoor sensors for temperature averaging
Outdoor sensor, can be interconnected with up to six indoor sensors for temperature averaging
Decorative wall plate, can be used on all models
Add-a-wire, allows 5 wire thermostats to be connected to 4 wires, can also be used to repair broken wires
6500-25 CANADIAN INFINITE CONTROL SWITCHES
Designed to provide universal replacement of original equipment infinite switches and 3, 5 and 7.
Order Number
6500-25
Voltage (Vac)
120
Amps
15
Dial Shaft (in)
2 7/32
Shaft Position @ Off
Up/Down
ROBERTSHAW GAS VALVES
700 SERIES 24-VOLT COMBINATION VALVES
Uni-Kits® have a pressure regulator installed that is set for natural gas (3.5” WC). To convert to LP
gas, a regulator cover plate is included.
3-Position Outlet
Order Number
Inlet (in)
Straight-Thru (in) Side With Plugs
Setting
Capacity*
700-442
1 FPT
1 FPT
Straight-thru
3.5” WC Natural Gas
720,000
*. 1000 BTU/cu.ft. 0.64 sp. gr. natural gas or 2500 BTU/cu.ft. 1.53 sp. gr. LP gas @ 1″WC pd.
2. Has gas converter feature: 3.5″WC natural gas or 11.0″WC LP gas. Set in natural position.
3. Has slow opening feature for soft ignition.
4. A separate pressure regulator may be required for the system.
5. Includes separate LP gas pressure regulator.
6. Has thermopile type safety magnet.
7. Pressure regulator settings for natural gas. LO=2.0″WC, HI=4.0″WC.
8. Pressure regulator settings for LP gas. LO=2.8″WC, HI=11″WC.
Note: Valves can be mounted in any position except upside down.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
91
ROBERTSHAW GAS VALVES
700 SERIES MILLIVOLT COMBINATION GAS VALVES
COMBINATION MANUAL GAS COCK, AUTOMATIC PILOT SAFETY VALVE AND MILLIVOLT OPERATOR
Wall thermostat actuated. Standard features include: pilot outlet, pilot gas filter and pilot adjusting key.
Two 1/2 x 3/4 reducer bushings included NPT.
3-Position Outlet (in)
Order Number
Inlet FPT (in)
Straight Thru FPT
Side FPT With Plugs
Pressure Regulator Setting
700-502
1/2
1/2
1/2
3.5” WC Natural Gas
700-C506
3/4
3/4
3/4
*. 1,000 BTU/cu.ft. 0.64 sp. gr. Nat. gas or 2,500 BTU/cu.ft. 1.53 sp. gr. LP gas @ 1″WC pd.
2. A separate pressure regulator may be required for the system.
3. Has slow opening feature for soft ignition.
4. Diaphragm valve only—no gas cock or safety magnet.
5. Diaphragm valve—no safety magnet.
6. Excellent replacement for those hard-to-find Teledyne-Lars pool heater valves.
7. Factory set @ 3.5″WC includes a separate LP pressure regulator set @ 11″WC.
Note: Valves can be mounted in any position except upside down.
3-position Outlet: 1/2” x 1/2” NPT Models include (2) 3/8” NPT Reducer Bushings and (2) 1/2”
NPT Plugs. 1/2” x 3/4” NPT Models include 3/4” to 1/2” NPT Reducer Bushing and (2) 1/2” NPT Plugs.
Capacity*
100,000
300,000
720 SERIES DUAL VALVE 24 VOLT GAS CONTROLS
STRAIGHT THRU
Designed for a wide variety of heating applications and can be used to replace most constant pilot valves, including
dual valve models. Uni-Kit valves are factory set at 3.5” WC for natural gas, but can be converted to LP by installing the
regulator conversion kit included.
Order Number
Inlet x Outlet FPT (in)
Pressure Regulator Setting
Capacity*
Reducer Bushings (in)
720-C400
1/2 x 1/2
Uni-Kit
150,000
(1) 3/4 x 1/2
720-C404
1/2 x 1/2
Uni-Kit
150,000
(2) 3/4 x 1/2
*. 1,000 BTU/Cu.Ft. 0.64 sp.gr. natural gas or 2,500 BTU/Cu.Ft. sp.gr. LP gas @ 1” WC pd.
^. Included.
720 SERIES HOT SURFACE GAS VALVES
SLOW OPENING MODELS
The 720 Electronic Ignition Gas Valves are designed for a wide variety of heating applications. The
valves incorporate a manual valve, dual automatic valves and a main gas regulator.
Order Number
720-050
Factory Model
Inlet Size FPT (in) Outlet Size FPT (in)
7200DER-S7C (Has Pilot Outlet)
1/2
3/4
Pressure
Regulator
Uni-Kit
Capacity*
150,000
UNIVERSAL MODEL, INTERMITTENT PILOT, DIRECT SPARK, HOT SURFACE
Order Number
720-079
Factory Model
7200IPER (Has Pilot Outlet)
Inlet Size FPT (in)
1/2
Outlet Size FPT (in)
3/4
Pressure Regulator
Uni-Kit
*. 1,000 BTU/CU.Ft.0.64 sp.gr. natural gas or 2,500 Btu/Cu Ft.sp.gfr. LP gas@1″ W.C. pd.
^. Has slow-opening feature for soft ignition.
3. Has pilot tubing outlet exact replacement for Rheem P/N 60-22525-06. Includes pilot outlet plug for other applications.
4. Has convertible pressure regulator: 3.5″W.C. natural gas and 11.0″W.C.LP gas. Exact replacement for Evcon/Coleman part number 7707-326.
5. Has No Pilot Outlet
Capacity*
150,000
720 SERIES REDUNDANT GAS VALVES
24 VOLT STEP-OPENING WITH CONVERTIBLE PRESSURE REGULATOR
The manual selector arm allows sequential operation when lighting and ensures that lockup of the
automatic pilot can be obtained only in the “set” position of the manual valve. Built-in stops serve to
prevent inadvertent setting to the off position.
Order Number
720-474
Size FPT
Inlet
Outlet
1/2
1/2
Straight Thru
Yes
Side FPT with Plugs (inches)
1/2
Pressure Regulator Capacity*
Convertible#
150,000
*. 1,000 BTU/cu.ft. 0.64 sp. gr. Nat. gas, or 2,500 BTU/cu.ft. 1.53 sp. gr. LP gas @ 1″WC pd.
2. A separate pressure regulator may be required for the system.
3. Has slow-opening feature for soft ignition.
#. Has convertible regulator for mobile home use only. Select 3.5″WC Nat. gas or 11.0″WC LP gas.
Burnaby
Kitchener
92
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
IGNITORS
NORTON IGNITORS
Order Number
41-203
41-204
41-205
41-206
Description
No shield 5 1/4” ceramic
No shield 5 1/4” ceramic
No shield 5 1/4” ceramic
No shield 5 1/4” ceramic
Length
6 1/4
4 1/2
3 1/2
7 1/4
NORTON HOT SURFACE FURNACE IGNITORS
Made of high-purity recrystalized silicon carbide (Crystar™) which combines physical and thermal strength with stable
electrical properties. Designed to reach ignition temperature(s) within 17 seconds. They have 18 gauge nickel chrome
lead wires embedded and metalized in place for maximum holding strength and electrical conductivity. The lead wires
are also enclosed with a special high-temperature fiberglass insulation providing total electrical protection.
Order Number
41-401
41-402
41-403
41-404
41-405
41-406
41-407
41-408
41-409
Factory Model
271A
271W
271M
271M
271D
271Y
271
271N
271
Lead Wire Length
4 1/2
19
5 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
10 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
BALABAN HOT SURFACE IGNITORS
Order Number
FC046
Description
Part #025-32626-000: York, Luxaire, Coleman 5.5” leads with amp connector; warm-up time: 28 seconds
@ 115 Vac, 100 - 300 ohms cold resistance
BALABAN SILICON NITRIDE UNIVERSAL HSI REPLACEMENT KIT
Order Number
SN5426
SN5419
Burnaby
Kitchener
Description
GLOWCORE HSRK5, 1950006. LOCHINCAR PLT3400. SURFACE IGNITER FY-011 c/w new
replacement gasket
Exact replacement for R/S 41-403, 404, 407 and 409, W-R 767A-370 and NORTON 101M, 201M and
271M. WEIL McLAIN 511-330-193 and 190. TRANE IGN 26 and 30. JOHNSTONE l37-814, 815 & 700.
All CARRIER, SNYDER GENERAL and RAYPAK
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
93
ROBERTSHAW IGNITION CONTROLS
780 SERIES UNIVERSAL IGNITION CONTROLS
Replaces one rod and/or two rod systems; reduces truck stock inventory, saving space and money; includes vent
damper adaptor assembly; easy-to-install with complete in-depth installation instructions.
Order Number
780-001
780-003
Description
Universal replacement uni-kit, non-lockout model, flame rectification system
Lockout unit 45 second prepurge feature to shut off all gas to furnace, should pilot ignition fail to occur after a predetermined time
period; 3 ignition tries of 60 seconds each followed by 5 minute time delay between ignition attempts
AUTOMATIC PILOT RELIGHT KITS
Order Number
785-001
Description
24/117 Vac, 1A; -40°F - 185°F ambient temperature; 1/8” maximum spark gap
780-910 UNIVERSAL HOT SURFACE IGNITION MODULE UNI-KIT®
Will easily replace the widest variety of hot surface ignition modules found in the field today. Including systems
using: local (sense through the Hot Surface Ignitor) or remote flame sensors, single or three ignition attempts, 4 or
7 second ignition trial time, 17 or 34 second ignitor warm up time, 34 seconds or less prepurge, Natural or LP gas
controls and 120 Vac hot surface ignitors.
Order Number
780-910
Ignitor
Current
5A resistive
Electrical
120V,50/60Hz supply 24V,50/60Hz control input
Valve
Current
1.5A at 24V
Ambient (°F)
-40 - 176
Operating
humidity
95% at 104°F
CROSS-REFERENCE - ROBERTSHAW
Replaces Robertshaw Replaces Robertshaw Replaces Robertshaw Replaces Robertshaw Replaces Robertshaw Replaces Robertshaw
Model Number
Model Number
Model Number
Model Number
Model Number
Model Number
HS780-17PL-304A
HS780-34PR-308A
HS780-34NL-306A
100-812-08
100-812-27
100-813-01
HS780-17PL-306A
HS780-17NL-104A
HS780-34NL-308A
100-812-09
100-812-28
100-813-03
HS780-17PL-308A
HS780-17NL-106A
HS780-34NL-312A
100-812-10
100-812-29
100-813-04
HS780-17PR-104A
HS780-17NL-108A
HS780-34NR-104A
100-812-11
100-812-30
100-813-05
HS780-17PR-108A
HS780-17NL-304A
HS780-34NR-106A
100-812-12
100-812-31
100-813-06
HS780-17PR-306A
HS780-17NL-306A
HS780-34NR-304A
100-812-13
100-812-32
780-780
HS780-17PR-308A
HS780-17NL-308A
HS780-34NR-306A
100-812-14
100-812-33
780-782
HS780-34PL-104A
HS780-17NR-104A
HS780-34NR-308A
100-812-15
100-812-34
780-783
HS780-34PL-106A
HS780-17NR-106A
HS780-34NR-312A
100-812-17
100-812-36
780-784
HS780-34PL-108A
HS780-17NR-108A
HS780-17PL-106A
100-812-18
100-812-37
780-785
HS780-34PL-304A
HS780-17NR-304A
HS780-17PL-108A
100-812-19
100-812-38
780-786
HS780-34PL-306A
HS780-17NR-306A
100-812-01
100-812-20
100-812-39
780-787
HS780-34PL-308A
HS780-17NR-308A
100-812-02
100-812-21
100-812-40
780-788
HS780-34PR-106A
HS780-17NR-312A
100-812-03
100-812-22
100-812-41
780-789
HS780-34PR-108A
HS780-34NL-106A
100-812-04
100-812-23
100-812-42
780-790
HS780-34PR-304A
HS780-34NL-108A
100-812-05
100-812-24
100-812-44
HS780-34PR-306A
HS780-34NL-304A
100-812-06
100-812-25
100-812-45
CROSS-REFERENCE - HONEYWELL
Replaces Robertshaw
Model Number
S89C1004
S89C1012
S89C1046
S89C1079
S89C1087
Burnaby
Kitchener
94
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Replaces Robertshaw
Model Number
S89C1103
S89D1002
S89G1005
S89G1013
S89G1021
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Replaces Robertshaw
Model Number
S89G1047
S89H1003
S89H1011
S89H1029
S89J1008
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Replaces Robertshaw
Model Number
S890C1007
S890D1006
S890G1003
S890G1011
S890G1029
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Replaces Robertshaw
Model Number
S890G1037
S890H1002
S890H1010
S890H1028
S8910U1000
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
95
Residential / Light Commercial Systems
DigiTract 4
• 4-zone auto changeover system
• 2 heat/2 cool stages gas electric or
3 heat/2 cool stages heat pump controller with integrated fossil fuel control
• Initiate heating or cooling from “any” thermostat
• Purge mode
• Adjustable changeover from 5-25 minutes
• Remote communications available – ZonexCommander
• Ventilation mode – energize fan from “any” thermostat
• On-board adjustable capacity control protects
compressor/heat exchanger
• Round or rectangular supply and bypass dampers
• Simple wiring – 24-volt system
LAS
NE
73
ZO
ZO
ZO
4
NE
NE
3
2
1
73
73
73
Bypass
Damper
DIGI3U –
Ask about our economical
universal G/E or Heat Pump
3-zone builder’s model
E
N
ZO
D IGITRACT 4
System Controller
The Zonex Systems DigiTract enables up to four room
thermostats to control a single HVAC system. This permits
superior temperature control over a standard single
thermostat. DigiTract is very easy to install and operate.
It is also perfect for small commercial systems.
System 2000
• 2- to 20-zone capability
• Automatic vote based changeover from heating to
cooling
• Multi-stage control
• Fan continuous or intermittent switch
• Five-wire daisy chain control wiring
• 24-volt AC wiring
• Round and Rect low pressure dampers .5” SP
• Round and Rect heavy duty dampers 1.75” SP
• Choice of various two-position dampers
• Barometric or modulating bypass dampers
• Capacity control to protect equipment
• Perfect system for large custom residence, with a
thermostat in every room
• Perfect for office facilities up to 20 zones per
rooftop
The System 2000 is a light commercial/residential zone control
system. It enables a single HVAC unit to be controlled by up to
twenty zone (room) thermostats. System 2000 is a vote based,
auto changeover system. The system operates on a first call,
first served majority wins on changeover strategy.
Burnaby
Kitchener
96
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
Commercial Products and Systems
ZonexCommander
Network 1-80 Stand-Alone HVAC Units
The ZonexCommander communicates remotely with 1-80 rooftops or split systems,
filling a large and profitable void between programmable thermostats and energy
management systems.
The system incorporates the industry’s most basic Windows ® software providing
Internet access with every thermostat or unit in the system. Return and discharge
air temperatures are also viewed remotely. Additionally, signage, parking lot lights,
exhaust fans or other devices can be controlled and scheduled remotely or on site.
Easy-to-Use
Point & Click Software
Remotely Control 1-80 Rooftops or Split Systems
via the Internet
Just point and click to change schedules,
setpoints, operating times, and much more.
Display or modify real time data for every
thermostat and unit in the system.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
On-site or off-site control of all mechanical equipment
Program each thermostat individually or all globally
Schedule up to 4 events per day
All thermostats are 2 heat/2 cool
Communicating heat pump stats also available
Set and lock all thermostats remotely via software
Remotely monitor system performance with time and date stamp
Remotely read out Discharge Air Temp, Return Air Temp and Outside Air Temp
Control and schedule exhaust fans, parking lot lights, and outdoor signage
Auxiliary contacts on thermostat to control hot water coil in VAV box
Pre-program up to 20 individual holidays with one- to thirty-day duration
Effective management of your HVAC equipment and energy usage
Powerful diagnostic tool for the contractor
Easy-to-use Windows® based software
Remotely display and modify
all thermostat settings.
The system provides all the features of the
latest programmable thermostat, yet allows
for remote setpoint modification instantly.
ZonexCommander is a Windows ®-based system that is simple,
uncomplicated, straightforward, easy-to-operate building automation
at 50% lower cost than traditional DDC systems.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
7-Day scheduling capability per stat.
Energy savings are maximized via ZonexCommander’s ability to schedule different
start/stop times for each unit.
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
97
ZonexCommmander (Plus)
Designed to centralize control of multiple constant volume VAV systems
Communicate remotely or on-site with G/E or HP, stand-alone rooftop units and zone systems. The ZonexCommander Plus displays S/A and
R/A temperatures and controls and schedules external devices such as exhaust fans, parking lot lights, etc., through the RELAYCOM, all located
on our unique 2-wire communications link.
RTU
RTU
DIGICOM
STATIC
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AIR
SENSOR
AIR
SENSOR
RETURN
AIR
DIGICOM
TO
ADDITIONAL
MODULATING
ZONES
BYPASS
DAMPER
24 VOLT
TRANSFORMER
LIGHTING
RLYCOM
EXHAUST FAN
ZONE
DAMPER
ZONE
DAMPER
RTU
ZONE
DAMPER
24 VOLT
TRANSFORMER
6VA PER DAMPER
DIGICOM
MODSTAT
TX
RX
RTU
DIGICOM
RMOD
RELAY MODULE
MODEM
CONNECTS TO PC OR
REMOTE CONNECT VIA INTERNET
Command Center
The ZNXPLUS Command Center provides a central
source for communication and control of up to 4 relay
modules with 20 modulating zones and control of up
to 4 2H/2C HVAC systems. Up to 3 additional Command
Centers (CZNX) can be added for control of 16 zoned
units and 80 thermostats or devices. The Command
Center stores system information and scheduling in its
non-volatile memory.
Burnaby
Kitchener
98
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Thermostats are
assigned to their
respective relay module
and its corresponding
HVAC unit from the
zoned units page.
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
ModCom – Remote VAV Control for Individual Zoned Systems
ModCom is a communicating Windows-based DDC system. The ModCom Command Center controls G/E or HP equipment and supports up to 20
thermostats which can control modulating or two-position dampers, stand alone HVAC equipment and auxiliary equipment such as exhaust fans,
lighting and other generic loads or on/off devices which are controlled via the ModCom’s simple Windows-based scheduling program.
ModCom can be used to easily upgrade older VVT, VVHC or other zoning systems utilizing their existing dampers and wiring.
5
9
6
8
7
4
3
2
1
Communications wire from
Command Center – 4000’ Max.
The Universal MODCOM Command Center includes on-board 2-stage capacity control,
is designed to operate G/E or HP equipment with integrated fossil fuel control.
MODCOM SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Burnaby
Kitchener
ModCom Command Center
ModStat
Twisted pair communication wire (Use Belden 8740)
Transformer to power dampers 6 VA per damper
DIGICOM thermostat to control stand-alone HVAC equipment
RLYCOM – control and schedule lights, ventilation, etc.
Zone dampers – fully modulating or 2-position
Bypass dampers with static pressure control
Leaving and return air temperature sensors
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Select vacation
dates and override
schedules for each
thermostat in the
system.
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
99
Zonex Communicating Options
The SendCom sensor is an
optional device used with
stand-alone HVAC equipment,
providing remote monitoring
of that unit’s supply and return
air temperatures.
The RLYCOM is an optional
device tied into the Zonex or
ModCom communications loop.
The two SPDT relays provide
On/Off control and scheduling
capability for two devices
(exhaust fans, parking lot lights,
signage). Multiple Relaycoms
can be used for additional
generic loads.
SendCom Communicating Duct
Temperature Sensor
RLYCOM Communicating Relay Device
Zonex Software Connecting to HVAC System over the Internet
This router has an internet registered IP
address of 130.100.75.10. The router must
be configured for “Port Forwarding.” Within
the Port Forwarding lookup table, Port #2000
must be pointing to 128.100.101.77 which
is the network device IP address.
DSL or Cable Modem
INTERNET
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
Zonex application pointing to
the IP address of the Router,
130.100.75.10 and Port #2000.
TCP/IP
Router
TCP/IP
Ethernet LAN
RTU1
TCP/IP
Network device
with IP address
of 128.100.101.77
and Port #2000.
DIGICOM
Thermostat
Zonex
Command
Center
Serial RS485
Serial RS232
RTU2
Using Windows® software and Internet
access, the ZonexCommander allows
remote communication with 1-80 RTU
zones and devices.
…your way to temperature
control and energy savings.
Control rooftops, AHU’s, heat pumps,
zoning systems or split systems…
from anywhere!
Point
and Click
Burnaby
Kitchener
100
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Zonex application pointing
to the network device with
IP address of 128.100.101.77
and Port #2000.
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
Accessories
D-FUSER
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A combination damper and diffuser
Auto changeover operation
Reduce VAV system costs by 25% or more
Individual heat and cool setpoints
Maintains temperature ±1° setpoint
Eliminates air dumping
Installs in a 2’ x 2’ ceiling grid
Substitute D-FUSERS for VAV boxes
Upgrade systems without replacing ductwork
Easy installation
Simple operation
Replace old pneumatic or electronic VAV jobs
The D-FUSER provides fully modulating auto changeover operation which controls both heating
and cooling in each VAV zone.
Use the D-FUSER in a bypass VAV system or for stand-alone control.
This combination damper/diffuser incorporates a fluidic nozzle which provides each zone
with exceptional temperature control and maximum comfort. The D-FUSER utilizes fluidic
principles to maximize the Coanda Effect. As room load varies, the D-FUSER modulates to
control the flow of supply air, maintaining the smoothest possible flow of air, coupled with
the greatest ceiling attachment.
Round and Rectangular Dampers
Hundreds of damper sizes available for every job and application:
• Round dampers – 6” to 18”
Supporting .5” SP – 1.75” SP
• Rectangular Dampers – 6” x 6” to 48” x 48”
Supporting .5” SP – 2.0” SP
Commercial dampers are equipped with
elliptical blades to track airflow linearly.
SAMOD Stand Alone Modulating Damper Control
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Provides fully modulating control
Changeover duct sensor included
Auto changeover operation
Digital push button temperature setting
Easy-to-read digital display
Temperature range: 54-86°F
24-Volt AC
Dimensions: 2.875” W x 4.5” H x 1” D
No batteries required
Non-volatile memory
Slave up to 3 dampers off each thermostat
Available with remote sensor
Auxiliary heat control available
Displays Room
Temperature
Displays Damper
Position in % Open
Displays Supply
Duct Air
Temperature
The SAMOD is a direct digital control auto changeover thermostat that is designed to control
and modulate a stand-alone D-FUSER or damper in commercial applications. Designed for
overconditioned areas, the thermostat senses the duct temperature and compares it to the
heat/cool setpoints vs. room temperature and modulates the damper for the correct volume
of air. The thermostat includes a duct sensor installed upstream of the damper and sends the
duct temperature to the SAMOD.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
101
Burnaby
Kitchener
102
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
70 SERIES SINGLE STAGE THERMOSTATS
WHITE-RODGERS THERMOSTATS
For residential heating and cooling applications. Primarily designed for 24 Vac or millivolt systems.
Adjustable heating/cooling anticipation. Will cover wall marks left by most mechanical thermostats
without the need for an extra wall plate. Features battery powered for maximum compatibility;
fossil fuel or electric heat compatible; large LCD with backlight; selectable Celsius or Fahrenheit
temperature display includes O and B terminals.
Typical
Stages
System
Fan
Power
Order Number
Programming
Voltage
Application
(Heat/Cool)
Switch
Switch
Method
1F78-144
Non-programmable Gas, oil, electric
1/1
Heat-Off-Cool Auto-On 24V or mV
Battery
powered
1F78-151
5+2
Gas, oil, electric
1/1
Heat-Off-Cool Auto-On 24V or mV
Battery
powered
Terminals
RC, RH, W,
Y, G, O, B
RC, RH, W,
Y, G, O, B
70 SERIES SINGLE STAGE VERTICAL THERMOSTATS
Single stage digital programmable and non-programmable economy thermostats. The new vertical
70 Series thermostats build your new construction business. It’s the first series of flexible thermostats
enabling customers to wire and mount one subbase for use with the temporary new construction
thermostat and easily snap on an upgrade to any 1E78 digital model upon building completion.
Order Number
1E78-151
1E78-144
1E78-140
Stages (Heat/Cool)
1/1
1/1
1/1
Programming
5 + 2 Day
Non-programmable
Non-programmable
Systems
Gas, oil, electric
Gas, oil, electric
Gas, oil, electric
Power Source
Hardwired
Battery
Hardwired
70 SERIES MULTI-STAGE AND HEAT PUMP MULTI-STAGE THERMOSTATS
Residential Single Stage, Multi-Stage and Heat Pump Applications. 70 Series are the perfect
upgrade from mechanical thermostats. Covers wall marks left by most mechanical thermostats
with the need for an extra wall plate.
Order Number
1F73-174
Stages (Heat/Cool)
2/2
Programming
Non-programmable
Typical Application
Gas, oil, electric
Switching
Auto changeover
80 SERIES SINGLE STAGE AND HEAT PUMP THERMOSTATS
The best selling digital thermostat series now has Blue. 80 Series Blue has an easy to view
blue display and enhanced home comfort features. Take all the best features of the 80 Series,
add exclusive CoolSavingsTM dedicated programmable or non-programmable, longer batter life
with exclusive batter power monitor.
Order Number
1F80-0471
Programming
5+1+1, 5+2
Typical Application
Stages (Heat/Cool)
Residential / Commercial
1/1
Power Method
Terminals
Hardwired or battery powered RC, RH, C, W, Y, G, O/B
80 SINGLE STAGE THERMOSTATS
The best selling digital thermostat series now has Blue. 80 Series Blue has an easy to view
blue display and enhanced home comfort features. Take all the best features of the 80 Series,
add exclusive CoolSavingsTM dedicated programmable or non-programmable, longer batter life
with exclusive batter power monitor.
Typical
Stages
System
Order Number Programming
Voltage
Power Method
Application
(Heat/Cool)
Switch
1F80-361
5+1+1
Gas, oil, electric
1/1
Heat-Off-Cool 24V or mV
Hardwired or
Battery
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
EMR
Terminals
No
RC, RH, C, W,
Y, G, O, B
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
103
WHITE-RODGERS THERMOSTATS
80 SERIES MULTI-STAGE AND HEAT PUMP MULTI-STAGE THERMOSTATS
The best selling digital thermostat series now has Blue. 80 Series Blue has an easy to view
blue display and enhanced home comfort features. Take all the best features of the 80 Series,
add exclusive CoolSavingsTM dedicated programmable or non-programmable, longer batter life
with exclusive batter power monitor.
1F85-275
5+1+1
Typical
Application
-
1F85-277
5+1+1
Heat pump
2/2
Heat-Off-Cool
-
1F82-261
5+1+1
Heat pump
2/1
Auto-On
1F89-211
Non
programmable
Heat pump
2/1
Heat-Off-CoolEmergency
Heat-Off-CoolEmergency
Order Number Programming
Stages
(Heat/Cool)
2/2
System
Switch
-
Fan
Switch
-
Auto-On
Anticipation
Power
EMR
(Heat/Cool)
Method
Hardwired or
Battery
-
Hardwired or
Battery
Adjustable / Hardwire (R-C) Yes
adjustable
Adjustable / Hardwire (R-C) No
adjustable
Terminals
R, C, G, E/W1,
W2, Y1, Y2, L,
O, B
R, C, G, E/W1,
W2, Y1, Y2, L,
O, B
R, C, G, Y, W2,
E, O/B, L
R, C, G, Y, W2,
E, O/B, L
80 SERIES SINGLE STAGE / MULTI STAGE / HEAT PUMP THERMOSTATS
UNIVERSAL WIRELESS REMOTE
The best selling digital thermostat series now has Blue. 80 Series Blue has an easy to view
blue display and enhanced home comfort features. Take all the best features of the 80 Series,
add exclusive CoolSavingsTM dedicated programmable or non-programmable, longer batter life
with exclusive batter power monitor.
Typical
Stages
Anticipation Power
Order Number Programming
System Switch Fan Switch
Application (Heat/Cool)
(Heat/Cool) Method
1F85RF-275
5+1+1
Heat pump
Single 1/1, Heat-Off-Cool- Auto-On Adjustable / Battery
Programmable or
Multi 2/2, Heat Emergency
adjustable powered
non-programmable
Pump 3/2
EMR
Terminals
Yes R, C, E/W1, W2,
Y1, Y2, B, O, L
90 SINGLE STAGE THERMOSTATS
Order Number
Programming
1F90-374
5+2/5+1+1
1F97-374
7 day
Typical
Application
Gas, oil, electric,
3 wire zone
Gas, oil, electric,
3 wire zone
Stages
(Heat/Cool)
1/1
1/1
System
Fan Switch Voltage
Switch
Heat-OffAuto-On 24V or mV
Cool-Auto
Heat-OffAuto-On 24V or mV
Cool-Auto
Terminals
RC, C, RH, W, G, O, B
RC, RH, W, Y, G, MV, O, B, 6
90 UNIVERSAL COMMERCIAL MULTISTAGE OR HEAT PUMP THERMOSTAT
Residential and Commercial - Single Stage, Multi-Stage and Heat Pump Applications.
90 Series Thermostats are the ultimate for comfort, convenience and performance. No
additional subbases required.
Stages (Heat/Cool)
Order Number Programming
Typical Application
Multi-Stage Heat Pump
System Switch
Fan Switch
1F93-380
7-day, 2 time
Universal commercial
2/2
3/2
Heat, Off, Cool, Auto, Auto, On
periods per day multi-stage or heat pump
Emergency
1F95-377
7-day, 4 time
Universal multi-stage or
2/2
3/2
Heat, Off, Cool, Auto, Auto, On
periods per day
heat pump
Emergency
Burnaby
Kitchener
104
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Power Method
Hardwired (R-C)
Hardwired (R-C)
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
WHITE-RODGERS THERMOSTATS
90 SERIES BLUE - TOUCHSCREEN THERMOSTATS
Residential and Commercial - Single Stage, Multi-Stage and Heat Pump Applications. 90 Series
Thermostats are the ultimate for comfort, convenience and performance. No additional subbases
required.
Order Number
1F95-1277
1F97-1277
1F97-1271
Programming
7-day, 4 time
periods per day
7-day, 4 time
periods per day
7-day, 4 time
periods per day
Typical Application
multi-stage
or heat pump
multi-stage
multi-stage
Multi-Stage Heat Pump
System Switch
2/2
3/2
Heat, Off, Cool, Auto,
Emergency
2/2
Heat, Off, Cool, Auto,
Emergency
2/2
Heat, Off, Cool, Auto,
Emergency
Fan Switch
Auto, On
Power Method
Hardwired (R-C)
Auto, On
Hardwired (R-C)
Auto, On
Hardwired (R-C)
90 SERIES PREMIUM WITH HUMIDITY CONTROL
1F95-391 multi-stage model for fossil fuel (2 heat/2 cool) and multi-stage heat pump (3 heat/2
cool) applications. Features: programmable humidity control in summer and winter; 7-day
programming (7 programs), 4 temperatures per program; +/- 1° temperature accuracy; accepts
up to 3 digital indoor remote sensors and 1 outdoor sensor; lighted keypad; humidity control at
the thermostat; humidifier, filter and UV light service indicator; programmable fan and keypad
lockout; permanent program retention; energy management recovery option; built in diagnostics;
meets EnergyStar® specifications. 1F97-391 single-stage model for gas, oil and electric and
single-stage heat pump applications. Features: 7-day or 5-1-1 day programming (4 time and
4 temperature setting per program); patented pre-programmed software simplifies time and
temperature programming; large luminescent display; humidifier; permanent program retention;
vacation programming; air filter change indicator.
Order Number
1F95-391
Programming
7-day, 4 temperatures per program
Stages
Multi-stage
System Switch
Heat-Cool-Auto Changeover
THERMOSTAT ACCESSORIES
Order Number
F061-2486
F145-1328
F145-1378
F061-2301
F061-2500
F061-2300
Description
Wall coverplate, white colour, 53/8 x 3/4
Comfort-Set® 90 indoor remote sensor
Outdoor remote sensor for IF93-380
Wallplate for low voltage standard thermostats
Wallplate for Comfort-Set 80 thermostats
Wallplate for all 1F90 and 1F70 Series thermostats; adapter plate to mount to a vertical junction box
1F HORIZONTAL THERMOSTATS
FOR CONTROL OF LOW VOLTAGE HEATING, COOLING, HEATING / COOLING AND ZONING INSTALLATIONS
Order Number
1F30W-301
1F30W-604
1F51W-617
1F56W-361
Burnaby
Kitchener
Typical
Stages
System
Fan
Anticipation
Contacts
Application Heat/Cool
Switch
Switch
Heat/Cool
Heat only (24V)
1
None
None
Mercury Cells
Adjustable
Heat only (mV)
1
None
None
Mercury Cells Non-anticipated
Cool only
1
Cool-Off
Auto-On Mercury Cells
Adjustable
Heat/Cool
1/1
Heat-Off-Cool Auto-On Mercury Cells Adjustable/ Fixed
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Range
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
105
WHITE-RODGERS THERMOSTATS
1E30 SERIES VERTICAL THERMOSTATS WITH MERCURY CELL SWITCHES
FOR LOW VOLTAGE HEATING, COOLING AND ZONING INSTALLATIONS
Sealed mercury cells provide long life and protection against dirt and moisture. Heating and cooling
anticipators provide narrow differential control of room temperature. Beige case with gold and black dial.
Order Number
1E30W-311
1E30W-609
1E31W-607
1E50-303
1E50W-303
1E56-309
1E56W-309
Typical
Application
Heat only
mV Heat only
Cool only
Heat only
Heat only
Heat/Cool
Heat/Cool
Stages
System
Fan
Heat/Cool
Switch
Switch
1
None
None
1
None
None
1
None
None
1
None
Auto-On
1
None
Auto-On
Cool-Off-Heat Auto-On
Cool-Off-Heat Auto-On
Colour
White
White
White
Beige
White
Beige
White
Contacts
Mercury Cells
Mercury Cells
Mercury Cells
Mercury Cells
Mercury Cells
Mercury Cells
Mercury Cells
Anticipation
Heat/Cool
Adjustable 0.15 - 1.0A
Non-anticipated
Anticipated
Anticipated
Anticipated
Anticipated
Anticipated
Range - °F (°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
50 - 90°F (10 - 32°C)
1. For use in zoning systems where all thermostats control a common compressor and a separate solenoid refrigerant valve in each zone.
2. Element protected to 200°F (93°C)
Note: Mounting clamp included (F92-0647) with all models except 1609-114 and 1609-90.
ELECTRIC HEAT LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTATS
CLASSIC WHITE COLOR
Order Number
1A65W-633
1A66W-633
Voltage
120/240
240
Range (°F)
40 - 85
40 - 85
Differential (°F)
1
1
Includes: Mounting clamp for outdoor bulb and Well (F89-0148).
Number of Poles
1
2
1A16 SERIES LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTATS
FOR LIGHT OR HEAVY DUTY USE
For direct control of fan coils, fans, motor starters, circulator motors, contractors, valves for heating,
cooling or SPDT applications. Two dial stops for setting a maximum or minimum temperature.
Range: 36 - 90°F
Pilot duty: 125 VA
Switch actions: SPDT
Order Number
1A16-51
Type
Heavy duty
Differential (°F)
3
Current Rating, Full Load Heat
120 Vac
240/277 Vac
16.0A
8.0A
Current Rating, Full Load Cool
120 Vac
240/277 Vac
8.0A
4.0A
1609 SERIES REFRIGERATION TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Provides positive control of refrigeration applications where remote control is desired. Features: Hydraulic
action element, adjustable differential, dustproof steel case dial visible and can be adjusted through cover,
easy to wire screw terminals, case has top and bottom knockouts, UL listed and CSA certified.
Bulb size: 5 1/4” x 3/8”
Dimensions: 5 3/8” H x 2 5/16” W x 2 9/16” D
Order Number Range (°F)
1609-102
-30 - 90
1687-9
-30 - 90
Diff. (Adjustable) (°F)
3.5 - 40
4.5 - 40
Capillary (ft)
8
8
Switch Action
Close on rise
Spdt
Motor Rating (Full Load)
120 Vac
240 Vac
16.0A
8.0A
7.4A
3.7A
1. For use in zoning systems where all thermostats control a common compressor and a separate refrigerant valve in each zone.
2. Element protected to 200°F (93°C) NOTE: Mounting clamp included (f92-0647) with all models except 1609-114 and 1609-90
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
Order Number
F089-0148
Burnaby
Kitchener
106
Description
Universal well, 2 15/16” x 7/16” bulb size, 1/2” NPT pipe size, has standard shank, with sleeve for retaining bulb
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
WHITE-RODGERS THERMOSTATS
HEAVY-DUTY SPACE THERMOSTATS
FOR HEATING AND COOLING
Designed for use in garages, factories, warehouses and similar commercial and industrial installations.
Dust, moisture and vermin resistant heavy metal case. No leveling required, mounts in any position.
Motor Rating (Full Load) Resistive (Non-Inductive)
Order Number Range (°F) Differential (°F) Switch Action
120 Vac
240 Vac
120 Vac
240 Vac
201-20
-30 - 90
Adjustable 4 - 20 Close on rise
16.0A
8.0A
25.0A
22.0A
ADJUSTABLE INDOOR-OUTDOOR CONTROLS
FOR CONVENTIONAL HOT WATER HEATING, OR ZONED SYSTEMS
Order Number
1050-1
Differential (°F)
10 fixed
Switch Action
Open on rise
Capillary (ft)
15 to inside bulb,
30 to outside bulb
Pipe Thread (in)
1/2
Full Load
120 Vac
240 Vac
14.0A
7.0A
Note: All timings are in seconds.
HYDRONIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
Regulate temperature of any liquid non-corrosive to copper in applications such as vats, hot
water boilers, de-feathering tanks, oil filtering, etc. Available in open or close on rise types for
use as high limit or reverse acting control.
Full Load
Valves / Relays
Order Number Range °F Differential (°F)
11B06-1
11B06-46
100 - 240
100 - 400
5 - 45 adj.
Fixed 5 (3)
Switch
Bulb
Capillary (ft) 120 Vac 240 Vac 24 Vac 0.3-12V DC
Action
Size (in)
Open on rise 3 1/2 x 7/16
10.0A
6.0A
6.0A
1.0A
Open on rise
6 x 1/4
5
10.0A
6.0A
6.0A
1.0A
Note: All timings are in seconds.
WHITE-RODGERS IGNITION MODULES
UNIVERSAL SILICON CARBIDE INTEGRATED IGNITION SYSTEM
The 50A55-843 Universal Silicon Carbide Integrated Ignition Module employs a microprocessor
which continually monitors, analyzes and controls the proper operation of the gas burner, inducer
and fan. This one module will replace all of the 50A5X-XXX integrated ignition carbide modules
that have been manufactured by White-Rodgers. The Universal Module includes an extensive
cross reference, additional jumper wires, wiring harness and a jumper for Trane applications. The
module also has terminals for powering a humidifier and an air cleaner. Applications: gas fired
forced air furnaces with integrated furnace control module and a silicon carbide ignitor.
Delay Heat
Delay Cool
Order Number
Prepurge
On
Off
On
Off
Replacement for
50A55-843
30
30/45
60/90/120/180
5
45/90
Amana / ICP / Lennox / Trane / York
CARBIDE NON-INTEGRATED HOT SURFACE IGNITION MODULE
White-Rodgers 50E47-843 Universal Replacement for silicon carbide, non-integrated modules.
The Universal kit has everything needed for a fast and accurate replacement, including a
complete module cross-reference and program keys to quickly customize the module to the
furnace application, mounting hardware, double-sided foam back tape, colour-coded timing
label and pre-printed hanging carton. Features: program keys; tri-colour LED indicator for
diagnostics; direct and indirect flame sense.
Seconds
Order Number
Lockout Time
Ignitor Warm-Up Time
Prepurge Time
Retries
50E47-843
4
45
30
2
*. Can be used on LP gases only if an external means for automatic pilot gas shutoff is provided.
2. With automatic gas shutoff.
(1) Screw terminals located inside cover. For use with any standard 24/120/240 Vac solenoid or diaphragm gas valve.
(2) Plug-in switch case for use with White-Rodgers “Silent Knight” (25G01 series) or “Cushioned Power” (25D46 series) solenoid valves.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
107
WHITE-RODGERS IGNITION KITS
CYCLE-PILOT® RETROFIT KITS
Controls system designed to eliminate standing pilots by converting to cycle-pilot controls with automatic spark ignition.
Gas valve functions are terminated on a printed circuit board that exits through the Mercury flame sensor receptacle
housing, on the terminal panel side. Interfacing to the ignition module is achieved with wiring harnesses F115-0064 or
F115-0087 for systems with 5059-23 and F115-0059 for systems with 50A22-201. Harness connections are keyed for
positive connections to the gas manifold. For use on most residential and light commercial gas-fired applications.
Order Number
21D18-3
Coil @ 60 Hz
24 Vac
Electrical Rating
0.61A
Inlet-Outlet Size
3/4” x 3/4”
Capacity AGA Standard Gas
280,000
Gas Type
Natural only
NITRIDE UPGRADE KIT
FOR HOT SURFACE IGNITION CONTROLS (HSI)
Designed to replace silicon carbide ignitors with sturdier nitride design. No need to replace
existing module. Includes universal ignitor mounting bracket. Super tough nitride ignitor
construction. Easy ignitor replacement.
Order Number Description
21D64-2
Kit includes: Nitride Ignitor with 15.5” Leads, One Universal Mounting bracket/screw, Mounting
Adapter bracket, 2 ceramic wire nuts, Cross reference, Nitride Upgrade Furnace Label
WHITE-RODGERS FLAME SENSORS
760-401 FLAME SENSORS
FOR HOT SURFACE IGNITION (HSI SYSTEMS)
Features: high quality aluminum ceramic insulator; single screw positively located stainless
steel mounting bracket; high temperature Kanthol flame rod material that can withstand
1800°F; Teflon insulated (250°C rating) lead wire. Can be mounted remotely on multiple
burner or adjacent to ignitor on other applications.
Order Number
760-401
Lead Length (in)
30
Electrical Connection
Description
1/4” female spade terminal Designed to detect the presence of flame; if not detected within the specified
safety time, ignition will lock-out or initiate one or more retries
760 IGNITION ELECTRODE ASSEMBLIES
REPLACES CYCLE-PILOT® IGNITION ELECTRODES AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES
Order Number
760-56
Description
24” lead with slip on bracket
Mounting
Includes perforated mounting strap for varying applications
MERCURY FLAME SENSORS
Order Number
3046-5
30A46-5
30A46-105
Element Length (in)
42
42
12
Valve Type
1
2
2
Terminal
Screw
Plug-in
Plug-in
Description
Recycling
Stud mount element, recycling
Sleeve over element, no stud mount, recycling
3049, 3094, 3098 SERIES MERCURY FLAME SENSORS
Order Number
3098-134
3049-18
3098-156
Burnaby
Kitchener
108
Element
Length (in)
48
30
48
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Panel
Type
E
F
E
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Bulb
Style
19
7
20
Description
Replaces bulb styles #9 or #13
Common terminal is #1, common terminal on early models #4
Replaces bulb styles #17 or #18
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
ALLTEMP
SNAP DISC FAN & LIMIT CONTROLS
FAN CONTROL—CLOSE ON RISE
Temperature Settings (°F)
Order Number
Cut-In
Cut-Out
19-FS2110
110
90
19-FS2120
120
100
19-FS2130
130
110
19-FS2160
160
140
19-FS2200
200
180
19-FS2250
250
220
LIMIT CONTROLS—OPEN ON RISE
Temperature Settings (°F)
Order Number
Cut-In
Cut-Out
19-LS2150
110
150
19-LS2160
120
160
19-LS2180
140
180
19-LS2190
150
190
19-LS2200
160
200
19-LS2250
210
250
WHITE-RODGERS
ELECTRIC HEAT SEQUENCERS
Direct replacement for most fan/heat sequencing functions. Terminal marking are equivalent to competitive types.
Timings - ON
Timings - OFF
Order Number
Timings
Switches
M1-M2
M3-M4
M1-M2
M3-M4
24A34-28
2
2
1-160
1-160
1-160
1-160
24A34-29
1
1
15-35
25-55
24A34-37
1
1
1-110
1-110
24A34-24
1
1
30-75
1-40
24A34-36
2
2
1-20
30-45
45-110
1-30
24A34-21
1
1
1-20
18,264
24A34-23
1
1
25-55
15-45
24A34-27
2
2
1-160
1-160
1-160
1-160
24A34-26
2
2
1-20
30-90
40-90
1-30
24A34-22
1
1
15-45
38,016
24A34-25
1
1
40-90
1-30
-
HYDRONIC ZONE CONTROLS
2-WIRE OR 3-WIRE VALVES FOR ZONING HYDRONIC SYSTEMS UP TO 50 PSI
3-WIRE, 24V VALVES WITH PUSH-IN WIRING PANEL AND AUXILIARY SWITCH
Friction Loss Equivalents
Order Number
Tubing ID (in)
24 Vac
Time Cycle (sec)
3/4
1
1 1/4
0.4A
0.4A
0.4A
Open: 45 close: 45
Open: 45 close: 45
Open: 45 close: 45
1311-102
1311-103
1311-104
Differential Across Maximum
System
Cv Factor
Valve (psi)
Water (°F) Pressure (psi)
15
240
50
23.5
15
240
50
37
15
240
50
42.2
Tubing (ft)
2 1/2
4
7
2-WIRE, 24V VALVES WITH PUSH-IN WIRING PANEL AND AUXILIARY SWITCH
Order Number
Tubing ID (in)
24 Vac
1
3/4
1 1/4
0.2A
0.2A
0.2A
1361-103
1361-102
1361-104
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Friction Loss Equivalents
Differential Across Maximum
System
Time Cycle (sec)
Cv Factor Tubing (ft)
Valve (psi)
Water (°F) Pressure (psi)
Open: 45 - close: 60
15
240
50
37.0
3 1/2
Open: 45 - close: 60
15
240
50
23.5
2 1/2
Open: 45 - close: 60
15
240
50
42.12
6 1/2
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
109
WHITE-RODGERS GAS VALVES
36C SNAP OPEN, SINGLE FUNCTION AND STANDING PILOT GAS VALVES
Order Number
36C01A-201
36C01-405
36C03-258
36C03-434
36C03U-400
36C53-239
36C53-418
36C67-175
36C94-201
36D13-405
36E38-210
36E98-304
Typical Application
Coil Voltage
Snap open
120 Vac
Snap open
24 Vac
Standing pilot
24 Vac
Standing pilot
24 Vac
Standing pilot
750 mV
Standing pilot
24 Vac
Standing pilot
24 Vac
Standing pilot
24 Vac
Cycle pilot
24 Vac
Spark or hot surface
24 Vac
Intermittent ignition systems 24 Vac
Intermittent ignition systems 24 Vac
Gas
Pipe Size (in)
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural or LP
Natural
Natural or LP
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
3/4 x 3/4
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1/2 x 3/8
1/2 x 1/2
3/4 x 3/4
1/2 x 3/4
1/2 x 3/4
Opening
Characteristic
Fast open
Fast open
Fast open
Fast open
Fast open
Slow open
Slow open
Step open
Slow open
2-stage
Step open
Slow open
BTU/hr
230,000
280,000
230,000
280,000
280,000
230,000
280,000
100,000
230,000
280,000
140,000
140,000
36C84 CYCLE PILOT GAS VALVES
With redundant pilot solenoid main gas regulator, integral pressure switch and electrical connection
on the gas valve for mercury flame sensor connection.
Electrical rating: 0.6A
Regulator adjustment range: Nat., 2.5 to 5.0” WC
Capacity AGA standard gas: 335,000
Gas type: Natural
Regulator setting: 3.5” WC
Maximum pressure rating: 1/2 psi (14” WC)
Temperature rating, ambient: -40 - 175°F
Dimensions: end to end 3 15/16”
Order Number Coil @ 60 Hz Inlet-Outlet (in)
36C84-426
24 Vac
3/4 x 3/4
Use with Flame
Flame Sensor LP Conversion
Electrical Connection
Bushing Kit
Sensor
Socket Location
Kit
3098
Edge connector to PC board*
side
No
Yes
*. Use F115-0064 wiring harness for applications using 5059 and F115-0059 wiring harness for applications having 5022 or 50A22 lockout timers.
2. For LP gas only. Regulator setting: 11.0″WC.
36C94 SLOW OPENING CYCLE PILOT VALVES
Electrical rating: 0.6A @ 24 Vac @ 60 Hz
Dimensions: end to end 3 15/16”
Swing radius: 4”
Order Number
36C94-407
Inlet-Outlet Capacity A.G.A.
Size (in)
Standard Gas
3/4 x 3/4
335,000
Maximum pressure rating: 1/2 psi (14” WC)
Regulator adjustment range: 2.5 – 5.0” WC
Mercury Flame
Sensor Style
3098
Electrical
Connection
Edge connector
to PC board*
Flame Sensor
Socket Location
Side
LP
Bushing
Conversion Kit
Kit
Natural
Yes
Yes
Gas
*. Use F115-0064 wiring harness for applications using 5059 and F115-0059 wiring harness for applications having 5022 or 50A22 lockout timers.
36E REDUNDANT GAS VALVES
Order Number
36E36-304
36E98-304
36E93-304
36E38-210
Burnaby
Kitchener
110
Inlet-Outlet Capacity A.G.A. Regulator
Step
Size (in)
Standard Gas Setting Opening
1/2 x 3/4
140,000
3.5” WC Fast open,
no step
1/2 x 3/4
140,000
3.5” WC Slow open,
no step
1/2 x 3/4
140,000
3.5” WC Fast open,
no step
1/2 x 1/2
140,000
3.5” WC Fast open,
no step
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Gas
Natural
and LP
Natural
and LP
Natural
Natural
Calgary
North Bay
System
Bushing Side
Usage
Kit
Taps
Proven pilot,
Yes
Yes
HSI and DSI
Proven pilot,
Yes
Yes
HSI and DSI
Proven pilot w/
No
No
pressure switch
Proven pilot,
Yes
Yes
HSI and DSI
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
WHITE-RODGERS GAS VALVES
FLAME DETECTORS
Order Number
956-35
Description
Cadmium cell, 65” leads, straight bracket, uses light intensity to sense presence of flame, used for oil burning
heating equipment, uses F142-0006 cad cell
E SERIES PILOT BURNERS
FOR USE WITH THERMOCOUPLES
Order Number
E31N-12
E31N-14
Description
For power generators
For clip-in thermocouples
1. For use with liquid-filled pilots. Features include: an ignition flame that is unusually long and stable for a non-aerated pilot burner; greater
freedom in positioning the pilot with respect to the main burner; and improved cone shaped orifice design that reduces pilot burner noise to a
whisper and acts to prevent foreign matter from collecting on the orifice itself.
PILOT BURNERS
Order Number
21D13-14
21D14-1
Description
23” lead, contains E36-16 pilot burner and 760-616 electrode assembly, used for roof-top units
Left flame direction, NG and LP orifices, for use with thermocouples and power generators
750 MILLIVOLT POWER GENERATOR
PROVIDES POWER FOR 750 MILLIVOLT SELF-GENERATION CONTROL SYSTEMS.
Order Number Description
G01A-132
S2, 750 mV, 36” leads, armoured cable, PG9 adapter, split-spade terminals
G01A-502
750 mV power generator with 36” armoured cable leads
AIR PRESSURE SWITCHES
Order Number Description
770-3
Spdt, 0.07 - 12” WC operating range, -40 - 180°F (-40 - 82°C) ambient, 15A @ 120/240/277 Vac non-inductive,
300 VA pilot duty, furnished with (1) 6” piece 1/4” OD flexible tubing, nuts and ferrules
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
111
CAM-STAT
L59 SERIES LIMIT CONTROLS
Order Number
L59-3B-A
L59-7B-A
Switch Action
SPDT
SPDT
Element Length (in)
3
7
Temp. Adjust (°F)
120 - 250
120 - 250
Fixed Differential (°F)
30
30
Electrical Ratings: Full Load: 5.8A @ 120 Vac. 2.9A @ 240 Vac
FAL SERIES COMBINATION FAN AND LIMIT CONTROLS
UNIVERSAL REPLACEMENTS
Order Number
Switch Action
Element Length (in)
SPST
SPST
3
7
FAL3C-05TD-120-A
FAL7C-05TD-120-A
Adjustable Settings (°F)
Fan On
Fan On
Limit
Temperature
Differential
Temperature
90 - 120
25 - 50
150 - 250
90 - 120
25 - 50
150 - 250
Note: Limit differential 30°F
FA47TS SERIES TIME START FAN CONTROLS
WITH A BUILT-IN HEAT-ASSIST TIMER
Order Number
Switch Action
Extension Length (in)
FA47TS3-110
FA47TS7-110
spst
spst
3
7
Time Delay at
24 Vac (sec)
25 - 60
25 - 60
Settings °F
Temperature
Fixed Fan
Off
Differential
80 - 110
60
80 - 110
60
Note: Timer (“Heat Assist”): 0.08A @ 24 Vac
Electrical Ratings: (Full Load): 13.8A @ 120 Vac, 8.0A @ 240 Vac
FALTS SERIES COMBINATION FAN AND LIMIT CONTROLS
WITH TIME START DELAY
Order Number
FALTS57C-05T-120-A
FALTS57C-65T-120-A
FALTS57C-13BT-120-A
Switch
Action
SPST
SPST
SPST
Element
Length (in)
7
7 with shield
7
Electrical Rating Timer
(Heat Assist)
0.08A @ 24 Vac
0.08A @ 24 Vac
0.08A @ 24 Vac
Adjustable Settings (°F)
Fan Off
Limit
Temperature
Temperature
90 - 120
150 - 250
90 - 120
150 - 250
90 - 120
150 - 250
Note: Limit differential 30°F.
Burnaby
Kitchener
112
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
CAM-STAT
S106 SERIES TIME DELAY RELAYS
For use in controlling high current blowers, relays and contractors at a predetermined time interval
after the heater is energized.
Timing (sec)
Model
Switch
Electrical Rating
Order Number
Delay On Make
Delay On Break
Number
Action
Time Delay Heater
S106-1A-45-75C
F582
spst
30 - 50
60 - 90
0.12A @ 24 Vac
S106-1A-50-40C
F583
spst
45 - 55
30 - 50
0.12A @ 24 Vac
S106-1A-55-60C
F584
spst
50 - 60
45 - 75
0.12A @ 24 Vac
S106-1A-40-100C
F585
spst
35 - 45
80 - 110
0.12A @ 24 Vac
S106-1B-65-45C
F586
spdt
60 - 70
45 - 75
0.12A @ 24 Vac
Note: Delay on break timing is recorded after two minutes of continued 24 volt input.
F47 & F214 SERIES FAN CONTROLS
Order Number
F47-3TD-120-25C
F47-7TD-120-25C
F214-12A-140-25C
F214-13A-140-25C
Model
Number
F564
F565
F562
F563
Switch
Action
spst
spst
spst
spst
Extension (in)
Adjustable Settings (°F)
Length
Width
Fan Off Temp.
Fan On Differential
3
7
3
7
7/16
7/16
11/16
11/16
90 - 120
90 - 120
60 - 140
60 - 140
25 - 45
25 - 45
25 - 45
25 - 45
Electrical Ratings: (Full Load): 13.8A @ 120 Vac, 8.0A @ 240 Vac
FIELD CONTROLS CO.
MG1 DRAFT CONTROLS
FOR COMMERCIAL GAS-FIRED FURNACES AND BOILERS
Order Number
MG1-6
MG1-7
MG1-8
Control Size (in)
6
7
8
Recommended Pipe Size (in)
Diameter
Circumference
5, 6
15 3/4 - 19
6, 7
19 - 22
7, 8
22 - 25 1/4
Nominal Capacity (sq in)
28.3
38.5
50.3
M+MG2 DRAFT CONTROLS
SOLID, OIL OR GAS
Provides precise draft regulation for solid fuels, oil, gas oil/gas appliances requiring simple, onthe-job adjustments depending on which fuel is to be utilized.
Recommended Pipe Size (in)
Order Number Control Size (in) Nominal Capacity (sq in)
Diameter
Circumference
M+MG2(10)
10
78.5
9, 10
28 1/4 - 31 1/2
M+MG2(12)
12
113
11, 12
34 1/2 - 37 3/4
M+MG2(14)
14
154
13, 14
40 3/4 - 44
M+MG2(16)
16
201
13, 14
47 - 50 1/4
M+MG2(18)
18
255
17, 18
53 1/2 - 56 1/2
M+MG2(20)
20
314
19, 21
59 3/4 - 66
M+MG2(24)
24
452
22, 25
69 - 78 1/2
M+MG2(28)
28
616
26, 30
81 3/4 - 94 1/4
M+MG2(32)
32
804
31, 34
97 1/2 - 107
IGNITION TRANSFORMERS
GAS AND OIL BURNER INDUSTRIAL TYPES
Order Number
A10-SF10
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Type
Baseless
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Secondary Volts
10,000
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Primary Volts
120
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Hz
60
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
mA
22
Edmonton
Ottawa
VA
250
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
113
FIREYE
M-SERIES II MODULAR FLAME SAFEGUARD CONTROLS
COMPACT MODULAR BURNER MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Provides automatic ignition and continuous flame monitoring for commercial sizes of heating and
process burners that use gas and/or light oil fuels. The programmer module determines the operational
characteristics of the control (eg: relight, purge timing etc.). The amplifier modules provide flame
scanning capabilities using any of the Fireye standard ultraviolet scanners (self-check scanners not
applicable), flame rods and photocells.
CHASSIS
Order Number
MC120
MC120P
MC120R
Description
For use with all controls; includes dust cover; 120 Vac supply voltage (50/60 Hz)
For use with all controls; includes dust cover; 120 Vac supply voltage (50/60 Hz); post purge and remote reset capability
For use with all controls; includes dust cover; 120 Vac supply voltage (50/60 Hz); remote reset capability
PROGRAMMER MODULES
Order Number
MP100
MP101
MP230
MP230H
MP560
MP561
MP562
Description
Relight operation
Relight operation; will not lockout on false flame
Selectable purge timing, trial for ignition timing, and recycle/non-recycle operation
Selectable purge timing, trial for ignition timing, pilot stabilizing period, recycle/non-recycle operation; for use with two stage burners
Selectable purge timing, pilot trial for ignition timing, pilot stabilizing period, recycle/non-recycle operation; 10 second main flame
trial for ignition, run-check switch
Programmer with lockout on loss of airflow feature
Selectable purge timing, pilot trial for ignition timing, pilot stabilizing period, lockout on loss of airflow, non-recycle operation; 10
second main flame trial for ignition, run-check switch
AMPLIFIER MODULES
Order Number
MAUV1
MAUV1T
MART1
MART1T
Type
UV amplifier
UV amplifier
Flame rectification amplifier
Flame rectification amplifier
Flame Failure Response
2-4
0.8
2-4
0.8
Use With Scanner/Flame Detector
UV1A, UV2, UV8A, 45UV3-1050
UV1A, UV2, UV8A, 45UV3-1050
45CM1, 69ND1
45CM1, 69ND1
Note: For a complete system, choose one of each of the following: Chassis, Programmer Module, Amplifier Module, UV Scanner or Flame Detector, Wiring Base (61-3060 or 61-5042).
WIRING BASE COMMON FOR ALL CONTROLS
Order Number
61-3060
61-5042
Description
Closed wiring base, surface mounting
Open wiring base, cabinet mounting
M SERIES MODERNIZATION ADAPTERS
Order Number
60-1764
Description
Adapter to replace RA890 with M Series
60-1765
Adapter to replace RA890 with M Series
Burnaby
Kitchener
114
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Features
UV, rectification flame rod or photocell flame detection,
no open relay contacts, integral powered alarm circuit
UV, rectification flame rod or photocell flame detection,
no open relay contacts, integral powered alarm circuit
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
FIREYE
MICROM FLAME SAFEGUARD CONTROL
MICROM CHASSIS TYPES (COMMON FOR ALL CONTROLS, INCLUDES DUST COVER)
The MicroM Series Flame Safeguard Control is a compact, microprocessor based, modular burner
management system designed to provide automatic ignition and continuous flame monitoring
for commercial sizes of heating and process equipment firing any type of fuel. Supply: 120
Vac (minimum 102, maximum 132) 50/60Hz (MEC120, MEC120R, MEC120C, MEC120RC,
MEC120D); 230 Vac (minimum 196, maximum 253) 50/60Hz (MEC230). Power consumption:
12VA operating. Shipping weight: approximately 5 lbs.
Order Number
MEC120
MEC120R
MEC120D
MEC120C
MEC120RC
Description
120Vac input with standard plug-in board
120Vac input with remote reset capability
120Vac input with alpha-numeric display interface to ED510
120Vac input with interface to E500 communication interface and Modbus capability
120Vac input with remote reset capability, alpha-numeric display interface to ED510, interface to E500 communication
interface and Modbus capability
MICROM PROGRAMMER MODELS
Order Number
MEP100
MEP101
MEP102
MEP104
MEP105
MEP100P
MEP230
MEP230H
MEP560
Description
Relight operation, 10 second PTFI
Relight operation, allow flame signal during “off cycle”
Non-recycle on flame fail, 5 second PTFI
Non-recycle on flame fail, 10 second PTFI
Non-recycle on flame fail, lockout on air-flow open with flame present, 10 second PTFI
Relight operation, 10 second PTFI, 15 second post purge
Selectable purge timing, PTFI timing, recycle/non-recycle, post purge, prove air open at start
Same as MEP230 with 8 second pilot stabilization
Same as MEP230H, 10 second main trail for ignition, run-check switch
MICROM AMPLIFIER MODELS
Order Number
MEUV1
MEUV4
MEUVS1
MEUVS4
MERT1
MERT4
MEIR1
MEIR4
MECD1
MECD4
Description
UV amplifier, 0.8 second FFRT, uses UV1A, UV2, UV8A and 45UV3-1050 scanners
UV amplifier, 3 second FFRT, uses UV1A, UV2, UV8A and 45UV3-1050 scanners
UV Self-Check amplifier, 0.8 second FFRT, uses 45UV5-1009 scanner
UV Self-Check amplifier, 3 second FFRT, uses 45UV5-1009 scanner
Flame rod/photocell amplifier, 0.8 second FFRT, uses 69ND1 or 45CM1
Flame rod/photocell amplifier, 3 second FFRT, uses 69ND1 or 45CM1
Infrared amplifier, 0.8 second FFRT, uses 48PT2 scanner
Infrared amplifier, 3 second FFRT, uses 48PT2 scanner
Cadmium sulfide amplifier, 0.8 second FFRT, uses C554A scanner
Cadmium sulfide amplifier, 3 second FFRT, uses C554A scanner
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE LIMITS
Description
Control
Scanner UV1A, UV2, UV8A, 45UV3
45UV5-1007, 45UV5-1009
Photocell 45CM1
Flame Rod (Tip 2460F)
48PT2
CSIA5
Max °F
140
200
200
165
1500
125
140
Max °C
60
93
93
74
816
52
60
Min °F
-40
-40
-40
-40
-40
-40
-40
Min °C
-40
-40
-40
-40
-40
-40
-40
LOAD RATINGS
Fireye Terminal
3 or 4 individual or combined
5
Typical Load
Pilot valve(s) solenoid valve ignition transformer
Main fuel valve(s)
8
Motor or contactor
A
Alarm
Note: Minimum load requirement=100mA
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Maximum Rating and 120V 60Hz
125VA pilot duty (solenoid valve) plus 250VA (Transformer)
125VA pilot duty (solenoid valve) or 25VA pilot duty
(solenoid valve) and 400VA (opening) motorized
Terminal 8 rated to energize and de-energize 9.8 FLA,
58.8 LRA on safety lockout
50VA, pilot duty
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
115
FIREYE
UVM, TFM FLAME SAFEGUARD CONTROL COMPONENTS
UV SCANNER
Replacement components for discontinued UVM, TFM controls. Replaced by M Series II.
Order Number
UV1A3
UV1A6
UV8A
UV2
Description
1/2” mount, 3’ cable
1/2” mount, 6’ cable
1/2” mount, 6’ unshield cable
3/8” mount, 3’ cable
Use With
UV System
UV System
UV System
UV System
FLAME DETECTORS
Order Number
69ND1-1000K6
Description
18” flame rod
Use With
Rectification system
Description
Wiring base
Use With
UV system, rectification system
WIRING BASE
Order Number
61-3060
D-SERIES MODERNIZATION KITS
A PLUG IN ASSEMBLY DESIGNED TO FACILITATE THE REPLACEMENT OF THE OLDER P-SERIES MODEL
The kits retain the same functions as the old controls but provide the operator with a
current production, Solid State Burner Management System.
Order Number
Description
PD4R
P to D-SERIES Modernization Kit
D SERIES SOLID STATE BURNER MANAGEMENT CONTROLS
IGNITION AND FLAME FAILURE PROTECTION FOR MANUALLY STARTED OIL OR GAS BURNERS
Order Number
72DRT1
72D1R1
72DUV1
72DUVS4
Description
Amplifier
Amplifier
Amplifier
Amplifier
Type
Flame rectification (flame rod)
Infrared - autocheck (IR scanner)
Ultraviolet (UV scanner)
Ultraviolet self-check (UV scanner)
WIRING BASES
Order Number
60-1386-2
60-1466-2
Burnaby
Kitchener
116
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Standard base for surface mounting
Open base for cabinet mounting
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Use With
D Series solid state burner management controls
D Series solid state burner management controls
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
FIREYE
FLAME-MONITOR BURNER MANAGEMENT CONTROLS
MICROPROCESSOR BASED WITH MESSAGE CENTER AND SELF-DIAGNOSTICS
CHASSIS COMPONENTS
System consists of Chassis, Flame Amplifier, Programmer Module, Subbase and Scanner.
Order Number
EB700
Description
Chassis frame
*. Can be ordered separately, all included in E100.
CHASSIS E110 - NEWER DISPLAY
Order Number
E110
Description
New chassis to accept EPD and amplifier (similar to E100, but less ED500 display and different mounting screw), ED510
required for memory and trouble shooting capabilities; must be purchased separately
DISPLAY MODULES
Order Number
ED510
Description
Designed to operate with Flame-Monitor Burner Management Control System; two line display, burner operating status display,
keypad provides historical burner information, RJ-style connector, remote display capability
Note: The EP Programmers must have an Engineering code of 28 or later. The EPD programmers must have an Engineering code of 02 or later. The Engineering code is
stamped on the printed circuit board along with the date code.
FLAME-MONITOR AMPLIFIER AND MODULES
Order Number
EUV1
E1R1
ERT1
EUVS4
Description
Standard UV amplifier
Autocheck infrared amplifier
Rectification amplifier
Self-check UV amplifier
Use With Scanner
UV1A, UV8A, UVZ
48PT2
45CM1, 69ND1
45UV5-1007/1008/1009
PROGRAMMER MODULES
Order Number
EP160
EP170
EP260
EP380
EP381
EP390
Description
60 second purge, 10 and 15 second TFI, non-recycle, modulation
60 second purge, 5 and 10 second TFI, non-recycle, modulation
60 second purge, 10 and 15 second TFI, recycle, modulation
60 second purge, 10 second TFI, recycle, no modulation
15 second purge, 10 and 15 second TFI, recycle, no modulation
90 second purge, 5 and 10 second TFI, recycle, no modulation
SCANNERS
Order Number
48PT2-9007
UV1A3
UV1A6
UV8A
UV2
69ND1-1000K6
45UV5-1009
Description
Infrared 1/2” 90° angle mount 48” cable
UV 1/2” straight 36” flex conduit
UV 1/2” straight 72” flex conduit
UV 1/2” 90° head 72” unshielded leads
UV 3/8” straight 36” flex conduit
Flame rod 18”, 1/2” NPT mount
Self-check UV 1” NPT threads, 120 Vac
Use With Amplifier
E1R1
EUV1
EUV1
EUV1
EUV1
ERT1
EUVS4
WIRING BASES
Order Number
60-1466-2
60-1386-2
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Open base for cabinet mounting
Standard base for surface mounting
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
117
FIREYE
P-SERIES FACTORY RECONDITIONED (FR) CONTROLS
FOR EXCHANGE OF OUT OF WARRANTY USED P SERIES FIREYE CONTROLS FOR FACTORY RECONDITIONED (FR) CONTROLS
Conditions under which any P Series control will not be acceptable for FR exchange under Program
II: Unit is obsolete (not listed in present FR listing below). Unit has been damaged by fire. Unit has an
excessive contamination and/or water damage. Unit has been badly damaged from misuse, negligence,
or accident.
Order Number
26RJ8-6058FR
26RJ8-6080FR
Description
Programming control chassis
Programming control chassis
All used Fireye “P” Series Controls may be exchanged for PD or PFM kit at the trade-in prices.
PD4 MODERNIZATION ADAPTER KITS
The kits retain the same functions as the old controls but provide the operator with a current production,
Solid State Burner Management System.
Order Number
PD4R
Description
Standard modernization adapter kit containing 70D40, 72DIR1, 4-263, 60-2060-4
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS
Order Number
70D40
72D1R1
60-2060-4
Description
Control (120V @ 50/60 Hz)
Amplifier module
Adapter
PFM MODERNIZATION ADAPTERS
Order Number
60-2060-1
60-2060-2
60-2060-3
60-2060-4
60-2060-9
60-2060-10
60-2060-15
Burnaby
Kitchener
118
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
For use with PFM1
For use with PFM2
For use with PFM3
For use with 70D40
For use with PFM9
For use with PFM10
For use with 70D40 or 70D41
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
FIREYE
PFM SERIES MODERNIZATION ADAPTER KITS
PLUG-IN, SOLID STATE MODULAR FLAME MONITOR SERIES BURNER MANAGEMENT CONTROLS
Order Number
Amplifier
Module
E1R1
Replaces
Control Unit
Programmer Module
E-110 with
ED510
EP 260 (10 and 15 seconds)
trial for ignition
PFM3R
26RJ8-1008;
26RJ8-1018;
26RJ8-6008;
26RJ8-6018;
29RF5-1005;
29RF5-1015;
29RF5-1009;
29RF5-6009;
29RF5-6015
26RJ8-6070
E110
EP 160 (10 to 15 seconds TFI)
E1R1
PFM9R
CB1
E110
EP 260
E1R1
PFM10R
26RJ8-6080,
CB3
E110
EP 160 (10 to 15 seconds TFI)
E1R1
PFM2R
26RJ8-6058
6060 6068
6160
E110
EP 260 (10 to 15 seconds TFI)
or EP 261 (10 to 30 seconds
TFI) or EP 270 (10 seconds
TFI and spark cutoff)
E1R1
PFM1R
Scanner
Other
4-263, or use 48PT2 129-95 Firetron
scanner; replaces cell and label
48PT1 cell
60-2060-1
adapter
4-263, or use 48PT2
scanner; replaces
48PT1 cell
4-263
4-263, or use 48PT2
scanner; replaces
48PT1 cell
4-263, or use 48PT2
scanner; replaces
48PT1 cell
60-2060-3
adapter
60-2060-2
adapter
60-2060-10
adapter
60-2060-2
adapter
Note: Kit contains ED510 Display Module.
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS
Order Number
E110
EP160
EP260
EUV1
60-2060-3
60-2060-10
E1R1
UV1A6
60-2060-2
Description
Control (120V @ 50/60 Hz)
Programmer module
Programmer module
Amplifier module (not included in kit)
Adapter
Adapter
Amplifier module
Scanner (not included in kit)
Adapter
PFM2 MODERNIZATION ADAPTER KITS
Order Number
PFM2R
Description
Standard modernization adapter kit containing E1001, EP260, EIR1, 4-263, 60-2060-2
Note: Kit contains ED510 Display Module.
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS
Order Number
UV1A6
EP260
EUV1
E1R1
60-2060-2
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Scanner
Programmer module
Amplifier module
Amplifier module
Adapter
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
119
FIREYE
FLAME SCANNERS
FOR D, E, AND P SERIES BURNER CONTROLS
Replacement components for discontinued UVM, TFM controls. Replaced by M Series II.
Order Number
45UV3-1050
45UV5-1006
Description
Use With
UV scanner,3/4” sleeve / setscrew mount
C, D, M-Series, MB and flame monitor
UV self-check scanner, use with
D-Series
72DUVS1 amplifier 1” NPT threads
UV self-check scanner use with 72DUVS4
Flame-Monitor and D-Series
amplifier 1” NPT threads, 120 Vac shutter
with self-checking scanner / amplifier
1/2” NPT connector, IR scanner,
P-Series
8’ shielded cable
1/2” NPT with 4’ shielded cable
P-Series
1/2” NPT connector, IR scanner,
Flame-Monitor and C and D-Series
8’ shielded cable
1/2” NPT with 4’ shielded cable
Flame-Monitor and C and D-Series
-1007 with 90° head
Flame-Monitor and C and D-Series
Flame rod 12”, 1/2” mount
Flame-Monitor and C and D-Series and MB and M-Series
Flame rod 24”, 1/2” mount
Flame-Monitor and C and D-Series and MB and M-Series
Flame rod 24”, 1/2” mount
Flame-Monitor and C and D-Series and MB and M-Series
1/2” NPT connector, 3’ flexible cable
Flame-Monitor C, D, M-Series, MB, PD, PFM kits
1/2” NPT connector, 3’ flexible cable
Flame-Monitor C, D, M-Series, MB, PD, PFM kits
3/8” NPT connector, 3’ flexible cable
Flame-Monitor C, D, M-Series, MB, PD, PFM kits
1/2” NPT, 90°F head, 6’ flexible cable
Flame-Monitor C, D, M-Series, MB, PD, PFM kits
45UV5-1009
48PT1-1003
48PT1-1007
48PT2-1003
48PT2-1007
48PT2-9007
69ND1-1000K4
69ND1-1000K6
69ND1-1000K8
UV1A3
UV1A6
UV2
UV8A
FIRETRON CELLS
Order Number
4-128-1
4-263-1
Description
Firetron cell for 48PT1 infrared scanner P-Series
Firetron cell for 48PT2 infrared scanner, C-Series, D-Series and flame monitor
PARTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR FLAME SAFEGUARD CONTROLS
Order Number
4-91
4-204
4-128-1
4-314-1
35-69
60-801
60-1257
60-1290
60-2333
129-62
Description
Vacuum tube 12AX7
Vacuum tube 12BH7A
Firetron cell
Ultraviolet tube
Heat insulator, 1/2” NPT threads each end
Sealing union with Pyrex window, 100 psig, 1/2” pipe connection
Sealing union with quartz window
Sealing union with quartz lens to increase scanner sensitivity
Line filter
1-12AX7, 1-12BH7A Spare Tube Kits
Use With
48PT1
45UV5-1005, 45UV5-1009, 45UV3-1050
48PT1, 48PT2, UV-1A
48PT1, 48PT2
UV1A/UV1B scanners
UV1A/UV1B scanners
Flame-Monitor
26SJ5, 26RJ8, 29RF5, all 6000 Series
E100/E110 FLAME MONITOR PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
Provides increased interlock supervision capability of the FLAME-MONITOR SYSTEM. The
expansion Module connects to any EB700 FLAME-MONITOR Chassis by means of a ribbon cable.
By wiring any of sixteen interlock switches into the Expansion Module, the FLAME-MONITOR
display will automatically act as a “first-out: annunciator for these interlocks.
Supply voltage: 120 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
Humidity: 85% RH non-condensing
Response time: 100 milliseconds
Order Number
E300
E500-1
E500-3
Burnaby
Kitchener
120
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Expansion module
Communication Interface (single input control)
Communication Interface, up to 4-E110
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
FIREYE
EPD PROGRAMMER MODULES
Replacement components for discontinued UVM, TFM controls. Replaced by M Series II.
Order Number
E110
Description
Chassis to accept EPD and amplifier (similar to E100, but less ED500 display and different mounting
screws). ED510 is required for memory and trouble shooting capabilities. Must purchase separately
E300 EXPANSION MODULES
Provides increased interlock supervision capability of the FLAME-MONITOR SYSTEM. The
Expansion Module connects to any EB700 FLAME-MONITOR Chassis by means of a ribbon
cable. By wiring any of sixteen interlock switches into the Expansion Module, the FLAMEMONITOR display will automatically act as a “first-out” annunciator for these interlocks.
Supply voltage: 120 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
Humidity: 85% RH non-condensing
Response time: 100 milliseconds
Order Number
E300
60-1950
E350-6
E350-3
Description
Expansion module used with the EB700 Flame Monitor chassis and 60-1950 wiring base.
Wiring base and ribbon cable separate.
Wiring base for E300
6’ ribbon connector cable, connects E300 to flame monitor
3’ ribbon connector cable, connects E300 to flame monitor
E500 COMMUNICATION INTERFACE
FOR USE WITH THE FLAME-MONITOR SYSTEM
Provides increased interlock supervision capability of the FLAME-MONITOR SYSTEM. The
Expansion Module connects to any EB700 FLAME-MONITOR Chassis by means of a ribbon
cable. By wiring any of sixteen interlock switches into the Expansion Module, the FLAMEMONITOR display will automatically act as a “first-out” annunciator for these interlocks.
Supply voltage: 120 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
Humidity: 85% RH non-condensing
Response time: 100 milliseconds
Order Number Description
E500-1
Single input control
E500-3
Up to 4 E-100
Supply Voltage
120 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
120 Vac @ 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption
4.0 Vac maximum
4.0 Vac maximum
Humidity
85% RH maximum
85% RH maximum
Input Connection
Cable type ED550
Cable type ED550
SPARE TUBE KITS
Order Number
129-62
Description
1-12AX7, 1-12BH7A
Use With
26SJ5, 26RJ8, 29RF5, all 6000 Series
TEST UNITS
Order Number
57AV7-1000
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
For field testing M,C,D, and P series controls.
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Voltage
120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Mounting
Either portable or wall-mounted
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
121
MAXITROL
MAXITROL FLAME MODULATION COMPONENTS
Order Number
A1010F
A1011B
A1014
MR6101
MT112
TD114
TS114
TS121
A200
Description
Maxitrol Selectra amplifier, single furnace, heat only. For series 20/21 and 30/31 residential/commercial applications, with
temperature selection & hi-fire ignition 55 - 90°F
Maxitrol Selectra amplifier, multiple furnace. For series 20/21 and 30/31 residential/commercial applications, with hi-fire ignition
Maxitrol Selectra amplifier for series 14 and 44 commercial/industrial applications
Maxitrol Selectra modulating regulator valve - 1”. Left side by-pass (outlet end view)
Maxitrol Selectra mixing tube, 12” length, comes with 4 x 4” electrical box
Maxitrol Selectra selector, discharge air, 55 - 90°F (15 - 30°C) scales
Maxitrol Selectra sensor, discharge air, 55 - 90°F
Maxitrol Selectra sensor, discharge air, 55 - 90°F, use with mixing tube
Maxitrol Selectra signal conditioner
MAXITROL GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS AND ACCESSORIES
Order Number
R811036
RV20L3835
RV481235
RV4812512
RV483435
RV4834512
RV533435
RV61135
RV6111440
RV8111235
RV8111435
RV91235
R5310-13
12A06
210D11/4512
32531240
32531270
Burnaby
Kitchener
122
Description
Cadmium plated spring, 3.0 to 6.0” W.C. C.G.A. certified
Maxitrol regulator, 3/8” pipe size, set at 3.5” W.C. (use R2010-912 spring)
Standard Maxitrol regulator 1/2” x 1/2” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R4810-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 3.5” W.C. replacement for MAX-RV431/23.5
Standard Maxitrol regulator 1/2” x 1/2” w/blue spring or order MAX-RV481/23.5 and
MAX-R4810-512 spring (range 5.0” - 12.0” W.C.)
Standard Maxitrol regulator 3/4” x 3/4” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R4810-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 3.5” W.C. replacement for MAX-RV433/43.5
Standard Maxitrol regulator 3/4” x 3/4” w/blue spring or order MAX-RV483/48.5
and MAX-R4810-512 spring. (Range 5.0” - 12.0” W.C.)
Standard Maxitrol regulator 3/4” x 3/4” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R5310-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 3.5” W.C.
Standard Maxitrol regulator 1” x 1” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R6110-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 3.5” W.C.
Standard Maxitrol regulator 1 1/4” x 1 1/4” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R6110-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 4.0” W.C.
Standard Maxitrol regulator 1 1/2” x 1 1/2” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R8110-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 3.5” W.C.
Standard Maxitrol regulator 1 1/4” x 1 1/4” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R8110-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 3.5” W.C.
Standard Maxitrol regulator 2” x 2” w/cad spring (p/n MAX-R9110-36.
Range 3.0” - 6.0” W.C.) factory set at 3.5” W.C.
Brown spring, 1.0 to 3.5” W.C.
Maxitrol vent limiting orifice, one (1) per unit
Standard max regulator, 1 1/4” x 1 1/4” w/blue spring (p/n MAX-R8110-512,
range 5.0” - 12” W.C.)
Maxitrol regulator 1/2” x 1/2”, set at 4.0
Maxitrol regulator 1/2” x 1/2”, set at 7.0 or order MAX-325-31/28.0 and
set to 7.0” W.C. CGA certified for 5 psi inlet
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
ASCO VALVES
AH/V710 SERIES HYDROMOTOR® GAS VALVES
AH ACTUATORS
Features include: 2-way, normally closed, globe type valve; quick return valve spring; tight shutoff (22
lbs. force); adjustable damper arm; positive valve stem indication; and NEMA 1 enclosure. For boilers,
furnaces ovens and all types of industrial and commercial burners.
Type: Electrohydraulic, spring return, push type
Damper arm: field adjusted for direct or reverse action; 2 7/8” length, 2 1/2” stroke
Output force: 200 lbs
Stroke: 1 1/4” maximum
Damper load (max): 20 lbs @ 20 - 150°F, 10 lbs @ -40 - 20°F
Max power requirement: 220 VA
Closing time: 1 second maximum
Valve type: 2-way, normally closed, globe type
Construction: aluminum body, Buna N seat
Close off pressure: 25 psi maximum
Pressure taps: standard two 1/4” NPT downstream, two 1/4 upstream
Auxiliary switches: one or two integral SPDT switches; field adjusted to actuate at any position of
stroke, 1800 VA maximum connected load (e.g.: one 15A load @ 120V or two 3.75A loads @ 240V)
ON-OFF, SLOW OPENING 7-24 SEC
Order Number
AH13B102A4
AH13B112A4
AH2D102A4
AH2D102A5
Vac @ 50/60 Hz
120
120
120
120
Timing (sec)
14
7
30
24
Features
With damper arm
With damper arm
Damper shaft and arm
Damper shaft, arm, and one auxiliary switch (left side)
Timing (sec)
15
12
15
12
Features
One auxiliary switch (left side)
Damper shaft and arm
Damper shaft, arm, and one auxiliary switch (left side)
ON-OFF, FAST OPENING 7-12 SEC
Order Number
AH2D112A
AH2D112A2
AH2D112A4
AH2D112A5
Vac @ 50/60 Hz
120
120
120
120
HI-LO-OFF, FAST OPENING 7-12 SEC
Order Number
AH4D112A4
Vac @ 50/60 Hz
120
Features
Damper shaft and arm
MODULATING, FAST OPENING 7-12 SEC
Order Number
AH8D112A4
Vac @ 50/60 Hz
120
Features
Damper and arm, features simple low-fire adjustment from 0 - 50% of its stroke.
Commonly used for fully automatic control of gas-fired heating equipment
V710 GAS VALVES
STANDARD GUIDE
Gas Capacity - BTU/hr*
Order Number Connection Size NPT (inches)
V710EAS
V710FAS
V710GAS
V710HAS
V710JAS
V710KAS
Burnaby
Kitchener
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
1 Ph. = 1” WC
1 Ph. = 14” WC
665,000
960,000
1,406,000
1,717,000
3,620,000
4,250,000
2,910,000
4,214,000
6,169,000
7,543,000
15,987,000
18,694,000
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Pressure
Differential (psi)
15
15
15
15
10
10
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Interior Assembly Kit
S109718A
S109718B
S109718C
S109718D
S109718E
S109718F
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
123
ASCO VALVES
AH/V710 SERIES HYDROMOTOR® GAS VALVES
V710 GAS VALVES
PARABOLIC GUIDE
Gas Capacity - BTU/hr*
Order Number
Connection Size NPT (in)
1 Ph. = 1” WC
1 Ph. = 14” WC
V710FASV15
V710GASV15
V710HASV15
V710JASV15
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
960,000
1,406,000
1,717,000
3,620,000
4,214,000
6,169,000
7,543,000
15,987,000
Pressure
Differential (psi)
15
15
15
10
Interior Assembly Kit
S109718B
S109718C
S109718D
S109718E
STANDARD GUIDE AND OVERTRAVEL TRIM
Gas Capacity - BTU/hr*
Order Number
Connection Size NPT (in)
1 Ph. = 1” WC
1 Ph. = 14” WC
V710HASV22
1 1/2
1,717,000
7,543,000
Pressure
Differential (psi)
15
Interior Assembly Kit
S109718D
* Capacity based on 1,000 BTU/cubic foot or more @ 0.64 specific gravity natural gas
^ Overtravel interlock switch rating: ½ HP
Caution: The AH/V710 is for use only with dry natural, mixed, manufactured, or LP gases. High sulfur, and scrubbed and dried coke and sewer gases acceptable.
H SERIES HYDRAMOTOR® REPLACEMENT ACTUATORS
FOR HYDRAMOTOR® GAS VALVES
Order Number
H10A620B5F1
Description
120 Vac. Used on 1-3” valves
Use With
H117, H118
K3 SERIES SOLENOID GAS VALVES
NORMALLY CLOSED, SOFT SEAT DIAPHRAGM. MAIN LINE AND PILOT LINE SERVICE.
C225 COILS (14 WATTS) CLASS
For natural and butane/propane gases.
Order Number
K3A431T
K3A441T
K3A451T
K3A551T
K3A532T
K3A432T
K3A542T
K3A442T
K3A452T
K3A552T
K3A652T
K3A562T
K3A462T
K3A662T
K3A772T
K3A782T
Voltage
24V@60Hz
24V@60Hz
24V@60Hz
24V@60Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
120V @ 60 Hz/110V @ 50 Hz
* 1,000 BTU/cu.ft. or more 0.64 sp. gr. Gas
Burnaby
Kitchener
124
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Connection Size
NPT (in)
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Gas Capacity 1”
Drop* (BTU/p)
214,000
330,000
485,000
485,000
107,000
214,000
233,000
330,000
485,000
485,000
667,000
752,000
753,000
960,000
1,028,000
1,373,000
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Pressure (psi)
1/2
1/2
1/2
3
10
1/2
6
1/2
1/2
3
5
11/2
1/2
5
1 1/2
1 1/2
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
GENERAL FILTERS
REPLACEMENT FILTER PARTS
INTERCHANGEABLE FILTER CARTRIDGES
Order Number
GF-RF1
GF-RF2
Replacement For
1A-25A
2A-700A
Description
Unifilter Gasket
Unifilter Gasket
FUEL OIL FILTERS
For all types of oil-fired heating appliances. It may be used on one to two pipe systems.
Pipe size: 3/8” NPT standard
Filter media: wool felt (10 microns)
Working pressure: 12 psi
Firing Rate
#2 Fuel Oil (gph)
10
Order Number Description
GF-1A25A
GF-2A700A
For smaller to average homes/commercial buildings. Ideal for final
filtration in central fuel oil distribution systems
For larger homes/commercial buildings. Its large dirt capacity makes
this model ideal where heavy contamination of oil causes premature
clogging of filters
5 1/8” x 3 5/8”
Volume
(cu in)
11.5
6 1/4” x 4 3/8”
21.3
Height x Diameter
25
*. 1/4″NPT available for 1A-25A. 1/2″, 3/4″NPT available for 2A-700A.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
General’s famous “step design” wool felt element. Special patented center core bond treatment eliminates
lint and prevents media migration. Offer unsurpassed quality and dependability for filters.
Order Number
GF-1A30P
GF-2A710P
GF-CGF10
GF-100UL
GF-125Z
GF-200Z
GF-2126
GF-K10GF
Description
Small cartridge
Large cartridge
Oil filter
Tank gauge 44”
1 1/4” zinc vent cap
2” zinc fill cap
Tank whistle
Replacement cartridge
Use With
1A-25A
2A-700A
-
RW BECKETT
UNIVERSAL ELECTRODE REPLACEMENT KITS
Kit contains (2) basic electrode insulator assemblies, (2) extension rods, (2) 10-32 hex head
nuts, (2) connectors and T-Gauge.
Order Number
5780
5782
Use with Combinations
Up to 9”
10 1/2” and longer
For Use With
Models AR, AF, SR, and SF
Models AR, AF, SR, and SF
OIL BURNER REPLACEMENT PARTS
Order Number
2454
2459U
2999U
5394
5636
Description
Coupling, A
Blower 4 1⁄4 A
Blower 4 1/4 x 2 1/2 AFG and Turbo
Connector Tube Assy, 8 S
Connector Tube Assy, 5 1⁄2 A
AIR TUBE COMBINATIONS
AF AND AFG SERIES
4 1/2
AF44
5 3/8
AF53
Usable Air Tube Length (in)
6 5/8
7 1/4
9
AF65
AF72
AF90
6
-
10 1/2
AF104
13
AF130
16
AF160
* Same tube fits both AF and SR air tube combinations. Sold using “AF” Order Number (Example: Burner head size SR65RD sold as AF65XN).
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
125
RW BECKETT
BURNER HEADS
Order Number
F0
F3
F6
F12
Firing Range (gph)
0.40 - 0.75
0.75 - 1.25
0.85 - 1.65
1.10 - 2.00
Use With
AF, SR Burners
AF, SR Burners
AF, AFG Burners
AF, SR Burners
OPTIONAL SUPPORTS
Order Number
5432
Type
Adjustable Mounting Flange Kit
Description
One piece flange, includes gasket
NYLO-FLEX® COUPLING KITS
FLEXIBLE OIL BURNER COUPLINGS SELF-ALIGNING MOUNTS WITHOUT SET SCREWS
Order Number
S85-500
Description
Introductory Kit
Includes
(1) 5/16” end, (1) 7/16” end, (1) 1/2” end, (1) 6” shaft
CIRCULATOR COUPLINGS
Order Number
PZ-4291
Description
Fits 1/2” diameter shafts, smoother starting, perfectly balanced, calibrated springs, heavy duty castings
OIL BURNER COUPLING
Order Number
S85-100
S85-110
S85-120
Description
5/16” Nylo-Flex fitting, red
7/16” Nylo-Flex fitting, blue
1/2” Nylo-Flex fitting, black
SHAFT
Order Number
S85-30
Description
30” Nylo-flex rubber shaft
ELECTRONIC OIL IGNITORS
Features: 20 kV peak rating guarantees quick and efficient ignition; small size and light weight; a vacuum
encapsulation process using a synthetic resin provides resistance to moisture and excellent heat
dissipation and electrical insulation; case material is a high-temperature thermoplastic that provides high
impact strength and scratch resistance; and is impenetrable to most chemicals; adapts to multiple base
plates, making it the most versatile unit on the market – it will also fit on many other vendors’ transformer
base plates; case design has “breakout” sections at the rear and side for lead wire exit and a hood to
neatly cover and protect these wires where required.
Order Number
51835
Burnaby
Kitchener
126
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Secondary Voltage / mA
6 kV RMS, 20 kV Peak, 35 mA
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Primary VA
35
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Weight (lbs)
1.1
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
RW BECKETT
ELECTRONIC OIL IGNITORS
IGNITOR BASE PLATE KITS
Order Number
51834U
51830U
51831U
51832U
51841U
51833U
51829U
Description
Aero (includes one base plate, hardware and instructions)
Beckett A Housing (includes one base plate, hardware and instructions)
Beckett S Housing (includes one base plate, hardware and instructions)
Carlin 100 (includes one base plate, hardware and instructions)
Carlin 200 (includes one base plate, hardware and instructions)
Wayne E (includes one base plate, hardware and instructions)
Wayne M (includes one base plate, hardware and instructions)
AUBURN AND WESTWOOD IGNITORS
FLAME RODS
Order Number
FRS-2-6
FRS-2-12
Length
6”, 1/2 NPT mounting thread
12”, 1/2 NPT mounting thread
AUBURN IGNITORS
Order Number
I-18
I-3
I-31-1
Overall Length
12.43
3.98
4.17
Thread Size
1/2” x 14” NPT
14 mm x 1.25 mm
14 mm x 1.25 mm
Electrode Diameter
.12
-
Insulator Length
8
3
4 1/2
6
4
Ignitor Length
3 1/4
4
17 1/4
4 3/4
4 1/2
Note
.06 gap
.07 gap Nickel electrode
WESTWOOD IGNITORS
Order Number
E5232
E5232A
E5283
E5399G
E5399H
Type
Dravo
Dravo and engineered air
Fulton Boiler
Mid Continental
Mid Continental
COMPLETE IGNITOR
Order Number
E5232H
Type
Dravo
Insulator Length
3
Inches
Ignitor Length
6
Insulator Diameter
9/16
STANDARD TYPES IGNITORS
COMPLETE IGNITORS
Order Number
E51M3
E51M4
E51M4-1/2
E52M4
E52M4-1/2
E53M4
E53M4-1/2
Burnaby
Kitchener
Insulator Length
3
4
4 1/2
4
4 1/2
4
4 1/2
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
Insulator Diameter
7/16
7/16
7/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Ignitor Diameter
1/8
1/8
1/8
3/16
3/16
1/8
1/8
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Tip Diameter
1/8
1/8
1/8
3/32
3/32
1/8
1/8
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
127
RW BECKETT
IGNITOR ADJUSTING TOOLS
Order Number
T100-220
T100-230
Type
Tip setting gauge
Tip benders
Description
Determines correct placement of ignitor tip just outside the nozzle spray pattern
Set of two 5” long tools for bending and adjusting ignitor tips
AUBURN FLAME RODS
1/4 NPT MOUNTING THREAD
Order Number
FRS-4-6
FRS-4-12
Length
6
12
RAJAH® IGNITOR AND TRANSFORMER TERMINALS
Order Number
E9AEBF
E9CT
E9EBF
E9SS
E9SSN
E9R2
Description
Angle extended bakelite fitting
Cage terminals
Extended bakelite terminal
Spring snap terminal
Spring snap with brass ferrule
Ring terminal
IGNITION TERMINAL KITS
Order Number
E9-34
Description
Mini Kit
E9-54
Transformer Kit
Includes
20 - Cage Terminals, 12 - Spring Snap Terminals, 20 - Ring Terminals, 10 - Right
Angle Terminals, 12 - Stud Ferrule Terminals
6 Short Adapter Springs, 6 Long Adapter Springs, 2 Thumb Nut on Cage, 2 Spring
Plungers 10-32, 4 Button Contacts-Short, 4 Button Contacts-Long, 6 Cage on Cage,
6 Ram’s Horn on Cage, 4 Ram’s Horn on Hex, 2 Ram’s Horn Clip, 6-10-32 Hollow
Studs, 6-10-32 Hex
WIRE ACCESSORIES
Order Number
E9250
E9251
Description
Silicone Rubber Boot (Straight end)
Silicone Rubber Boot (Angle)
IGNITION WIRE AND CABLE
7MM SILICONE CABLE
Order Number
80-41661
Applications
Ovens, furnaces, air conditioning equipment, other gas fired appliances
Feet per Roll
100
BELDEN GTO-15 IGNITION CABLE
.275 OUTSIDE DIAMETER FITS RAJAH TERMINALS PERFECTLY
Temperature rating: -40 - 176°F
Voltage rating: withstands more than 30,000 Vac
Order Number
E60-25
Burnaby
Kitchener
128
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Length
25’ Box
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Description
#14 gauge stranded copper wire
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
RW BECKETT
IGNITION CABLE
Order Number
E63-25
Description
Red silicone ignition cable, price per foot
R7184 SERIES CONTROLS
Features: interrupted duty ignition extends the life of the ignition system and reduces component noise;
limited recycle / limited reset minimizes the number (2) times the homeowner can hit the reset button;
communications port enables the control to communicate with service instruments, security systems or
data acquisition equipment; diagnostic LED service tool that indicates cad cell resistance and operational
status (lockout, recycle, etc.); ambient range from -40°F to 150°F; optional features of 15-second
pre-purge, selectable post-purge and alarm contacts.
Order Number
7455U
7456U
7457U
7458U
Description
Interrupted ignition microprocessor-based control
All features of the R7184A1075 plus a 15-second valve-on delay (postpurge)
All features of the 7456U plus a burner motor-off delay (postpurge): 1/2, 2, 4 or 8 minutes
All features of the 7457U plus a dry alarm contact terminal (30 VAC, 2A maximum). Prepurge and
postpurge can be field disabled together by a DIP switch setting
CLEANCUT OIL PUMP
Features: combines the clean burning benefits of a solenoid valve with the hefty lift capabilities of
traditional pumps; solenoid valve cuts oil flow almost instantly when power is cut to the motor, eliminating
coasting stops that can cause soot formation on shut down – pre-purge type controls work hand-in-hand
with the CleanCut pump to establish airflow and bring pump pressure up to full operating level before
light-off; fewer moving parts compared to conventional pumps and fewer troublesome oil fittings to cause
problems; reduces demands on the motor during start-up by allowing oil to freely bypass the pump’s
piston; delivers up to 4 gallons per hour at 100 psi; utilizes the same piston valve used in traditional
pumps to provide the same level of protection from leak-through in gravity feed situations.
Operating Fluids: #2 and lighter fuel oils; viscosity 1.4 - 12 cSt, 0 - 25 °C / 32 - 77 °F in the pump
Order Number
2184404U
Nozzle (psi)
100 - 200
Pressures
Factory Ste (psi)
Inlet (psi)
100
10 maximum
Return (psi)
10 maximum
Voltage
24, 110-120/60 Hz, 12 VDC
MONARCH MFG. WORKS, INC.
AR SERIES SOLID CONE OIL BURNER NOZZLES
Widely used due to its success in quieting noisy fires in some flame retention head burners. Traditionally considered a
“cure-all” replacement nozzle.
Order Number
6580A
7580A
8580A
1.0080A
Capacity (gph)
.65
.75
.85
1.00
Spray Angle (°)
80°
80°
80°
80°
R SERIES SOLID CONE OIL BURNER NOZZLES
All-around nozzle suitable for most burners.
Order Number
R75-80
R85-80
Capacity (gph)
.75
.85
Spray Angle (°)
80°
80°
Note: Available in sizes ranging from .40–3.50 gph.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
129
FURNAS CONTACTORS
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTORS
CLASS 42
60 FLA
Order Number
42AF35A*
42BF15A*
42BF35A*
42CF35A*
42CF25A*
42DF35A*
42EF35A*
CLASS 42
600 VOLTS AC MAX
FLA
25
30
30
40
40
50
60
Poles
3
2
3
3
4
3
3
150 FLA 60 HZ
Order Number
42FE15A*106
42FE35A*106
42GE15A*106
42GE35A*106
42HF35A*106
42IF35A*106
CLASS 45
Order Number
45CG20A*
45EG20A*
45FG20A*
45GG20A*
LRA
150
180
180
240
240
300
360
240V
HP
3
5
7 1/2
10
10
15
20
600 VOLTS AC MAX
240V
Poles
LRA
HP
2
450
3
450
25
2
540
3
540
30
3
720
3
900
-
FLA
75
75
90
90
120
150
40 FLA 60 HZ
120V HP
2
-
LRA
125
150
150
200
200
250
300
LRA
375
375
450
450
-
480V
480V
HP
7 1/2
10
15
15
25
30
HP
40
50
-
LRA
100
120
120
160
160
200
240
LRA
300
300
360
360
-
600V
600V
HP
7 1/2
10
15
15
25
30
HP
40
50
-
600 VOLTS AC MAX
FLA
20
30
35
40
Poles
2
2
2
2
277V LRA
120
180
200
200
480V LRA
100
135
135
135
600V LRA
80
110
110
110
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR COIL DESIGNATION
Use complete catalog number. Replace the (*) with letter from the coil table.
COIL TABLE
60 Hz
24
110-120
200-208
208-240
277
440-480
550-600
50 Hz Voltage
24
110
190-220
240
380-440
550
Letter
J
F
D
G
L
H
E
49 SERIES MODIFICATION FIELD KITS
STARTER MODIFICATION FIELD KITS
Order Number
49CE42SPDT
49D36098001
49D36098003
Description
Auxiliary Interlock, spdt, right or left side mounting
Snap-On Side Mounted Auxiliary Interlocks 1 spdt
Snap-On Side Mounted Auxiliary Interlocks 2 spdt
For Furnace Class
42
-
1. Fuses not included.
CONTACTOR MODIFICATION FIELD KITS
Order Number
49ACR6
Burnaby
Kitchener
130
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Snap-on side mounted auxiliary interlock
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Class
42
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Contactor FLA
25-60
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Interlock Contacts
1 NO and 1 NC
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
FURNAS CONTACTORS
75 SERIES REPLACEMENT AC COILS
Order Number
75D54772J
75D54772F
75D54772G
75D70233J
75D70233F
75D70233G
For Use With
16, 34, 42, 44 Series
16, 34, 42, 44 Series
16, 34, 42, 44 Series
Class 16, 34, 42, 44
Class 16, 34, 42, 44
Class 16, 34, 42, 44
Size
1, 1 3/4 - 1P
1, 1 3/4 - 1P
1, 1 3/4 - 1P
-
Model
E
E
E
-
Volts @ 60 Hz
24
110 - 120
208 - 240
24
110 - 120
208 - 240
Volts @ 50 Hz
24
110
208 - 220
24
110
190 - 220
75 SERIES CONTACT KITS
SINGLE POLE STATIONARY AND MOVABLE CONTACTS, CONTACT SPRING, MOUNTING SCREWS
DEFINITE PURPOSE
Contact kit Order Numbers shown are for 1 pole. 3 phase kits require 3 contact kits. Single phase units require 2 kits.
Order Number
75CE42
For Use With
16, 42 Series
Size
C (40A)
Model
E
69 SERIES PRESSURE SWITCHES
FOR WATER AND AIR SYSTEMS
Order Number Application
69HAU1
Air or water
115V*
2
Horsepower
230V*
230V^
3
5
DC
115V
2
230V
2
Out
250
115V
1/2
230V
1/2
Out
3
Pressure (psi)
In
Setting
40
115 - 150
REVERSE ACTION
Order Number Application
69WR3
Air or water
115V*
2
230V*
3
230V^
3
In
30
Setting
10 - 5
* 1 Phase
^ 3 Phase
TIME CONTROLS
UNIVERSAL DEFROST TIMER
15A @ 125 VAC, 1/2 HP @ 125/250 VAC
Order Number
SPN1111AD
Description
6 hour 21 minute defrost cycle, external motor leads, complete with ground wire twin leads (2) and
insulating sleeves, (1) 4 spade and (1) 6 spade terminal strip
HONEYWELL MIL72 SERIES TIME CONTROLS
Order Number
MIL72ASTUZH24V
MIL72ASWUZH120V
MIL72ASWUZH24V
MIL72AQTUZ120V
MIL72AQWUZH120V
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
24V, 24 hour program, c/w manual override; replacement for
ST815A1060 and MIL72ASTUZ-24V
120V, 7 day program, c/w manual override; replacement for
ST415A1163 and MIL72ASWUZ-120V
24V, 7 day program, c/w manual override; replacement for
ST815A1078 and MIL72ASWUZ-24V
120V, 24 hour program, c/w manual override; replacement for
MIL72AQRTUZH-120V
120V, 7 day program, c/w manual override; replacement for
MIL72AQRUZH-120V
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Drive Type
Synchronous
Synchronous
Synchronous
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Quartz
Quartz
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
131
TIME CONTROLS
ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCH
Easy to program; 24 hour or 7 day programming with accuracy to the second; Selectable blocks of
weekdays or weekends for quick programming; Automatically recharged NiCad battery.
Channels:
1
Holiday Program: No
Automatic Spring/Fall Daylight
Programs: 20
Reserve Carryover: min 1 week
Time Changeover:
No
Order Number
Mounting
Setpoint Programs
DIGI20A-24V
DIGI20A-240V
DIGI20A-120V
surface or DIN rail
surface or DIN rail
surface or DIN rail
20
20
20
Max. Weekly
ON/OFF Events
140
140
140
Relay Output
Resistive Rating
SPDT, 16A
SPDT, 16A
SPDT, 16A
TIME SWITCH
Order Number
FM1STUZ-120V60
Description
24 hour program, 15M interval, 120V, 60 Hz, replacement for ST415E1008 and
FM1STUZ-120V60HZ
DEFROST THERMOSTATS
UNIVERSAL DEFROST THERMOSTATS
The most popular of all types used in past and present production of refrigerators-standard 1 1/32” disc sizes.
Order Number
18-DTS45
18-DTS50
18-DTS55
18-DTS60
18-DTS70
18-DTS90
Open °F
45
50
55
60
70
90
Close °F
25
30
35
40
50
35
PARAGON TIME CLOCKS
4000 AND 4000-S SERIES 24-HOUR TIME CONTROLS
Programming: 24 hour dial with 2-14 replaceable trippers for 1-7 ON and OFF operation ON or OFF
time: 1/2 hour minimum ON or OFF time; 2 hour maximum ON or OFF time Manual ON/OFF lever:
transfers switch operation without disturbing preset schedule
4000 SERIES
Order Number
4001-00-RT
4002-71
4003-00-RT
4004-71-RT
Type
SPST
SPST
DPST
DPST
Amp
40
40
40
40
Switch Rating Per Pole
Amp T
VA
40
690
40
690
40
690
40
690
HP
1
1
1
1
Amp
40
40
40
Switch Rating Per Pole
Amp T
VA
40
690
40
690
40
690
HP
1
1
1
AC Line @ 60 Hz
120V
208–277V
120V
208–277V
Enclosure
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
-
4000-S SERIES SKIP-A-DAY
Order Number
4003-00-S
4006-71-S
4005-00-S
Type
DPST
SPDT
SPDT
AC Line @ 60 Hz
120V
208V–277V
120V
1. Add Suffix “V” for independent clock motor circuit which is standard on all other models in this series.
2. Comes with bracket mount.
Burnaby
Kitchener
132
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
Enclosure
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
PARAGON TIME CLOCKS
7000 SERIES 7-DAY TIME CONTROLS
Programming: program up to four ON/OFF operations per day, up to 28 ON/OFF operations
ON or OFF time: three-hour minimum, 21-hour maximum ON or OFF time
Switching: independent four pole design allows for SPST, DPST, SPDT switching
Level: manual ON/OFF level transfers switch operation
Switch Rating Per Pole
AC Line
Order Number
Switch Type
Amp
Amp T
VA
HP*
Volts
Hz
7007-00
4 pst-4 NO
40
40
690
120
60
7007-71
4 pst-4 NO
40
40
690
208 - 277
60
7008-00
2 NO-2 NC
40
690
1
120
60
7008-71
2 NO-2 NC
40
690
1
208 - 277
60
*. One HP Rating 1-pole only. Includes: 14 trippers as standard.
8040 SERIES DEFROST CONTROLS
TIME INITIATED AND TIME TERMINATED, 40A
Frequency of defrost initiation: adjustable from 1-6 cycles per day; min. of 4 hours between
successive defrost cycles. Switch rating: 40A, 2 HP per pole; 690 VA pilot duty, 120-240 Vac
FOR ELECTRIC HEAT DEFROSTING (AUXILIARY CONTACT MODELS)
Order Number
8041-00
8041-20
8047-00
8047-20
Replaces
8017-0, 8007
8017-3, 8008
Switch Arrangement Contacts
2-4
1-3
3-N
Closed
Open
Closed
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
Volts @ 60 Hz
120
208/240
120
208/240
Adjustable Length of Defrost
4 - 110
4 - 110
4 - 110
4 - 110
FOR HOT GAS DEFROSTING
Order Number
8043-00
8043-20
Replaces
8013-0, 8003, 303-MB
8013-3, 8004, 304-MB
Volts @ 60 Hz
120
208/240
Switch Arrangement Contacts
2-4
1-3
3-N
Open
Open
None
Open
Open
None
Adjustable Length of Defrost
4 - 110
4 - 110
8040 SERIES DEFROST CONTROLS
TIME INITIATED AND TIME TERMINATED, 40A
FOR ELECTRIC HEAT, HOT GAS, OR COMPRESSOR SHUT-DOWN DEFROSTING
Switch Arrangement Contacts
Order Number
8045-00
8045-20
Replaces
Volts @ 60 Hz
2-4
1-3
3-N
8015-0, 8005, 305-MB
8015-3, 8006, 306-MB
120
208/240
Closed
Closed
Open
Open
None
None
1. 1–12 cycles per day. Minimum 2 hr. between successive operations. Not listed by UL or CSA.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Adjustable Length
of Defrost
4 - 110
4 - 110
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
133
PARAGON TIME CLOCKS
8140 SERIES DEFROST CONTROLS
40 AMP
Frequency of defrost is 1-6 cycles per day. A minimum of 3 hours between successive defrost cycles.
Adjustable back-up defrost termination from 4-110 minutes in 2 minute increments. Control works with an
external temperature or pressure sensor. Choice of 3 contact arrangements for electric heat, compressor
shutdown or hot gas defrost.
Normal Position - Refrigeration Cycle
Order Number Bracket Available Movement Available
Volts @ 60 Hz
Contact 3-N
Contact 1-3
Contact 2-4
8141-00
X
120V
Closed
Open
Closed
8141-20
X
208/240V
Closed
Open
Closed
8143-20
X
208/240V
Open
Closed
Open
8145-00
X
120V
None
Open
Closed
8145-20
X
X
208/240V
None
Open
Closed
9045, 9145 SERIES ELECTRONIC DEFROST CONTROLS
MULTI VOLTAGE 120 / 208 / 240 VAC
Paragon’s multi-function time/temperature/pressure defrost timer control is the one time clock you will
want for your service trucks stock. It will fit into your existing 8145 Paragon time clock box and with dual
voltage function it has all your requirements covered. Features include: Back light display for visibility;
System status indicator LEDs; Manual defrost switch (initiates 15 minute manual defrost); Display
shows defrost start time and duration; Easy set up of time, defrost start & stop times; Direct connect
line voltage & 100 hours power loss protection of both schedule and time; Tested to 30,000 cycles at 4
cycles per day
Order Number
9145-00
9045-22
Description
Time initiate / Temperature, Pressure Terminated Defrost Timer with Metal enclosure
Time initiate / Time Terminated Defrost Time with Metal enclosure
8240 SERIES DEFROST CONTROLS
TIME INITIATED, PRESSURE TERMINATED, 40A
Features direct read out dial for cut-in pressure, wide range of cut-in pressure adjustable, back-up
Mechanical Defrost Termination protects against sensor failure, modular pressure bellows, positive
slider bar switch action, three-contact arrangements for hot gas, electric heat, or compressor shut-down
defrost, 40A, 2 HP contacts, and a field-proven heavy-duty timing motor. Frequency of defrost: 1-6
cycles per day. A minimum of 4 hours between successive defrost cycles. Back-up defrost termination:
adjustable from 4-110 minutes in 2 minute increments. Pressure settings: all models have adjustable
cut-in pressure setting dial calibrated from 36-110 lbs for R12, R22, R502
Case: heavy steel enclosure
Motor: heavy duty-synchronous industrial type
Normal Position - Refrigeration Cycle
Order Number
Replaces
Volts @ 60 Hz
Contact 2-4
Contact 1-3
Contact N-3
8245-00
8205-8225
120
Closed
Open
None
8245-20
8206-8226
208/240
Closed
Open
None
8247-00
8207-8227
120
Open
Open
Closed
8247-20
208/240
Open
Open
Closed
Burnaby
Kitchener
134
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
PARAGON TIME CLOCKS
600 SERIES DEFROST CONTROLS
WITH PUMP DOWN, OR FAN DELAY CYCLES
Defrost initiation: adjustable from 1-8 cycles per day; minimum 3 hours between successive
defrost cycles. Delay or pump down cycle: adjustable from 0-30 minutes; 3 minute graduation
Defrost cycle: 3-45 minutes; 3 minute graduation
Drain or fan delay cycle: adjustable from 3-15 minutes; 3 minute graduation
Order Number
632-00
632-20
Replaces
631-0
631-3
Voltage (60 Hz)
120 Vac
208 - 240 Vac
Sequence Switching
2NO 2NC
2NO 2NC
Switch Ratings
10A, 345 VA pilot duty @ 120 - 240 Vac
10A, 345 VA pilot duty @ 120 - 240 Vac
EC4000 SERIES ELECTRONIC TIME CONTROLS
WITH CAPACITOR CARRY-OVER
Provides simple. Inexpensive control of electrical loads with a time-of-day schedule.
Normally Open
Order Number
Voltage
Amps
HP
NEMA Ship Weight (lbs)
EC4004/120
120 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4 VA
30
1
1
2
EC4000/208-277
208/277 Vac
20
2
EC4004/240
208/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4 VA
30
2
1
2
EC4000/120
120 Vac
20
1
EC7000 SERIES SINGLE-CHANNEL ELECTRONIC TIME CONTROLS
Programming: 24 hour or 7-day control, time-of-day scheduling, manual override, skip-a-day capability, 16
individually programmable durations of 1-59 seconds in addition to the maintained ON/OFF reset button.
Selectable clock format: 12 hour (AM/PM) or 24 hour format
Enclosure: lockable steel NEMA 1
Order Number
EC7000-24V
EC7000-120V
EC7000-208-277V
EC7004-120V
EC7004-240V
Switch Type
spdt
spdt
spdt
spst
spst
Voltage
24 Vac
120 Vac
208-240 Vac
120 Vac
208-240 Vac
P100 SERIES 24-HOUR TIME CONTROLS
Programming: operations per day 24 ON/OFF operations per day, manual
Minimum ON time: one half hour
Resolution: 3 minutes for time of day; 15 minutes for increment setting
Construction: Extremely durable industrial-grade polymer resins, known for their resistance to wear and
temperature extremes.
Switch rating: 40A
Order Number
P101
P101M
P101P
P101-S
P101P-S
P103
P103M
P103-S
P103P-S
P104
P104M
P104-S
P104P-S
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
w/ Skip-a-Day
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Voltage
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
208-277 Vac
208-277 Vac
208-277 Vac
208-277 Vac
Vancouver Island
Windsor
Switch
spst
spst
spst
spst
spst
dpst
dpst
dpst
dpst
dpst
dpst
dpst
dpst
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
Enclosure
NEMA 1 indoor metal
Without enclosure
NEMA 3 indoor/outdoor Noryl®
NEMA 1 indoor metal
NEMA 3 indoor/outdoor Noryl®
NEMA 1 indoor metal
Without enclosure
NEMA 1 indoor metal
NEMA 3 indoor/outdoor Noryl®
NEMA 1 indoor metal
Without enclosure
NEMA 1 indoor metal
NEMA 3 indoor/outdoor Noryl®
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
135
PARAGON TIME CLOCKS
RM SERIES MODULAR MULTIPLE CIRCUIT DEFROST CONTROLS
PROGRAM MODULES
Defrost initiation: adjustable from 1-12 operations per circuit, per day; minimum 2 hours required for successive operation.
Mechanical defrost terminals: adjustable from 6-106 minutes in one-minute increments. Solenoid termination: optional;
instant transfer if solenoid energized at time of defrost initiation.
Switches: two SPDT snap switches per module
Switch terminals: 3/16 make push-on terminals
Switch rating: 10A @ 120-240 Vac 1/3 HP; 345Va pilot duty
Order Number
B-877-20
E-877-20
Type
Circuit Module
Circuit Module
Description
Even half-hour; with solenoid; 208 - 240V @ 60 Hz
Odd half-hour; with solenoid; 208 - 240V @ 60 Hz
REPLACEMENT MOTOR
1-12 OPERATIONS ADJUSTABLE 60 SEC. 271/2 MIN.
ON or OFF time: minimum of 2-hours between operations
Order Number
M1130-20
Case: NEMA type 1 indoor case
Description
208/240V Motor
Application
8025-20
PARAGON DIAL TRIPPERS AND PINS
Order Number
X2772
X3596
X4299
X7248
Burnaby
Kitchener
136
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Description
Set of ON-OFF trippers
Set of 5 dial pins
Set of ON-OFF trippers
RM trippers (12)
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Use With Series
41005, 41065, 44000, TC1, TC 2, 3000, 3400, 4000, 4010, 4200, 4600, 4900
631, 632, 8025, 8040, 8140, 8240, 8000, 8030, 8010, 8100, 8200, 8300, 8400, 8600
7000, 7210, 7300, 7600
-
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
5000 SERIES MULTI-CIRCUIT DEFROST CONTROLS
Order Number
5010-0B
5010-3B
Vac
120
240
Hz
60
60
PRECISION TIME CLOCKS
Number of Switches
8
8
Number of Motors
2
2
6040 SERIES TIME INITIATED-TIME TERMINATED DEFROST CONTROLS
Defrost frequency from 1-6 cycles per day. Minimum of 4 hours between successive defrost cycles.
Adjustable from 4-110 minutes in 2 minute increments. Switch rating: 40A per pole, 2 HP, 120-240
Vac with NEMA 1 indoor enclosure with knockouts at bottom, back and sides. Choice of four contact
arrangements for electric heat, hot gas, or compressor shutdown defrost. Supplied with five tripper pins.
Normal Position - Refrigeration Cycle
Order Number
Volts 60 Hz
Contact N-3
Contact 1-3
Contact 2-4
6045-0
120
none
open
closed
6045-20
208-240
none
open
closed
Note: 1) Add suffix “B” to the Order No. to indicate model with Bracket Mounting. Add “M” to Order No. for Movement only.
2) Available in 50 Hz.
6140 SERIES TIME INITIATED-TEMPERATURE TERMINATED DEFROST CONTROLS
Defrost frequency from 1-6 cycles per day. Minimum of 4 hours between successive defrost cycles. Adjustable from
4-110 minutes in 2 minute increments. Switch rating: 40A per pole, 2 HP, 120-240 Vac with NEMA 1 indoor enclosure
with knockouts at bottom, back and sides. Choice of 3 contact arrangements for electric heat, hot gas or compressor
shutdown defrost. For use with external temperature or pressure sensor. Inner dial provides backup defrost termination
and protects against sensor malfunction. Supplied with five tripper pins.
Order Number
6141-0
6141-20
6145-0
6145-20
Volts, 60 Hz
120
208-240
120
208-240
Contact N-3
closed
closed
none
none
Normal Position - Refrigeration Cycle
Contact 1-3
open
open
open
open
Note: Add suffix “B” to the Order No. to indicate model with Bracket Mounting. Add “M” to Order No. for Movement only.
Burnaby
Kitchener
604.298.4472
519.748.0961
Interior BC
St.Catharines
604.202.4853
905.988.1724
Vancouver Island
Windsor
604.282.0118
519.251.9925
Calgary
North Bay
403.214.2134
780.476.0800
Edmonton
Ottawa
780.451.4744
613.742.0083
Contact 2-4
closed
closed
closed
closed
Saskatchewan
www.isc.tv
306.373.9227
137
EMERGENCY SERVICE CONTACT INFORMATION
ISC Partner
Dene Flahr
Anthony Cegielnik
Robert Grieve
Kent Iwaskiw
Email
ISC Partner
Calgary: 403.214.2134
dflahr@isc.tv
acegielnik@isc.tv
rgrieve@isc.tv
kiwaskiw@isc.tv
Vince Larsen
Joe McIntyre
Jeff Weber
Email
vlarsen@isc.tv
jmcintyre@isc.tv
jweber@isc.tv
Edmonton: 780.451.4744
Brian Pampu
Doug Ade
Jordan Arts
Joline Kuhn
bpampu@isc.tv
dade@isc.tv
jarts@isc.tv
jkuhn@isc.tv
Miles Nelson
Cliff Osadchuk
Dale Werner
Mike Wieschorster
mnelson@isc.tv
cosadchuk@isc.tv
dwerner@isc.tv
mwieschorster@isc.tv
Burnaby: 604.298.4472
Glenn McCullough
Ademar Andres
Rabin Kishore
Wayne McCollum
Gary Monts
gmccullough@isc.tv
aandres@isc.tv
rkishore@isc.tv
wmccollum@isc.tv
gmonts@isc.tv
Tom Newmark
Jerry Schaab
Marcel Silberman
Brian Yi
tnewmark@isc.tv
jschaab@isc.tv
msilberman@isc.tv
byi@isc.tv
Saskatchewan: 306.373.9227
Don Faris
dfaris@isc.tv
Kitchener: 519.748.0961
Ken Desrosier
Phil Antunes
Dave Cushing
kdesrosier@isc.tv
pantunes@isc.tv
dcushing@isc.tv
Tom Grant
Terri-Lynn McNeil
Sam Otaki
tgrant@isc.tv
tmcneil@isc.tv
sotaki@isc.tv
St. Catharines: 905.988.1724
Dave Sevcik
Jeff Dougall
Aaron Garrett
dsevcik@isc.tv
jdougall@isc.tv
agarrett@isc.tv
Brandon Keel
Jeff Zimmerman
bkeel@isc.tv
jzimmerman@isc.tv
Windsor: 519.251.9925
Tim Reid
Ray Copeman
treid@isc.tv
rcopeman@isc.tv
Bill Pratt
bpratt@isc.tv
Ottawa: 613.742.0083
Alain Brunet
Louis Aivaliotis
abrunet@isc.tv
laivaliotis@isc.tv
Robert Lantaigne
Jonathan Ritchot
rlantaigne@isc.tv
jritchot@isc.tv
North Bay: 705.476.0800
Ray Spencer
Yves Audette
rspencer@isc.tv
yaudette@isc.tv
Mark Spencer
Keith Werner
Mike Feedham
Ray Newstead
kwerner@isc.tv
mfeedham@isc.tv
rnewstead@isc.tv
Johann Russell
Rudy Wieschorster
Headquarters: 604.298.4463
mspencer@isc.tv
jrussell@isc.tv
rwieschorster@isc.tv
BURNABY, BC
KITCHENER, ON
3030 Beta Avenue
Burnaby, BC V5G 4K4
24 HR Ph: (604) 298.4472
BC Toll Free: 1.877.778.1818
YVR Island Toll: 1.866.886.8858
Interior BC Toll: 1.866.950.4853
Fax: (604) 298.4288
186 Shoemaker Street
Kitchener, ON N2E 3E1
24 HR Ph: (519) 748.0961
Toll Free: 1.866.300.4300
Fax: (519) 748.2068
CALGARY, AB
ST. CATHARINES, ON
2280 Portland Street SE
Calgary, AB T2G 4M6
24 HR Ph: (403) 214.2134
Toll Free: 1.877.212.2822
Fax: (403) 214.2139
Units 4, 5 & 6, 27 Seapark Drive
St. Catharines, ON L2M 6S5
24 HR Ph: (905) 988.1724
Fax: (905) 988.5722
EDMONTON, AB
WINDSOR, ON
11418 - 120 Street
Edmonton, AB T5G 2Y2
24 HR Ph: (780) 451.4744
Toll Free: 1.877.969.9979
Fax: (780) 454.1072
Unit 200, 3215 Jefferson Blvd
Windsor, ON N8T 2W7
24 HR Ph: (519) 251.9925
Toll Free: 1.866.282.4472
Fax: (519) 251.9930
SASKATCHEWAN
OTTAWA, ON
24 HR Ph: (306) 373.9227
Toll Free: 1.877.969.9979
Fax: (306) 374.7911
Units 1-4, 1550 Liverpool Court
Ottawa, ON K1B 4L2
24 HR Ph: (613) 742.0083
Toll Free: 1.866.896.4439
Fax: (613) 742.0084
HEADQUARTERS
NORTH BAY, ON
Ph: (604) 298.4463
Fax: (604) 205.7162
www.isc.tv
Unit N, 600 Gormanville Road
North Bay, ON P1B 9S7
24 HR Ph: (705) 476.0800
Toll Free: 1.888.266.1955
Fax: (705) 476.2210